Home

Circle Track/Road Race DataMite v3.2

1. 4 C Print options let you print the contents of this Main Screen which is a good summary of this Make Track Map and Friction current test See a l4 g Circle are 2 powerful analysis Section 3 4 I 117 tools discussed in Section 3 10 eee 77 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 78 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Figure 3 2 Report Options Menu 3 1 Reports Basic Heport Specs Click on the Report menu command at the Rice individual tems N Main Screen to be presented with the Report Time RPH Distance Report Time Options Menu shown in Figure 3 2 The What to Report Just Lap 1 oom i i i rottie inputs in this menu are described below Filtering Liot zome ee Range of Data Starting Time sec Type Ending Time sec There are 3 basic types of reports Time Increment sec Ah aE aa alLa fo Mepo ES Mas 1 Pick Individual Items Use MM 55 55 Time Engine REM fehannell 2 Lap Summaries Include Averages T l A HE 3 Segment Time Analysis Cer seo Throttle F Brake Stop Average At LF Shock They can be picked by clicking on the down BF Shock arrow key of this combo box If you select Lap Summaries or Segment Time Analysis several options in this menu may be enabled Make Report Help Cancel or disabled dimmed to gray and you can not ca eza change the
2. H opp ee T pee 0 ta I I 15 0 18 0 M L ae e a een re a E E E ee ek ere ee E ayer E E eee are Once cursors are displayed you can move the Left one by simply clicking on a line Hold down the lt Ctrl gt key while clicking on a line to move the Right cursor 99 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Changing titles and legend names Pro version only Many times you may want to customize a graph by displaying and printing labels of your choice Click on Format and then Edit Titles Legend to bring up the menu shown in Figure 3 21 which will allow you to do this Note that the names you enter here are for a particular position in the graph legend not the particular file The name you enter for Grp 1 group 1 or the first file in the legend will stay with first group in the legend even if it is now for a different file For this reason it is often better to enter a descriptive Graph Name in the History Log that will stay with the particular file and not use this method of changing names This feature is very useful for printing a particular graph or one time modifications Figure 3 21 Menu to Edit Title and Legend This is the list of Standard names the program uses unless you click on the Use New Titles button below Select click on a Standard name you want to change The Standard Name appears in the edit box along with the current New name if there is one O
3. These 16 channels are broken down into 4 groups of 4 channels The 4 channels of each group must all be the same either Not Used Thermocouples or Analog channels If you change a channel in a set of 4 that was previously set to say Analog to thermocouples the program will warn you that all channels for this group of 4 must be the same and make this change for you The next 2 analog channels 17 and 18 are reserved for the standard accelerometers in the DataMite box The next channel 19 is reserved for the 3 axis accelerometer and channel 20 is reserved for DataMite II power typically car battery power 44 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions DataMite Il Switch and Timer Channels The next 4 channels are On Off switch channels These are useful for recording things like if the brake light comes on you re on the brakes a throttle switch which trips when the throttle is fully open is on or off whether a nitrous oxide solenoid is on or off etc Switches are only recorded at the sampling rate of the other channels say 25 or 50 times a second They are set in a screen very similar to Fig 2 24B Timer channels are the same as switch channels except they are recorded to the nearest 001 second or even finer They are most useful as a lap timer input from a beacon See Figure 2 24 B Figure 2 24 B Timer Configuration The Source you choose for a Timer or Switch can be
4. To switch to a different file for time aligning click on one of the graph data types for that file Click on View for other Shift options 2 04 TAH 925 CFG l alyzer v2 6 l Click here to show the amount you have shifted mat View Graph Type Add Test History Log Seigle Test Help each test Al seta ase Click here to return the graph to its unshifted T Full View original condition Note that the program remembers Specify Scales axes the amount of shifting for the displayed data until you a Dae R 6a close the graph screen open the History Log or pick different file s to graph Show Adjusted Timing Show Original Timing ee Reset Timing to Original Timing pe m Click here to zero out the amount of shifting you Timing Shift Size 001 Seconds have done OT Seconds Seconds 1 0 Seconds Click on Timing Shift Size then select the amount of time you want the selected test to shift for each click on the Shift Button Note You can also hold the Shift key down while clicking the shift button to shift a much larger amount Turn Cursor On 102 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Saving and recalling specific graph formats and scales A Graph format consists of all settings in the Graph Options Menu shown in Figure 3 12 which includes the graph s Data Types Filtering What to Graph etc In addition it includes the scaling of the X a
5. DataMite Il Typical Circle Track or Road Race mounting Rear of Car To mount the 4 channel DataMite module hold the module in Ds Channel 17 longitudinal Accel place on the flat surface you ve selected and mark the 2 bolt holes Drill holes as required When bolting the module in Channel 18 lateral Accel place DO NOT over tighten Tighten just until the rubber Box faces grommet starts to compress Use a flat washer against the up rubber grommet and a lock washer against the nut In extreme vibrating conditions you may have to double nut to avoid loosening of the mounting bolts The same procedure is used for the DataMite II except 4 screws are used DataMite Il Top of Car Note the installation instructions for the DataMite II to obtain the correct orientation for the accelerometers to read correctly Typical Drag Race mounting Front of car Box Mounting Alignment for Accelerometers ieee Channel 17 vertical Accel The DataMite II has built in accelerometers standard on analog Channel 18 longitudinal Accel channels 17 and 18 Channel 19 can be converted to an analog Box faces input as an option Figure shows the directions for the driver accelerometers Knowing these directions and which channels 182 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies you have available are critical for mounting the DataMite II box in your vehicle See Figure A 2 2 and A 2 3 For example a
6. Shock sensors or more accurately called suspension motion sensors have a motion ratio associated with them Motion Ratio is the ratio between the sensor s movement and the actual wheel s movement See Figure 3 44 The Suspension Analyzer because it calculates the motion ratio for all suspension motion sensors you can calibrate the sensor directly You would move the sensor say 2 0 inches and tell the DataMite program the sensor motion was 2 0 inches See Figure 3 45 When the DataMite sends data to the Suspension Analyzer data is sent with a vehicle file name This is the name of the Suspension Analyzer file When this program opens up the program automatically tries to load this file and automatically go into displaying the DataMite data If this file can not be found or if this is the first time you are trying to send data to these programs instructions are given in those programs on how to open the correct vehicle file and then display the DataMite data Now that you have picked the appropriate vehicle file in the program this vehicle file name will be remembered by the DataMite program If you click on the Send button in the DataMite program and the Suspension Analyzer can not be found where it should be a File Seek screen will appear Here you Figure 3 44 Example of Motion Ratio MR Say sensor moves only 65 inches MR Sensor Movement and the wheel moves 1 12 inches Wheel Movement MR 65 1 12
7. Type Road Rete Laps 12 40 pm 08 14 2003 Time 77 67 Event New Hampshire E Comments Trk Len 8500 Dinsty Altitude 1674 MPH f46 Runt 14 l Run Sumpa of 5 Alr Temp 76 Position 1 Desc Practice arg 1 568 10 015 5 014 12 286 3 519 10 784 3 063 4 183 5 207 2 530 3 190 rora ee 5 534 1 604 9 952 5 046 11 8576 3 480 10 812 3 033 4272 5 452 2 633 Ss i fo brd 6 452 1 542 9 859 4 933 12 488 3 5941 10 664 2 955 4 150 5 459 2 58 3 056 75 620 5 415 1 541 3 87 5 155 12 013 3 540 10 813 3 055 422r 5 344 2 507 5 099 To 420 The Best but probably unachievable lap time is shown in this column and is obtained by using the shortest segment times from all the laps 87 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 88 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 3 2 ASCII Data Files Pro version only You may want to use the results from the Road Race amp Circle Track Figure 3 10 ASCII Files Options Menu DataMite Analyzer in other software packages This could be for Click on Eile from additional graph capabilities statistical analysis data basing etc Report Screen for Once you have created a report as shown in Section 3 1 click on File ASCII File menu to write the results to an ASCII file with a name of your choosing The ASCII File command is possible any time a report is d
8. cylinders and engine type for accurate Engine RPM Sheer Steering 2 5 3 5 5v 0 1 Stes data See menu below Catm 0 3 Sy 0 90 Throttle GOO RS MSIGU Sensor Click here to set the 100 PSNMSIBOO Sensor ace magnets and sensor 10 jAnalog 5 red Yes LF Shock LF Shock O ANGv 0 10 LF Shock corr 5 5 source for the other 11 Analog 6 yellow Yes RF Shock RF Shock 0 5 5 lt 0 10 AF Shock corr 5 5 sensors See menu 12 Analog 7 blue Yes LA Shock LA Shock 0 5 5v N LA Shock cor 5 13 Analog Oo green Yes RA Shock R below Whack 0 5 5w 0 10 AR Shock corr 5 Calibrating Analog chan nels is shown in Figure 4 6 on the next page Iip n Help Click on most anything in the Channel Settings grid to change it For Used you will toggle between Yes and Mo For Data Name and Sensor and Calibration you Will be presented with new screens to change the curent sethings Click on Current Readings to show what each channel is recording right now See Figure 4 7 Specs Menu for Other RPMs w Other RPH Specs Ea Calib Front Wheel APM 2 Magnets f RPH Sensor Specs Pick Front Wheel for channel 2 and Driveshaft RPM for channel 3 You would open this menu twice once for each channel you want to change Sensor Front wheel RPI ig it Magnets 2 D ata Name Front Wheel Analog Sensor Specs fi st Value Engineering Units a fi st Value freq hz
9. 2nd Value freq hz _Read 673__ Correction Read S Hote For 4nalog Converter pick the appropriate sensor from the Sensor Type list or pick one of the Custom types and enter the Calibration Factors The Conection factor i meant for an adjustment after the calibration is complete For example after jou have entered the calibration for a shock travel sensor you may want to adjust this to read O when the carts at static ride height Help Cancel Print Keep Spec Note Correction becomes enabled 203 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies 4 Obtain an Upscale Reading Turn the wheel 90 degrees to the left Again you might want to turn the wheel left and right slightly to free up any stiction in the system When done the wheel should remain at 90 degrees without you holding it Then click on the Read button for 2nd Value Freq hz and the program will read the signal from the sensor with 90 degrees of motion It will store this reading as the 2nd Value Freq hz where you can see it Notes e In the case of shock travel where static length is 0 you could decide that 1 inch of compression shorter is a positive number or 1 inch of elongation is positive The choice is yours and you simply must remember which it is when you read your recorded data However if you send data to either Suspension Analyzer you must do it so compres
10. 58 gs Shock Sensor Side view of rear ladder bar with shock sensor Figure 3 45 Typical Calibration Screen xl Caib L When Analog Sensor Specs j calibrating Type LF Shock Travel fF these values Danian Cl ae zi describe the Analog Sensor Specs A Shock Sensor Tst Value engineering units _ DEEE travel ist Value volts Read 24 2nd Value engineering units 5 J 2nd Value volte Read E Signal Based On 0 5 Volts The Correction Correction Read value lets you XJ zero out Pick the type af sensor and Fill in the Calibration Specs as necessary or fillin from Factor these sensor calibration table provided with sensor The Comrechon Factor is meant for an adjustment after channels for the calibration i complete For example after Vou have entered the calibration for a shack exam ple at travel sensor you may wank to adjust this to read 0 when the car ts at static ride height ride height Keep Specs Help Cancel Print Figure 3 46 Sent DataMite Data in Suspension Analyzer You can manually Ea Suspension Analyzer Y1 1 Performance Trends CS ample File Edit Graphs Reports Vehicle Specs Adjust Optimize Zoom Anima references Help Return to DataMite Front View Side View Top View No View PX Dynamic Dive 1 27 B Roll 16 Steer 32 E start displaying DataMite data by clicking on Animate and This is a view from the rear of car right side of screen is actu
11. C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 58 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 2 8 Calculation Menus The following section explains the user input for specs listed with Cle buttons These specs are ones where you can simply enter a value or click on the Clc button and the program will present a menu of inputs which will calculate that particular parameter These menus are like computer scratch pads for calculating specs like Compression Ratio from other inputs Notes The starting values in each calculation menu are always blanked out Once enough specs have been entered the calculated value s at the top of the menu will be displayed This calculated value s will now be updated each time you change a spec If you want to use this calculated value click on Use Cale Value If the Figure 2 37 Typical Calculation Menu calculated value is within expected limits it will be loaded into the original menu If you click on Cancel you will be returned to the original menu with the original value unchanged If you click on Help you will be given a general explanation of Click on Clc button to bring up Calculation Menu A DataMiti w Engine Specs FORD 5 OL xi File Edt Q Back File Help Calc Compression Ratio Ed Cusfomer amp Comments Stock 5 Cale Compression Ratio Engine Customer SBFord 045 Total
12. Depending on how you order your DataMite II the analog channels from 1 16 may not be configured for anything or can be configured as thermocouple channels for temps or 0 5 or 0 10 volt analog inputs for most any other type of sensor Check the documentation which comes with your DataMite II These analog channels are configured in sets of 4 for each type of input either thermocouple or analog The analog range of 0 5 or 0 10 can be configured for each of these 16 channels individually with jumpers inside the box If thermocouple channels are turned On they usually start on the right end channels 13 16 then 9 12 etc If analog channels are turned On they usually start on the left end channels 1 4 then 5 8 etc Generally timer and switch channels and the accelerometer channels for analog channels 17 and 18 are all turned On Note If you are using the Infra Red Lap Timer only Timer channel is available and a jumper inside the DataMite I box must positioned correctly to provide 12 VDC on the 4 pin Lap Timer connector As you attach sensors you must remember that you must also let the software know which sensors are attached to which channel This is done in the DataMite Specs screen 3 Build Brackets Mount Magnets for RPM Sensors For wheels and driveshafts epoxying the standard magnets supplied to the outside of the inertia wheel works well For clutch RPM on Lenco and Jehrico and other transmissions there may already be a magnet i
13. Driven wheel RPH Drive whl or Divshtt RPH Vehicle speed in MPH Acceleration rate in Gs Calcd trans gear ratio Other Graph Properties i T ype Pick Individual Channels Time R PH Distance Time What to Graph REE Filtering smoothing None Histogram RPM Increment 100 Hotes Data Selected to Graph 8 types mans Engine APM channel Steer Throttle F Brake F B accel L R accel Tire slip Hake Graph Help Cancel Print C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Pick Just lap 1 to tell the program that you will be doing individual laps and that Lap 1 is one of these laps for comparison Then click on Make Graph to get a graph like Figure 4 31 On this graph click on History Log and then choose to graph Laps 1 and 3 as shown in Figure 4 31 Figure 4 31 Just Lap 1 of 7 Data Types then Adding Lap 3 D Back File Format View GraphType AddTest Histondog Single Test Help ane lile Le trate belo d x14 rutview set sca Steer Throttle F Brake psi FfB aeee rece Gs Tire Slip vs Time monte carloOl 56 Click on History Log _ or History Log Button F B accel Gs x 100 to bring up History L R accel Gs x 100 Log shown at bottom Tire Slip x 10 Enter the run s to be Graphed separated by a comma l i up to 4 max For example to Graph runs 1 and 3 of screen enter Click in the Graph Laps column to en
14. The ONLY reason to restore data is if you have lost test files This could be because you mistakenly erased it you had a major computer failure or you are moving the program to another computer Do NOT restore data unless you have one of these problems as you could possible create many more problems than you are trying to fix When restoring test files and folders you pretty much reverse the procedure for backing up First you put your backed up floppy disk in the floppy drive Then open Windows Explorer find the Floppy drive icon and click on it to display its contents Right click on the folder you want to restore and select Copy 199 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Now find the DIMDATA folder under DIM RR20 under PERFTRNS PTI usually on the C drive Right click on the folder 1 level UP from the folder you are restoring For example if you are restoring the test file folder CHEV which was in the DTMDATA folder you must click on the DIMDATA folder If you are restoring the entire Test Library folder DIMDATA you must click on the DIM RR20 folder If you are restoring the test file 194 150 which was in the CHEV folder under the DTMDATA folder you must click on the CHEV folder During the restoring copying process Windows Explorer checks to see if it is overwriting an existing file Figure A4 3 Ifit is it will ask you if the existing file or folder should be overwrit
15. You can enable the cursor by clicking on View then Turn Cursor On T The value of each graph line at the cursor is displayed here The X value of the cursor is shown here in this case 7 550 seconds C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Figure 3 20 Dual Cursor Features and Commands Once you have surrounded the section of graph you want Two 2 cursor to analyze click on one of these 3 buttons to display the lines usually pink Average Maximum or Minimum for each graph line in the or green legend on the right side of the graph depending on background color Click here to turn Dual Cursors ON Click here to turn Dual Cursors OFF Click on these buttons to move the Left cursor left or right Hold down the lt ctrl key gt while clicking w lataMite Analyzer v3 2 7 Jate model example Fi Eg File Format vie ph Typy Add Test L g Single Test Help these buttons to move the Right cursor Hold down Bad ik sete E B ala bese exes ee e eE avients the shift key also and the cursor moves faster _MPH vs Time late model exa 9 1 T TUE a a ee a Po A A Steer 266 MPH 91 7 late model example 4 100 0 f bentor run 2 The EENE ol eee E a Steer 270 MPH 90 2 ou Average button was clicked on so Averages are displayed here 40 0 Time between cursors is displayed here 20 0 gge ht 4 F XQ RR
16. click on Cancel Other Track Map Features Other commands available in the Track Map Screen include Animate When you click on Animate the program will redraw the Track Map and Friction Circle if that has been opened also with a wider gray line so you can watch the progress of the car around the track Animate has 2 options of Go Faster and Go Slower to speed up or slow down this redrawing process Note that nothing is designed to reproduce the vehicle s actual lap time travel or position around the track This speed is complete based on the processor speed of the particular computer See Figure 3 53 for more details File When you click on File you are presented with 2 main options The first has to do with Saving Opening or Deleting a file of Segment spacings Note that what you are saving is just the spacing of the segments and not some measure of straight aways braking etc If you open some segment spacing say from a road course and apply it to a different road course the segments may appear to make some sense because they will be evenly distributed around the track as spaced for the original 126 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output track However upon closer inspection you may see segment breakpoints showing up in the middle straights or not appearing at all during some braking and accelerating segments etc These segments will likely only make sense on data r
17. folder can be changed to most any word in the Folder Name a Preferences menu In the previous DOS version this was the Track name Ngw FoiderNome O l Type in a New Folder Name here if you OK Cancel Help Advanced select Add New Folder as the Folder Name Enter a Mew Test Mame and click on OK The current Click here to bring up standard Test name ts given should you choose to modify it Windows File Save screen to let you slightly for the new name Use the Delete key to erase save a file in most any folder directory the name if You want a completely new name and disk drive and to most any file If you want to save the Test under a different Folder name Pro version only Note that name click on the down arrow button and select one files saved this way are not found in the Select the top choice of Add New Folder and you will standard Test Library and are not be asked for a new Folder name to add to the list of searchable using the Filter options Folders discussed in Section 3 6 To save a Test File you will be presented with the Save Window as shown above The program suggests a new test name which is the same as the current test name shown at the top of the Main Screen If you want to save your changes to the same name simply click on OK This will update the current test file with your latest changes If you want to save the current set of test specs with your changes to a new name and leav
18. 1 otf ArT H 12 current test run late model exa late model example late model O2 CFG Lap 1 01 CFG Lap 2 exarmiple CF Lap 3 ee RFF Engine RPM Engine RPM 6811 305 Brod 6995 224 7005 7324 181 7370 107 umg wooo 6753 33 5846 rae Ee Conn E26 4 639 127 is the difference C 5681 E5 5515 E5 from the first test ed eal Ue to the test directly 5391 13 5481 103 aS 5503 1 5565 E1 to the left of the 5761 120 5938 297 Dif column 6114 55 6290 231 6388 TT E472 161 BB 35 6761 125 6949 22 7035 108 7312 38 7363 55 7444 95 7511 165 i 7110 163 7036 55 6614 159 6628 173 6082 162 6101 181 5623 193 5554 124 5375 6 BA 3 90 5530 14 5575 31 2300 i Sean 5614 BE 5770 90 2400S SG 5611 Click on History Log at top of Report Screen to display this screen History Log Click in this Report column to put a Yes here so this test will be included in the Comparison Report Click on a Yes to remove it w Test History Ioj x Report Tests Marked es Report Curent Jest Only Clear erase History Print Help Test File and Fath Repprt Std Report Title ET MPH Vexamplesnrlate model example 02 chg ves late model example 5 12 0871372003 Circle Track Laps Ot 20 00 Vexamplesnrlate model example 01 ctg yes late model example 5 2 12 08 13 2003 Circle Track Laps Ot 20 00 Lexamplesrlate model example cig es late model
19. 17 54 56 73 79 92 93 103 151 152 155 173 193 Floppy Drive 199 Folders 2 4 8 12 18 24 68 89 112 114 115 148 172 197 199 200 Freq hz 43 203 204 Friction Circle 5 19 95 104 105 119 125 126 129 131 162 165 167 Friction Coefficient 129 131 Friction Losses 1 3 52 105 129 131 155 183 Fuel 32 33 82 180 Gasket Bore Dia 60 Gasket Thickness 59 60 Gauge Settings 54 55 56 Graph 1 8 12 17 20 23 26 45 55 56 57 72 73 79 83 86 89 91 92 94 95 96 97 98 100 101 102 103 104 105 115 116 117 123 129 150 151 152 155 157 160 162 163 165 167 173 174 175 196 203 Graph Type 151 155 Graphs 5 15 79 91 92 94 96 102 108 150 162 167 173 Growth tire 49 81 178 196 Help 2 3 5 8 9 17 21 32 47 59 68 105 138 146 Histogram 1 92 94 150 History Log 5 1 18 21 24 77 83 92 94 95 100 115 116 117 123 163 horsepower 82 HP 6 1 9 24 27 29 37 49 50 52 68 72 73 75 79 82 92 114 148 155 169 172 173 174 175 178 182 196 Humidity 28 62 63 Icon desktop 7 107 197 199 Ignition 188 194 Include Averages 80 Include Text 89 Inductive Pickup 180 183 192 194 195 Inertia Dyno 3 82 178 181 201 Inertia engine 178 Infra Red 138 181 Install 3 37 72 131 139 170 171 186 191 192 194 Jets 33 Just Power Run 92 210 Lane 31 Lap Summ
20. A summary of the current settings is given here Click here to Check or Uncheck these options Checking means you want to keep these specs for the new test Once the new test is started you can then make modifications to these specs if you want C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions ee starting this new test by clicking on Cancel don t start new test at the top of the New Test screen Then click on File at the top left of the Main Screen and select one of the Open options to open a past test to serve as a pattern If you want to check some of the specs in the other screens or want to modify some specs from the previous test click on the See Specs buttons for each category of specs Click on Help at these menus for more info on how to enter these specs When you close out these menus you are brought back to the New Test screen Be sure to check the check box at the left for all specs you want to use for your new test AIl Categories not checked will be blanked out Blank specs may cause problems with more detailed analysis and won t allow you to keep track of important details about the vehicle you are testing Most all specs in these categories can also be changed once the test has started with no problems This includes specs which simply describe the test and vehicle and do not affect any calculations or what is recorded like Engine Specs Test Comments etc Six 6 oth
21. Enter pairs of calibration points here w Analog Sensor Specs and the response Cab Cstm Table 5v 0 8 1 8 8 2 10 5 3 13 2enser Calibration Table curve is graphed to ensure the calibration Yolts Data Volts Data looks correct O Analog Sensor Specs 1 JB Type Custom user supplies table 3 Data Name A F CO 4 n If this calibration is for a DataMite II then the nand ensor signal can be based on fi st Value Engineering Units different scalings of the fist Value volts Read C particular channel 2nd VYalue Engineernng Units 2nd Value volts Head aaa Signal Based On 9 5 Volts These buttons let you Note organize the data and Pick the location of the sensor and of magnets R aT read the DataMite s for targets if a different type of sensor is being __ Resort Rows Aead DataMite signals just as the Used on the rotating component Clear Row Inzert Row Read button was Delete Row Clear All Rows described above Keep Specs Help Cancel Print 43 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Signal Based On If this calibration is for a DataMite II then the signal can be based on different scalings of the particular channel either e 0 4095 bits of resolution works for either type of scaling of a channel 0 5 or 0 10 volts e 0 5 volts 5 volts full scale on this particular chan
22. Generally the Friction Coefficient of the entire car is less than that of the individual tires due to imperfections in the suspension setup causing uneven loading of the tires and having only 2 driving tires for accelerating unless you have an all wheel drive car However anything which increases the vertical load on the tire without increasing the vehicle s weight will increase the Friction Coefficient of the car These factors include aerodynamic downforce and track banking effects Therefore on level ground you would expect Friction Circle readings as shown in Table 3 5 If you see numbers much higher than this there must be some aerodynamic downforce present or significant track banking effects Figure 3 57 shows how you can interpret the friction circle from a particular car For example Figure 3 57 shows the car is consistently pulling 1 5 Gs in the corners Gs of 1 5 are quite high and are probably enlarged due to the high amount of banking at this particular track The vehicle speeds are not sufficiently high less than 110 MPH to create significant downforce However if you notice that this week we are getting 1 5 Gs and last week you only got 1 45 Gs on the same track you could assume that either the tires have a higher Friction Coefficient or the suspension setup 1s better utilizing the Friction Coefficient of all 4 tires Other Track Map Features Other commands available in the Track Map Screen include Print Lets you print the
23. Head Eo Engine RPM Specs Menu For V 8 8 cylinder 4 stroke For Channel 4 pick Analog Converter and then Std Thermocouple as the Type w Engine RPH Specs x Calib 8 Cylinder 4 Stroke Engine Specs Cylinders Specify 2 magnet since that Engine Type ja Stroke Hote Pick the cylinders in the engine and 2 or 4 stroke operation For special ignition systeme like distributor less or amall 4 cycle engines you may have to adjust these specs for accurate RPM readings For example a Briggs motor fires every revolution like a2 stroke sa call a Briggs a T Cyl 2 Stroke Keep Calib Help Cancel Print 2nd Value Engineering Units 2nd Value freq hz Read Hote Pick the location of the sensor and of magnets for targets if a different type of sensor is being used on the rotating component Keep Specs Help Cancel Print is what you installed on the Front Wheel and the Driveshaft Be sure to get these magnets as evenly spaced as possible Click on Keep Specs to keep and return to DataMite screen 141 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Figure 4 6 DataMite Sensor and Calibration Screens for Selected Analog Channels i Analog Sensor Specs x ig Analog Sensor Specs X w Analog Sensor Specs X Calib Steering 2 5 3 5 5v 0 1 Steer Calib LF Shock 0 5 Sy 0 10 LF Shock Calib F
24. I I l I I l l l I I l l I l If ee Pe Eb med Trace Recorder Data Figure 2 35 Setting Options Click on Trace Recorder then Trace Recorder Data at the top of the Current for Trace Recorder Readings screen to be presented with the screen shown in Figure 2 35 This works the same as the other screens for setting which data to graph and what Trace Recorder 1 scales to use One difference here is both data types are graphed on the same Channel 4 Exh Teme E rA The numbers on the graph for the Y axis are for Trace Recorder 1 Range User Specified gt ia User Specified Max User Specified Min Trace Recorder Data eae Channel E EngRPM Click on Trace Recorder then Trace Recorder Speed at the top of the Current Readings screen to display the question shown if Figure 2 36 The higher the Range o 12000 zi number of seconds the more data you can see on the trace but you will see it User Specified Max with less detail User Specified Min Hote Pick one of the DataMite channels to be dizplayed on ether Gauge 1 or 2 Then select the Range for the display either a pre programmed range our vou can enter your own custom range by choosing User Specitted the first choice for Range Keep Options Help Cancel Print Figure 2 36 Setting Trace Recorder Speed Trace Recorder Time Enter the number of seconds you want displayed on the Ok trace a number between 15 and 1500 x Cancel mo 3
25. OF Cancel Browse Mstart Ea gt 2 Click on Browse 1 Click on Start then Run C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 1 Introduction Entering Registered Owner s Name The first time you run the Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer you will be asked to enter your name as the Registered Owner During this first session you can modify it until you are satisfied Once you accept the name the computer will generate a Registered Code based on the name To be eligible for Tech Help you will need both your registered name and code and to have sent in your registration card The name you enter should be very similar to the name you enter on the registration card Click on Help then About Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer at the Main Screen to review your name and code Figure 1 2 Menu to Unlock Program Options S4 Unlock Form Unlocking Program Options Code to Extend Demo 239235212 The Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Computer Hardware 842897 Analyzer 1S equipped with copy protection Registered Name Joe Smith This ensures that legitimate users do not have Cancel to cover the costs for unauthorized distribution pee 14666 fth When you first receive the alae ae ae E Enter Unlocking Code Po Help program it is in demo mode In demo mode you can try either the Basic version or the full Professional version for ten days All feat
26. Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 118 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 3 8 Send Data Pro Version Only The DataMite s data can be analyzed in Performance Trends suspension analysis program the Suspension Analyzer This DataMite program will send Shock Travel and Steering data where the program will determine the dive squat roll pitch and steer of the vehicle based on shock and steer travel data and suspension geometry and measurements In addition the DataMite program can send Track Map Friction Circle braking throttle and engine RPM data See Fig 3 41 Figure 3 41 Send Options Click here then Z choose how much w Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite v3 2 Performance Trends late model example DG File Edt Graph Report Track Conde LogBook DataMite Vehicle Preferences Help Seng data to send to the Details Lap 1 Lap tt Lap 3 Send to Suspension Analyzer Performance Trends Send to Suspension Analyzer w Track Map Suspension Race amp Yehicle Conditions N hearer Analyzer prog ram Run 12 3 07 pm 08 13 2003 Super Late Model 1 2 Mile Flat Track i Asphalt 2003 Lefthander Monte Carlo here to change to a different run If the prog ram not 2640 1 2 Mile Example of DataMite Il Circle Track data using its Cu rrently running it F mish Postion 2 built in accelerometers and optional lap timer mgh Position
27. Read l table The Read M i Counts DataMite button will Fick the location of the sensor and of magnets Resort Rows H ad DataMite read the DataMite signal or targets if a different type of sensor is being from the sensor and used on the rotating component Clear Row Insert Row insert it in the row where Delete Row Clear All Rows the blinking cursor used 7 for typing in numbers Keep Specs Help Cancel Print 206 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies 207 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies 208 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Accelerometer 41 44 49 73 81 151 181 196 Accuracy 6 3 20 23 24 27 29 32 37 39 41 45 52 54 62 63 65 73 75 81 82 120 144 151 157 169 172 174 175 177 178 182 Add Test 94 Advanced 18 112 115 Air Temperature deg F 28 All Data 79 80 92 151 152 Altimeter 27 28 29 Always Autoscale New Graph 26 Analog 6 24 40 42 43 44 53 54 56 125 137 138 170 179 180 181 182 195 196 201 202 203 Assumptions 6 3 29 51 81 177 178 202 Automatically Filter Out Noise 25 back up 197 199 200 Barometer 28 29 Barometric Pressure 28 Baseline 33 Basic Version 1 2 5 19 94 Beacon 45 71 72 125 144 Block 114 Bore 59 60 calibrate 1 43 120 204 20
28. Sy od Jo Sg a Eado SUYEIEQ 24 a8 0 pue Uo aoa HA Aso SI apeg ay a4ey opu pabinjd ogee a nu SIU LON ued uoa uoyng yand Oe SIGE UO pes Sl yp agea EWES BUIBO SIN appo enw AoA z agea Ugua UE Sen NOA S Qqe IEA Mod WOD Ou y daydepe gsr 40 od Woo S4aIndwos oyu snd agen je was SSaLVBY WS 48318 Wd A AMOIOWEU Jo yo Und AABY AOA J SB LeAU0S Hoete JO SIOSUSS AMOJ jary Ce eB eucueadns awd GEN 404 MOSSE Sal Sad Jayyo Oo pasn Meaig Sod SIU ld LOD SOUS SUELO nna DECE CSF BFE End yed 0 06 prions ada and ue pasn you a434 UL Ang proia y pasni 1 Gun Ang Aeon Ay PPUM T eee eee yeda auus op driyad asionpul ue 4 AA adn peys OUAD UO JURE td r4 E v oF JOSUSS fy dy yya JOpaUUOD uid p eee Hoye aulua seau JO anos yeay deau YBNUNS pap u JUNOW Jou og Neeq S IEJEP alow 40 SUOIJONIJSU ped jenplapui o 484841 uonejejsuj OUAG pyyejeg jesidALl apeg ayy oyu apeos SARS anpoul Jo Se yo A0 JOU Of noA anada oO Suonneoa ad eads asn nu nod ddis Javsod Wako SY Sey LOI JOSE yy 40 SHNe UES e ayj I SUYEIEQ SU appo Wold paad Sosas WOW S BURIS BUISeTE ae MOA LLNS LY Od vl MOG SUE ayy apiau saadun buryenipe Aq you DLO pUe 70 Uasi payopss aq UES SSUES U0 pSUBEp s yodu Sy Jeu UE abeyos JAY aanpak WED UIA S BURIS YEE LON og 4A Cuomsod a04 a40 A84 AAEE oid BZABUE SUCISSIWE SBME ue woy anba aunseaud apraud suosuas Boeng jess ae HEL ABA AISI YC SUE Ya a4
29. Type of Ta Hew Test Hew Test Late Model Exarnpll CFG ExamplesRR Circle Track Laps Pick Which Specs to Keep based on current file Late Model Example CFG DataMite See Specs Type 31 Channel DataMite Il Vehicle Vehicle File Monte Caro Veh Wk 2800 Ibs Final Drive Ratio 5 35 BLE EAI Front Tire Radius 13 6 Trans Manual 7 Keep All Inputs even those likely to change with each run ae cea Track Cond Just dried up ail leak Comer Banking 10 Winning Driver Joe Johyeon winning Car Red 2002 Lefthander File Name for Run Description Feature Rear Tire Radius 13 6 Log Book keep most on changing nputs Track Conds Track Len 26407 ft Dnsty Altitude 2565 ft Air Temp 82 deg F Wind JOMPH AXttual ee Specs Results Lap Time 20 1 Position 2 est Comments keep this box checked to use comments below for the New Test Mote that you can erase and change these comments here Super Late Model 1 2 Mile Flat Track Asphalt 2003 Lefthander Monte Carlo Example of DataMite Il Circle Track data using tts built in accelerometers Once a New Jestis started you can easily erase or modify any of the specs listed above Any tpecs ngt selected to Keep will be mostly blank when you start the New Test These are the comments which you can modify Uncheck Test Comments to start with blank comments for the New Test Click on these buttons to see the current Engine or Test Conditions Setup
30. User Defined Records User Defined Records these User Defined input Balast Weight ee User D fined names and the program will ask what name you want to pelseueesuen eee ist ass lal call this input This input will User Detined e User Defined now be called say the Ballast User Defined O User Defined Location for all past and future records Note that if User Defined Use Defined you previously called this field User Defined oOo User Defined Trans Fluid Type and used User Defined oOo Uzer Defined ratings from A G the data you entered for previous runs of Help letters from A G will still be Enter most any type of data you want ether numbers or worde Ifyou right click on a title bos orginally displayed Its just that the marked User Defined you can enter a Title for that particular data type which will be now used for this a and all past and future records name will now be Ballast Location Enter a Title Enter a title for this Data Record a name from 1 tg 25 OK characters Important All previous data recorded with OK the name Balast Location will now use the new name Cancel pou enter here Balast Location 36 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 2 5 DataMite Specs The DataMite menu tells the program what type of DataMite you have what sensors you are using and how the sensors are calibrated Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definit
31. With all the Vehicle specs set to match your vehicle click on File then Save As to save these changes to some vehicle name of your choosing something like Monte Carlo Then click on Back to close the Vehicle Specs menu and return to the New Test screen Since you saved these specs you will not have to enter them again If they are not already loaded for some new run you can just go into the Vehicle Specs screen click on File then Open Vehicle and pick the Monte Carlo vehicle you have just saved Figure 4 12 Filling in Track Conds Menu J J Select this Type for Circle m7 Track Laps w Track Race Conditions i x Back Help T f Test Race i ee ha This section lets you save Type ee Track Length ft 2640 1 2 Mile S critical notes summarizing Fatet Lan Mine our race results Track Track Weather Conditions e a Rea Lap MPH Length Lap Time and MPH Method of Reading Weather Data SORMIN poll are inter related If you eee fell seen ep ea ind Speed MPH and or changed to keep Obs Barometer Hg i Wind Direction From North these results consistent Aii Temperature deg F Help Click on down arrow to select the type of test you ran This choice can have a lange impact on what data i graphed and analyzed p 2 Dew Point deg F Elevation feet Density Altitude Ft Dry Density Altitude ft Hy Density Altitudes can not be input Choose the appropriate Method directly but are calc
32. click on History Log or Multiple Tests at the top of the upcoming Report Screen Figure 3 6 Typical Lap Summary Report Note Correlation Options for Lap Summary Reports Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite v3 2 Performance Trends late model example CFa B Back Print Repot Types File Histor Log Single Test Multiple Tests Correlation HelpiFi Type Circle Track Laps 3 07 pm 08 13 2003 Show CorrelatioA in Graph Comments Trk Ler 2640 Dnisty Altitude 2565 Show Correlation in Report Run Summary of 5 Air Temp 82 Time Engine Engine Engine Steer avg Steer max Steer min Throttle Throttle Throttle F Brake F Brake F Brake FB accel F B accel F B accel APM avg APM mas RPM min ols max min avg maz min na max mir 84 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output You will notice a drop down menu at the top of this report screen called Correlation Correlation is a statistical term which tries to determine if there is any relationship between 2 sets of numbers In the case of a Lap Analysis you might like to know if one of these channels seems to have an effect on Lap Times For example say there is a relationship between Max Braking Force and Lap Time that as Max Brake Force goes down Lap Times also go down What that could mean to the driver is that if they were easier on the brakes their lap times could improve Say you produced the Lap Summary
33. display the History Log or print information Click on Graph to display several Graph Options and produce a high resolution graph Click on Report to display several Report Options and produce a tabular report Once a report is displayed it can be output as an ASCII file or printed Name of current Test File Open from Pro version s History Log displays a chronological log of test El toad Race amp Circh Track DataMite v3 2 Performance Trends late model ample_CFG l x files you have recently Fild Edit Graph Report Track Conds LogBook DataMite Vehicle Poeterffices Help Send worked with started New get data from DataMite CiN fang Lap 3 Lap it 4 Lap 5 new opened made Open from all saved tests 70 graphs or reports of Oper from History Log Race Comments Save Cres Super Late Model 1 2 Mile Flat Track a Help The sequential Run etc Section 3 8 Fe Asphalt 2003 Lefthander Monte Carlo Humber for this run in the Log pave As Ctra Book menu Click here to display Saving options to Save Save to Flippy CN Drive Mo Cri ree e Cog Book menu l Opesgrom FlodRNCD Drive M we i Ses a test file are discussed EPS in Section 3 5 Make Track Map gt Fiction Circle Sedrch For find Furi wate Opening options to open a previously saved test file are discussed in Section 3 5 Prinithis Main Screag Print Uther Screens Windawe Printer Setup Unlock Program Options Transten Program to Another Computer
34. then Analog Filtering to select how much filtering smoothing should be done to just the analog readings RPM readings are not filtered Trace Recorder Pro Version Only Warming Color Specs Channel 3 Chrl 3 not being used Use Color Warnings Yes Caution If Greater Than This Limit Ww arn IF Greater Than This Limit All Exh T Cs Use Same Hote Use these specs to have program change colors yellow caution red warn of data displayed on Current Readings display You can change settings for several channels before clicking on Keep Changes Set a lint to Oto have it ignored Note The program can NOT shut down the engine based on these settings Click on Trace Recorder to select which channels should be shown on a time graph and what the scales should be 56 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 34 Trace Recorder Options for A Drag Race DataMite v3 2 Performance Trends broged1 CFG J configuring the L w Lurrent Readings De Close back Options Trace Recorder Help trace recorder Trace Recorder Daa Trace Recorder Speed Show Trace Recorder al EngRPM Front RPM 2000 10000 2000 Trace Recorder time graph for 2 selected channels 1 lo Eng RPM 8 Cylinder 4 Stroke 2 o Front heel APM 2 Magnets Buttons to pause or continue the trace or turn it T T I I l l I l l l l l l I l l
35. this might be saying that if the driver was easier on the brakes his lap times may improve drop The closer the Correlation number is to or 1 the higher the relationship between Lap Times and that particular parameter Some correlations are nearly automatic like Engine RPM for a circle track car with no shifting or MPH and Lap Times In order for a lap time to be short the average MPH must be high But other correlations can lead to driver or vehicle insights As shown above there is a VERY HIGH correlation between Throttle avg and Lap Times The Negative correlation just means that as one number goes up the other number goes down When Average Throttle increases Lap Times are reduced This may be an automatic correlation like MPH and Lap Times but does give the chassis tuner and driver something to think about After making a correlation report you may want to investigate some of the high correlations For example say you click in the Throttle avg column to highlight as shown in Figure 3 6 on the previous page Then you click on Show Correlation in 85 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Graph the program will show the individual data points for Throttle avg and Lap Time as shown in Figure 3 7 The correlation graph does show a pretty strong relationship between Lap Times coming down as Average Throttle increases Lap Segment Analysis Pro Version O
36. 0 OF 12 2003 Custom rip ou Wir examples formula vee new omula Wee New 5 14 08 14 2003 Road Race Laps 1m v4 6 Vexamplesir formula vee Watkins Rormula yee 4 45 09 14 2004 Road Race aps 2 ft 95 11 Bw o CS GD gt Click in Graph column to select or de select tests for Graphing Slide button right for more History info SEE N gt hl Chapter 3 Output Click on the History Button or the History menu item to display the History Log Click on Single Test to graph only the Current Test 29 23 2S iS ESE EE AMMA EEE p Click on Add Test to pick a new test to add the graph to the History Log from the entire Test Library Choose a Graph option from the menu bar to close the History Log and graph the tests identified by the menu option you pick Click and drag slide bar to Click here to specify which run or runs to graph if more than 1 run in this test The settings shown here will graph Lap 1 and 4 from the first race and Lap 2 from the 2 Click in this column to show Yes or remove Yes Tests marked Yes will be graphed if there is room typically not more than 24 graph lines total Other Graphing Features The next section discusses lists and discusses several other features from this screen including e Printing Eliminating Scale Multipliers Displaying Comments and or Density Altitudes for all tests graphed Single or Dual Cursor s to pinpoint the value of a particular point or section
37. 21 Figure 2 21 Sensor and Calibration Screen Engine RPM Channel 1 Cylinders w Engine RPH Specs Pick the number of cylinders that obtain spark from the source of the Calib 6 Cylinder 4 Stroke DataMite s ignition signal Usually this is the number of cylinders in the engine However for some engines there may be 2 or more ignition Engine Specs coils A modern distributerless V 8 may have 4 coils each firing 2 Cylinders 3 spark plugs In that case if you attached the DataMite s engine RPM wire to one of these coils you would use 2 since each coil fires 2 E ngine Type fa Stroke cylinders Hote i Pick the cylinders in the engine and 2 or 4 Engine Type stroke operation For special ignition systeme like distributor less or small 4 cycle engines you This input specifies how often this spark source fires each cylinder either may have to adjust these specs for accurate _ 1 time for each revolution typical 2 stroke or 1 time for every 2 APM readings For example a Briggs motor fires every revolution like a 2 stroke so call a Briggs a revolutions typical 4 stroke Again you may have to adjust this input to 4 Cyl 2 Stroke match your engine For example a Briggs amp Stratton engine fires each revolution even though it is a 4 stroke engine with a cam and valves For the Briggs engine you would specify Cylinders as 1 and Engine Type as Keep Calib Help Cancel Print 2 Stroke Note you
38. 47 53 54 55 81 125 129 137 140 145 169 170 179 180 181 182 183 196 202 DataMite Specs 5 20 37 38 67 68 81 107 125 140 141 144 146 165 181 194 196 202 204 date 16 68 149 179 180 183 197 199 delete 44 71 87 110 115 123 125 Delete 71 72 110 Delete Beginning or End of File 71 72 Demo 2 5 8 19 Density Altitude 16 23 33 95 Dew Point 28 29 62 63 Disk 23 199 Display Run Summary 25 Distance 1 30 41 50 60 64 73 79 80 81 92 95 151 155 173 DOS 12 110 112 Dry Bulb Temp 62 63 Dry Density Altitude 16 23 33 Dual Cursor 1 95 99 Dyno Specs 12 112 Edit 5 8 16 19 25 71 72 73 96 100 116 125 150 193 Edit Out Noise Spikes 73 Elevation 28 29 Email 1 3 Engine Details 32 Engine File 110 Engine RPM 1 17 23 24 40 41 42 54 71 72 73 81 85 92 94 105 120 151 162 170 173 180 183 186 188 192 195 196 Engine Specs 9 12 13 50 52 68 112 114 Engine Type 41 195 Engineering Units 43 Error 192 209 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies errors 41 67 195 Errors 74 file 2 4 5 8 9 12 17 18 23 24 33 38 68 71 72 73 89 94 100 110 111 112 115 116 119 120 121 126 145 147 157 165 166 172 199 200 Filter 5 1 17 18 31 54 56 73 79 92 93 103 113 114 151 152 155 173 193 Filtering
39. Chamber CCs Test amp E Ja ma a calculation menus and a page in short Block Steric See this section for more info about the Type Sore a z Chamber CCs in Head particular menu you are using 307 59 cif it Cylinders Shake 3 1052 Ca Rod Length CR tid 301 59 cid 4943 1 ccs Chmbr 83 5 ces Block Stock Cast Iron Piston Rods Deck Height Clearance in Crank Wt amp Descr 35 _ lbs Hotes Flywheel Wt amp Dia bs a Thiz calculation ts based on the existing Short Block specs of a Bore 4 and Stroke 3 If this Ignition The input values or calculated values in any calculation menu have NO affect on calculated performance unless you load the Calculated value into the original menu If you already know a spec in the form required by the program then you have no need to use the calculation menu For example if you know the Compression Ratio is 10 3 you have no need to use a calculation menu to calculate Compression Ratio based on Gasket Thickness Piston Dome CCs etc _ lae Gar a H T Is incorect change these specs before using this menu Distributor Stock TFI Enter a negative Dome CEs for a Piston Dish Enter a negative Deck Height Clearance if the Spark Plugs piston goes above the deck at TDC Timing 10st Pere Use Calc Yalue Help Cancel Print 2 8 1 Calc Compression Ratio Is the Compression Ratio calculated from the following spe
40. Change Update Rate currently x to be presented with rate you want a number the screen of Figure 2 31 Enter any number between 1 and 10 to specify the between 1 and 10 for C I 7 7 pery the number of updates Cancel number of screen updates per second On slower computers you may want to specify a low number like 1 or 2 This can produce more reliable readings on this screen If you want smoother dial operation and more accurate less lag Higher numbers produce readings then specify a higher update rate faster updates and smoother dial actions Lower numbers can fix reading problems you want in 1 second Gauge Settings Click on Options then Gauge Settings to be presented with the screen of Figure 2 32 Here you set what channels are displayed on the gauges and what the range of the gauge will be Channel Click on the down arrow button to select the channel to display on Gauge 1 or 2 54 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 32 Current Readings Gauge Range Settings Real Time Options Click on the down arrow button to select the range for either gauge 1 or 2 Youcan select from the pre programmed ranges provided or select Dial Gauge 1 the top choice of User Specified Then the User Specified Max and Min Channel TEngheM T Range O 6000 User Specified Max ha User Specified Min specs become enabled so you can enter or change th
41. Click on these tabs to switch between the l x different runs of a particular file Enter most any test comments here to keep notes about this vehicle or test Run a e sity Alt 2565 ft Circle Track Laps fe Bese eae z Move the mouse 1 ai ae aii aa ee oul over an area on z i i the screen and 7O00 7 a Help description of that item is given 6500 F Se a oe G here This summary ee aa graph shows how RPM and MPH T ee for current run If more than 1 lap in a test they are a graphed also in gray for comparison You can click on a point on the graph line and that point will be highlighted in the test data grid Click on Slide Bars to display more Test Data which may not be able to fit on the screen A summary of critical test settings is given here Click on a setting to change it or to bring up the menu where it can be changed in this case shown the Log Book menu Log book Pro version only lets you review various runs in the order you downloaded them and open them up to this main screen Click on Details for full view 11 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions If you want to Open a previously saved test you can click on File in the upper left corner then click on Open from all saved tests You will get a screen as shown in Figure 2 2 where you are presented with a list of saved test
42. DataMite Analyzer Chapter 1 Introduction Once you feel comfortable changing specifications in the various menus and making various graphs and reports read Section 3 5 of this manual called Data Libraries to learn how to save tests or recall tests which have been previously saved Then you will know all the basic commands to operate the program For a more in depth knowledge of using these commands and an explanation of the results read this entire manual 10 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Chapter 2 Definitions 2 0 Basic Program Operation Whenever you start the Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Basic or Pro versions you are brought to a Main Screen which will look like Figure 2 1 Figure 2 1 Main Screen Menu Commands of File Graph etc These give you all the options to operate the program and change test data ce Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite 3 2 Performance Trends Late Model Example cFG File Edit Graph Report Track Conds LogBook DataMite Vehicle Preferences Help nd Details Lap 1 Lap 2 Lap tt Lap 4 Lap 5 209 Runs Race amp Vehicle Conditions Current File Race Comments not in Aun Run 12 07 pm 08 13 2003 Super Late Model 1 2 Mile Flat Track LHe Click on one of the Tabs Log Asphalt 2003 Letthander Monte Carlo here to change to a different run 240 1 2 Mle Fini ition Name of Current Test File
43. ERPE F LF Shock vs Time f All 4 Shocks All Data E E O aa x TEn Dwi Fie fosa Vew Geert Te dhilan Hamylop huipa Help Bas Fir Fima We Gime Type Aki Tent i SA oes pitch eee EB elel al a LF Shock vs Time oe f JUL A0 wo aaa 7 LF Shock Lap 1 Only Filtering Heavy LF Shock Lap 1 Only Figure 4 20 shows the remaining channels of Steer Brake Throttle and the 2 accelerometers graphed for All Data Here you can again see the cyclic nature of the data braking for each accel opening the throttle for each accel The Steer sensor does show 2 times which look unusual where the steering was actually turned to the right As the zoomed in portion of the graph shows these dips are real because they occur over a large section of time over 0 5 seconds and there are several data points showing this trends of relatively smoothly turning to the right then turning back to the left The accelerometers are quite jumpy like the shock sensors But they are recording every bump and vibration the car is exposed to Even with no filtering the cyclic trends can be easily observed indicating high data quality Again with a little filtering the trends are more easily seen 152 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Figure 4 20 Graphing Steer F Brake Throttle and Accelerometer Data Daakia Anakna vl Monte Cais 01 096 Bick Fip Forma Wow Graph Ty
44. Fi eer p late model example 01 2 Tag HF vs APM BUOU SS00 i Steer EUI tohp nnn fan S ron ToHP 6960 7680 18 230 E g Steer Ci eee eee eee f i 200 of 44 000 WA Graph Format Name l l Tq amp HP ws APR 6000 6800 Save 12 0 14 0 AO 340 Delete Close 700 Sone Keep Vertical Y Scales Keep Horizontal States Tum Auto Scaling Off If the graph is current Auto Scaled computer is 400 4 3 Current Graph Format is Auto Scaled ne i er E te ce es picking the best scales you can click on Turn i i i Auto Scaling Off and then choose which axis s goo L Lee eee i scaling to save with this format HDI b222Ssese5 aan rae ean ne ere On EA nee ee ge ee eae ea ee ne one rE Pa ONE age er Time Sec 103 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Showing Track Map amp Friction Circle and more If you click on View then Track Map Friction Circle More you will add the 5 sections shown in Figure 3 26 to the bottom of your graph These sections make it much easier to visualize what the car and driver are doing and exactly where on the track you are at any particular time on the graph Figure 3 26 Showing Track Map Data and More i DataMite Anaea waz i 104 Back Fie Format iew Graph Type Add Tast History Lo FIBER 500 A00 400 200 St an
45. For some specs like Track or Event in the Log Book you can either type something in the box or click on the arrow button to select a pre programmed selection For most others you can only select from a list of pre programmed choices 407 20 cid 6674 1 cos Block Piston amp Rods Crank Wt amp Descr Flywheel Wt amp Dia Ignition Distributor Gap 044 Timing Help Spark Plugs hm hz Ii Intake amp Exhaust Click on the down arrow button to select ether 2 Stroke or 4 stroke engine types p a3 Comment text frame to enter a comment to describe these component specs These comments are saved with the specs in the Component Library in the case shown here the Engine Library Some specs have a Clc calculate button where you can either enter the specs directly in this case the compression ratio or click on the Clc button to calculate it from other inputs Standard menu commands which provide the options for closing this menu Back saving or open files of these individuals specs click on File then Save or Open erasing a set of specs click File then New printing this screen click on File then Print etc See the sections later in this chapter for more details on individual menus 13 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 14 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Def
46. History Log Race Comments M C ave CtrleS 13 2003 Super Late Model 1 2 Mile Flat Track oaSeeer eens ocean oe enu Sevens ste Asphalt 2003 Letthander Monte Carlo Commands Open from Floppy Orive A 4 Drive Save to Floppy Drive A Drive Make Track Map Click on File Friction Circle Pr then choose Search For find Runs from different Print this Main Screen Ctrl P Save or Open Print Other Screens options Windows Printer Setup Unlock Program Options Transfer Program to Another Computer Est a Click on Unlock 7271 Program Options to a obtain codes to 6755 give to 6634 Performance Trends to e218 permanently unlock the program take out of the 10 day demo mode VEME ae i 258 PM C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 1 Introduction Figure 1 4 Graph Options Menu From this Main Screen you can Select Data Types in this section e Choose to review your options by clicking on the menu items at the top of the screen e Open or save a file of test results and specs by clicking on File in the upper left corner and then the Open or Save commands FS ay e Edit or review test data settings or comments for the file you are Channel 5 currently working with e Graph or report the test for the file you are currently working with e Change the Preferences options to somewhat customize the program for your needs e Click on File then Unlock Program Options to ob
47. I I I I L I I I I l l L I I I I I I l l T l l l i 4 i 3000 Conclusions J 6000 vortech mods 1 Corr Tq Corr HP tq Apl 1 Corr Tq Corr HP tq ApSs 1 Corr Tq Corr HP tq Ap2 41 Corr Tq Corr HP FOOL RPMI Torque and HP curves from doing accels after adding a Vortech supercharger and other mods showing huge increase 3 Stock runs show good repeatability and power levels very similar to the factory ratings e The DataMite offers features for measuring engine torque and HP similar to a dynamometer without removing the engine from the vehicle This feature is available for both automatic and manual transmission vehicles but is more accurate with manual transmission vehicles e Done correctly the results are both accurate and repeatable e The program can correct for weather conditions if these conditions are accurately entered into the program s Track Conditions menu e The graph features of the Pro version allow up to 4 and more different runs to be graphed together for comparison 175 C Performance Trends Inc 2002 Drag Race DataMite Analyzer Appendices 176 C Performance Trends Inc 2002 Drag Race DataMite Analyzer Appendices Appendix 1 Accuracy and Assumptions Repeatability The difference between repeatability and accuracy is Fig ure A1 1 a concept you may not Repeatable Measurements Accurate Measurements understand Gra
48. Individual Channels and then select the data types to include in the graph from the list at the top of this Graph Specs menu In the Pro version you could have also selected one of the Histogram Types A good choice for a first look at a test run is to graph some raw recorded data like 150 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples SSS eee SS en Engine RPM other RPMs like driveshaft or wheel RPMs accelerometer data etc That is because other information 1s calculated from these main inputs like distance traveled clutch converter or tire slip etc Once you have selected what data to graph set the remaining specs below the list of data types Set Time RPM Distance to Time and set What to Graph to All Data so we can check the data quality of all the data recorded Set Filtering to None so that you see the data in its most detailed and un smooth state The graph specs should look like those in Figure 4 17 Click on the Make Graph button to produce the graph shown in Figure 4 18 The graph shows no major noise spikes but all channels show a little variation up and down This is actually the sign of very good data as it indicates the response of the sensors is quite fast but the number they record is repeating within a couple percent You can click on Graph Type at the top of the Graph Screen and set Filtering to Light This smoothes out the data to eliminate some of the variation bu
49. Laps OF pm 08 13 2003 Time 99 55 ent Season Opener Log options are omments Trk Ler 2640 Dnisty Altitude 2565 MPH 20 1 isconsin its Lap 1 of 5 Air Temp 82 Position 2 Run 12 very similar to Graph History late model example CFG late model examplel1 CFG a eke cael A Log Click in this Fe EE Engine RPM Dif column to put ina 6811 395 5 A Yes to signify 181 that this test should be 4 included in the comparison a report Click on a T Yes already displayed to erase that Yes to im Test History la x de select that test LEa Marked es Report P Clear ee Print from the PEE model example cfg A lg e model example En 200a Track Laps 3 r 20 1 com pari son eramplesr lap timer try 08 ctg i BS 0572272004 Circle Track Laps O 20 00 Vexamplesirtry shock travell chg try shock travel i 06 13 2003 Circle Track Laps O 20 00 report Sexamplesrrformula vee new formula vee new AB 4 2003 Road Race Laps 1 746 Vexamplesilate model examplel chg es late model te ad SEAS Circle Track Laps O 20 00 Vexamplestrformula vee watking formula vee i z 7 95 11 j j Vexamplesm ty shock travel try shock travel This report will Sexamplesrtry shock travel plus try shock travel 08 13 2003 Circle Track Laps i 20 00 com pare Lap 4 Report History Click in Report column to select or de select tests for Reporting Slide button right for more History info and Lap 2 117 C
50. Legends labels for each graph on the right side of the graph Usually this ends up being about 24 graph lines which could be 6 tests with 4 graph lines for example MPH Engine RPM Tire Slip and Converter Slip for 6 different test sessions or laps 94 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Figure 3 15 History Log Pro version only See Section 3 7 for more details lt DataMite Analyzer v3 2 late model exampie CFG Histor Log core MPH vs Time late model example 1 ON Greene a acs a eet era as ng rear ee pe ee cae sania ana ee aia Steerx 100 MPH EY i plate model example 4 100 0 wr o Se Ieeeecec ese eee eee A eee Jeon eee ec ene e tis i a p bentorrun 2 80 0 pe ngs mettle nn ga ce ne rs TU Cee E E a E a E eenrer ree Fi m Test History Graph Tests Marked es Graph Current Test Onf Clear a Print Test File and Path Std Graph Title ET MPH wir Vexamplesi late model example cfg IE model example ma 3 2003 a Track Laps 2 20 1 Vexamplesirbentor run ctg es Bentor Aun H a z 08 13 2003 Circle Track Laps Om 20 00 Vexamplesir late model example 01 chg late model example 5 1 q2 08713 2003 Circle Track Laps O tot a examples late model example0 ctg late model a 1 q2 08713 2003 Circle Track Laps a 20 00 unk junkOS3 cfg junk O33 1 1 0 OF 12 2003 Custom no fou Wir Yunk unkOS3 cfg junk O33 1
51. Pick Log Book Catagories Close See page 147 in Check Include Log Book Entries manual for more info to enable the options above Test Results Report Options Include Track Conditions Include Log Book Entries Pro Version Only Include Test Summary Include DataMite Specs Include Vehicle Specs Select these options if you want all the specs from these menus printed with the report This will add 1 2 pages to the printed report Important Check Include Log Book Entries to enable you to pick which Log Book Categories to include in the printout Uncheck this one option and no Log Book Entries will be included 107 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Include Test Comments Select this option if you want all the comments for the Test File printed with the results Request Report Comment Select this option if you want to be asked for a comment for each particular report you send to the printer These report comments are useful to identify important points for future reference like engine modifications special test conditions etc Larger Font Print Size Check this option if your particular printer is printing the results with a small print font This option will increase the font size for some parts of some reports Also see Preferences for Selecting Printer Fonts page 26 Figure 3 29 Print Commands under File Options Pro Version Only fae Datei w Engine Spe
52. Ratio amp Chain Drive as the Type if you know the Primary Ratio Select Primary Gears amp Chain Drive if you know the Teeth on the Primary Gears or Sprockets Depending on your choice certain inputs will now be enabled Teeth Engine Gear Teeth Engine Primary Gear Inputs Type Chain Drive Only if Teeth Engine Gear Gera iene a M Teeth Engine Sprocket 2 Teeth Dyno Sprocket Hote For motorcycles with a Frima gear drive between the engine and transmission Select Primary Ratio amp Chain Drive as the Type if you know the Primary Ratio Select Primary Gears Chain Orive if you know the Teeth on the Frimary Gears Help Cancel Print This is the number of teeth on the gear or sprocket attached to the engine crankshaft or what will spin at engine RPM when the clutch has locked up If you selected Gear Reduction amp Chain Drive as the Type typical of motorcycles this will be called Teeth Engine Primary Gear and is the teeth on the sprocket or drive gear on the engine s crankshaft In almost all cases this number will be smaller than Teeth Dyno Gear Teeth Axle Gear Teeth Clutch Primary Gear This is the number of teeth on the gear which attaches to the axle or spins at wheel RPM If you selected Gear Reduction amp Chain Drive as the Type typical of motorcycles this will be called Teeth Clutch Primary Gear and is the teeth on the sprocket or drive gear on the transmiss
53. See Section 2 3 An error here will affect accuracy and repeatability Major Assumptions The DataMite Analyzer program makes several simplifying assumptions about the vehicle which are listed below Other approximations and assumptions exist as identified in Section 1 3 A Word of Caution and scattered throughout this manual See Assumptions in the Index e There is no slip inside the transmission For automatic transmissions there may be slip in the clutches and bands This slip is combined with Converter Slip and reported as Converter Slip in e Ture growth is reported as the decrease in rear wheel RPM compared to front wheel RPM correcting for differences in Tire Radius However there 1s also tire slip occurring with growth which the program can not separate Therefore your actual tire growth will likely be HIGHER than what is calculated by the program as Tire Growth in e Torque and HP are estimated based on the vehicle s acceleration rate MPH aerodynamics etc Obviously any error in Vehicle Specs will cause an error in calculating torque and HP However the program makes additional assumptions for specs which are difficult for the user to estimate like driveline efficiency engine inertia transmission inertia wheel amp tire inertia etc Therefore the absolute accuracy of torque and HP may be in error due to these assumptions See Example 4 3 Also see Example 4 1 for tips to check for accurate data 178 C Performan
54. Specify Graph Axes Scales This menu can be obtained 2 ways You can click on View in the menu bar then Specify Scales axes or click on the Set Scales button the right most button on the graph screen Depending on the type of graph data you currently working with one of these 3 sections will be enabled These 3 menu options let you save open recall and delete combinations a of scale settings for standard types of graphs you often make Graph Scales The current scale limits are Open SAved Scaf Settings Save Curent Scale Settings Dete Saved Scale Settings loaded when this menu opens RPM Data r Time Data rDistapee Change any or all these to most Max RPH Hax Time sec ae any value you want Min RPM Min Time sec o Click the Turn Autoscaling Off Max Recorded Y Data Max Y Data button to turn Autoscaling Off to Min Recorded Y Data 0 Min Data Boo enable changing specs in this menu C AutoScaling ON computer picks scales Click on OK to have the graph redrawn to these new scale AutoScaling OFF use specs given above 101 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Time Aligning shifting Graphs Many times you may want to realign graph with respect to another for example to line up the start of a run a shift etc The program allows you to shift advance or delay
55. Test Library click on File at the upper left corner of the Main Screen then on the Open from all saved tests In the Pro version you have an additional option of Open from History Log which will be discussed in Section 3 7 You will obtain the window shown on the previous page Single click on one of the tests in the list or click and drag the slide button on the right side of the list to display more tests Once you single click on a test it is now the Chosen Test File and a preview of the test is given in the Preview section If the file you chose was not a valid Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer file either Windows V2 0 or the older v1 x for DOS the program will tell you and you can not choose it Tip Once you click on a test and get a preview use the up and down arrow keys to go through the list test by test getting a preview of each test Once a test has been chosen you can delete it by clicking on the Delete button or Open it by clicking on the Open button in this window You can also click on a different test to Preview it or close this window and return to the Main Screen without choosing a new test file If you are sure of the test you want to open you can simply double click on it from the Test List This opens the test without a preview and closes this menu Note for Pro Version You can also save sets of Vehicle specs to its own separate library This is done very similarly as with the Test Files except y
56. Track Map Print Setup Opens the Windows Printer Setup screen to change printer landscape vs portrait orientation etc Animate Although Animate is not available from the Friction Circle it is available from the Track Map screen If you have both of these screens open at the same time and run the Animate feature from the Track Map you will see the progression of the Friction Circle as the vehicle drives around the track As Figure 3 53 says after you open either the Track Map or Friction Circle screens their icons appear on the Task Bar When you open the second screen either the Track Map or the Friction Circle the previous screen will become minimized To get both these screens to appear on the same screen you may have to single left click on these icons to get both to appear on the screen at one time Then you can click on the blue title bar of one of the screens and drag the 2 screens so both can be seen side by side 131 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 132 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 133 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 134 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Chapter 4 Examples Each example in this chapter becomes progressively more complex assuming you have performed and understand
57. U0 LETS S2UUEYS ahozouayj JO Syueg Yay Adv JL 440 pue JUB ayy UO WETS S SUUEYS poeng po SYUEQ Way JO PaUNGyuos Jaag Sey SUpyeye ano UZ LG pue g g SSUUEYO oy payseye aq Ued sSasSeLUe Y JNOYESIG HOU pue adnoIoWa BUOUpp ys SFSUUEYS ya OL O 2 Yo SO t So HURL SSaLey auueya sho oOW say t SS PUBL SSaLWE Moyes ajdnozowday Saqod4 adnooow say 185 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies 7 Check Out Signals 4 Channel DataMite Only with Control Panel Put the DataMite into Setup Mode by pressing the Clear Memory button while holding the Record button down See Figure A2 3 You should see the Record LED start to flash once every second or so This indicates it is in Setup Mode and is checking channel since it is flashing once When you start the engine you should see the Clear Memory LED start to flash The flash rate should increase as engine RPM is increased If not check the ignition lead for proper installation Note that when checking Engine RPM the LED will not flash for every engine firing because this would be so fast the LED would appear to be constantly on The LED changes state for approximately every 10 engine firings to slow the flash rate down Press the Record button once and the Record LED will flash twice quickly every second or so This shows it is now displaying channel 2 which is the sensor or connector with white shrink tubing The Clear
58. Update Rate curently 10 per sec Gauge Settings Bar Gauge Settings Exhaust Temp Scale Color Warning Settings Analog Filtering Show Demo Numerical data for all channels can be displayed in this lower section in 2 groups of 16 channels each You choose which channels by clicking on the RPMs amp Accelerometers or Std Analog Channels option buttons Here we have chosen to display the Std Analog Channels of which we are only using 7 or the first 8 at this time Note that all 7 channels read very close to O with the vehicle at ride height You can move each sensor individually to see if that channel responds like it should This confirms that you have the calibration in the program assigned to the correct sensor 143 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Now that you have saved these settings as the Master DataMite specs you can check these readings by clicking on the Current Readings menu option This will bring up a screen like that shown in Figure 4 7 From here you can start the engine jack the car up and spin the tires or driveshaft move the throttle press the brake pedal move each shock sensor by pushing on that corner of the car etc Then you can verify that each sensor is connected to the appropriate channel and you have the correct Sensor and Calibration information in the program If they are not reading correctly be sure you have the cor
59. Y1 1 Performance Trends Shock Sensors Front and Rear Animation and File Edit Graphs Reports Vehicle Specs Adjust Optimize Zoom Animate Preferences Help Return to DataMite analysis control Front View Side View Top View No View B Dynamic Dive 21 E Roll EE teer 42 E buttons This ts a view from the rear of car right side of screen is actually right side of car Animate Of Gain based on 1 Dive Continuous Single Step Forward Back Faster Slower Click here or ONA Front Suspensio simply shut Rear Suspension down program Toe ln Gain 21 Roll Center Ht 3 67 Turn Radius 125 ft At Roll Center Left 6 75 Toe ln Gain 00 to return to Camber Gain 1 58 Caster Gain 13 Tum Toe In 00 Caster Gain 05 Camber Gain 1 20 the DataMite lt Suspension Data To Options Hep sae Shock Movement View from Rear Numerical data shown here Location Type J LEOut Lt Height LtDepth 2 AtOut s RtHgtohtty RtDepthiZ Upper BallJoint Input 19 25 375 72 012 15625 75 Upper Frame Pivot Front N Inputf 15 562 4 437 14 812 14 062 4 25 Upper Frame Pivot Aear Inpuf 154625 15 125 E 14 562 15 912 6 343 Click and Lower Ball Joint Neapkt 725 712 6 625 0 25 5 7 25 0 keareaere a e E 8 04 6 125 437 drag slide Lower Frame Pivot Rea input fot Segments not 8 125 20 75 bar to TieRodonRack Input 10 1875 shown but again 8 15 6 611 4 25 vewa Tie Rod on Spinde Input 24 5 i i 25 T9
60. Yes the results of the current test may be changed based on these changes This is good if you are correcting a mistake If you answer Yes you will also be asked if these changes should be saved to the Master DataMite specs Only answer Yes ifall the current settings in this screen match the current settings sensors and calibrations of the DataMite right now and for the near future Remember that the Master DataMite specs will be used for the next test you download from the DataMite As mentioned earlier about the DataMite II if you save these settings as the Master DataMite you must also download these changes to the DataMite II box so it also has the new configuration 45 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions File Open Master DataMite Specs Click on File then Open Master DataMite Specs and the Master DataMite specs which should be the current DataMite setup will be copied to this screen When you back out of this screen you can then keep these Master DataMite specs as the DataMite specs sensors and calibrations which will be used for calculating this test s results save As Master DataMite Specs Click on File then Save As Master DataMite Specs and the current settings in this screen will be copied to the Master DataMite specs Do this only if all the current settings in this screen DO match the current settings sensors and calibrations of the DataMite right now and fo
61. a vehicle file in the Suspension Analyzer program that has the shock sensor and steering sensor mounting points in addition to the other suspension points e You must have identified specific channels in the DataMite Specs screen as being Shock Sensors a Steer Sensor a Brake Sensor etc This is done by picking the appropriate Sensor and Calibration e You must have a test like the Monte Carlo 01 test 165 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples e At the Main Screen simply click on Send at the top of the screen and choose one of the Send options See Figure 4 36 We will choose the more complete w Track Map option Figure 4 36 Send Data to Suspension Analyzer Options ca Road Hace amp Circle Track DataMite 3 2 Performance Trends monte carlo 01 CFG Fille Edit Graph Report Track Conds Log Book DataMite Vehicle Preferences Help Send Details l Send to Suspension Analyzer l l Send to Suspension Analyzer w Track Map 350 Runs Race amp Wehiq Click on Send for these options Run H al Ciimearl sta khindal 147 kiila Flat Trank al IH alm Chek r The Suspension Analyzer program will start up and do either of two things 1 Ask you to load the file for the data which has been sent 2 Or automatically load the suspension file that was used last time you sent data from the DataMite program Figure 4 37 DataMite Data in Suspension Analyzer l Suspension Analyzer
62. analog converter was only used for the Supercharged run change t For Used you will toggle between es and No For Data Mame and Sensor and Calibration you Will be presented with new screens to change the curent settings Recording Acceleration Data of DataMite you are using ou choice here will affect which specs are enabled or disabled in this menu p 42 1 Press the Clear Memory button to bring the DataMite out of Setup Mode and go into Recording Mode You will notice the Record LED is On indicating you are recording data You let the DataMite record this non race data while you stage at the drag strip 2 You watch the Christmas tree and launch in first gear then shift nearly immediately to 2 gear Remember you are not racing so you can take your time After you shift to 2nd gear you apply the brakes to lug the engine down to 1000 RPM with the clutch fully released foot off the clutch pedal The vehicle will be rolling slowly For some race vehicles with race cams do not lug the engine down to 1000 RPM Pick some relatively smooth running RPM below the RPM range you are interested in testing 3 You quickly open the throttle to full throttle being careful not to break the tires loose or cause a jerky acceleration Note Engines are prone to knock and detonate at low RPM and full throttle If this happens quickly close the throttle and try the test again with higher octane fue
63. choice of Method of Recording Weather Data you Calc Relative Humidity will be entering either Dew Point or Relative Humidity in the Track Conds menu This is the Calculation Menu you will get if you are Weather Inputs Know Dew Point using Relative Humidity fiutaie duy Parmar cha E zz pea Pad dian P Dry Bulb Temp deg F Wet Bulb Temp deg F If you know the dew point of the air and the air temperature select Yes Otherwise select No to input Wet and Dry bulb temperatures from a psychrometer Depending on your choice the appropriate inputs are enabled see Section 2 3 Track Conds menu to see why Dew Point is usually more accurate and less confusing than Relative Humidity for entering humidity information Know Dew Point Outside Air Temp deg F Is the outside air temperature when and where the Dew Point measurement was made This is not the temperature of the air which enters the engine Dew Point deg F Is the air s Dew Point in degrees F as reported by a weather service or measured by humidity instruments Dry Bulb Temp deg F Is the temperature of the dry bulb thermometer on the psychrometer in degrees F This is also the temperature of any thermometer mounted in the shade when the Wet Bulb Temp reading is taken The Dry Bulb Temp must not be less than the Wet Bulb Temp Wet Bulb Temp deg F Is the temperature of the wet bulb thermometer on the psychrometer in degrees F The wet bulb has a wi
64. d eis peje sy al tuvien ser scaes This reading shown by the Noise Spike is totally wrong Pama Beer P z The readings next to the Noise Spike are a good approxima 35 0 Time sec If many Noise Spikes occur close together the program can not accurately determine if a spike is noise or real data and leaves it in 75 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 76 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Chapter 3 Output The Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer provides several ways to view and output the test results including Reports of tabular data displayed on the screen ASCII files for importing results to other software packages Pro version only Linking Sending recorded data to one of Performance Trends suspension analysis programs Pro version only High resolution graphs Printer output of reports or graphs History Log Pro version only Data Libraries for recording test data and sets of engine specs in the Pro version for later use Run Log listing all tests in the order they were downloaded from the DataMite All these topics will be covered in this chapter Figure 3 1 shows how to reach all these various features Figure 3 1 Various Output Options from the Main Screen Click on File to display several options to Save test files Open test files which were previously saved
65. data logger system should be shipped with 1 ee hA me me DataMite II module Important The DataMite module is NOT designed for Magneto ignition systems like injected alcohol sprint car or blown alcohol V 8s or uneven firing engines for example Harley Davidson V twins Call Performance Trends for exchange with proper module possibly at extra charge before hooking up Small engine magnetos like on a Briggs amp Stratton engine are OK DataMite Control panel with 2 push buttons RPM harness with standard wheel RPM sensors Magnets for wheel RPM sensors Serial cable for connecting DataMite to your computer s COM port Power cable for 12V power Configuration diagram identifying which of the 16 analog channels are activated as thermocouples or 0 5 or 0 10 volt inputs 179 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies nn EEC __C____ _ _______ Common DataMite Options e Inductive Pickup and wiring harness for measuring engine RPM on single cylinder Briggs or other cart engines e Optical isolation connector for the COM port This is good protection for your computer against high voltage spikes from the engine getting back through the DataMite to your computer s COM port This can happen any time you are running the engine and have the serial cable attached to the COM port This condition is necessary if you want to watch the live display in the Current Readings screen
66. ee eee shown above eS l pe monte carloo1 2 i Shock F monte carlo 01 3 Shock monte carlo O1 4 Shock monte carlo 01 5 Shock 800 600 400 200 000 400 i f i 3 x Note that except for these 2 dips from Lap 5 j 1 that the trends even for the jumpy shock 600 7 f data is quite similar from run to run This is i indicating repeatability in the car and driver and 800 good data quality eeseeeeeeeneened eww eee eee eee dew eee eee wwe ew slew we eww ew we ew web www ww ewww wwe hee www ew we ew we ed ew ew ww ew www ol Time sec One of the first things you must learn with data acquisition is that you can not blindly believe the data as presented The data can be misleading because you ve entered the wrong calibration data attached the sensor to the wrong channel labeled the channel wrong in the software etc It can be in error due to electrical interference from the ignition system called noise in most of this manual have intermittent connections in the wiring have a sensor that 1s bad or going bad have poor sensor mounting etc 154 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples When you see something that looks strange do not automatically assume that you must fix the car or suspension First take the time to confirm that what you see is real Many of the tec
67. example 5 12 06 13 2003 Circle Track Laps 2 fot 0 1 wunk Sunk D33 chg junk OS i Custom no ou unk unkOS3 chg unk Da3 Custom no ou Sroike rich dyna my bos tes1114 cfg dyno my bos dynol 06022004 Type Mot Used OO Sroike ichsdyno my bos tes1112 cfg dyno my bos dynol 0S 20r2004 Type Mot Used D w 0 A e a Dees AUST aeai delei Note that these 3 tests are actually copies of the same test and that different Laps have been selected for comparison Click in Report column to select or de select tests for Reporting Slide button right As Figure 3 4 shows Multiple Tests are possible by clicking on Multiple Tests or History Log at the top of the Report screen You select which tests to include in the comparison by clicking in the Report column of the History Log This is the same History Log as is used in the Graph screen to do comparison graphs of 2 or more tests To go back to a single report of just the current test click on Single Test at the top of the Report screen or remove all the Yes notations in the Report column of the History Log Removing a Yes is done by clicking on the Yes that is already there 83 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Lap Summary and Lap Segment Analysis Pro Version Only The DataMite Road Race amp Circle Track Software has several features to analyze your results lap by lap and lap segment by lap segment Th
68. fill in from factory calibration table provided with sensor The Correction factor i meant for an adjustment after the calibration i complete For example after pou have entered the calibration for a shock travel Sensor you may want to adjust this to read O when the car ts at static ride height Keep Specs Help Cancel Print For the 2 accelerometers built in the DataMite II all that is required is for you to specify which sensor is measuring Front Back acceleration and give it a Data Name This accelerometer calibration has been fine tuned by letting the vehicle set at ride height and then clicking on the Read button to obtain a Correction of 04 The shock sensors were calibrated very much like the Steering sensor except these sensors came with a know calibration sheet showing 0 5 volts being 0 10 inches of travel Since shock travel is measured directly in inches there was no need to change this calibration All that was done was that once the sensor was installed and the vehicle was at ride height the Correction Read button was pressed and the user entered 0 as being the desired reading at that time The program then filled in the 5 5 Correction needed to make this channel read 0 at that particular shock sensor settina Steering sensor calibrated for 1 being for 1 4 turn to the left Then 1 is turn to the right This choice for engineering units can be anything that makes sense to the one who must analy
69. flywheel HP RF Shock YWelocity Hake Graph Help Cancel Print 155 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Figure 4 23 Graphing Calculated Outputs w DataMite Analyzer w DataMite Analyzer Back File Format View GraphType AddTest History Log Single Test Help alela aes ES es 3 2 monte carlo 01 CFG Lelei elo Lads eeel eE Sage Tire ar Corr HP RF Shock Vel vs monte carlo 01 1 Tire Slip x 100 Corr HP RF Shock Vel x 100 320 0 160 0 Time sec 3 2 monte carlo 01 CFG x Back File Format View GraphType AddTest History Log Single Test Help Ss SS 7 T Tire ZR eid RF Shock Vel vs Time ne ere Tire Slip 3 037 Cu rsor Corr HP 51478 560 0 4 156 RF Shock Vel 86 ee ee eee ed ee ee ee Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples One way to zoom in on an area of the graph is to click on the area in the upper left corner and drag holding the mouse button down to the lower right corner A box is drawn around the area which will fill the graph once you release the mouse button The graph below shows the result of this action Another way to zoom in or out is to click on the 8 arrow keys here or click on Set Scales button You can display the cursor line by clicking on one of the graph lines The value of all the graph lines at the cursor is displayed here You can move the line left or right by clicking on the c
70. fm oe Piss a aes agi Ree ries hey fae ee eT infos a ae Pan eee el From this screen you can Open a test file by clicking on the Test File and Path column first column on the left Ifthe test file was saved to a standard folder directory or whatever you have chosen to call folders in the Preferences menu the folder name is given first followed by the test file name If a test file has been Opened from or Saved to a non standard folder a folder not in the DIMDATA folder using the Advanced function the entire path is given If the Path and File Name won t fit it is shortened and preceded by You can choose to Save certain results you believe are special and you may want to recall or graph in the future by clicking on the Save column to insert a Yes there Tests marked Yes to Save eventually move to the bottom of the History Log but are never dropped off the list or erased until you again click on the Yes to make it blank Note that just the Test File Name stays in the History Log Should you delete the file using the Open from all saved tests command the test file will be deleted but the name will stay in the History Log When you try to open it or graph if from the History Log you will get note saying the file can not be found C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output You can print the History Log on a printer by clicking on the Print menu command Note that the H
71. identifying where the beginning and end of each lap or run is in the DAT file If you want to copy a DataMite test from one computer to another you must copy all 3 files This is done automatically whenever the program saves or opens a file or when you used the Save to Floppy and Open From Floppy commands discussed on page 18 If you have a file from another computer from another disk like a floppy or folder you can simply copy it into any folder in the DIMDATA folder and it will be found by the DataMite program This can be done with a program like Windows Explorer You can also create new folders directories in the DIMDATA folder and these will also be used by the DataMite program 112 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 3 6 Filter Test Files Pro Version Only The Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer has a powerful way to search for tests in the Test Library called the Filter Option Click on the Filter button in the Open Test File menu Figure 3 31 page 109 to be presented with the screen shown in Figure 3 35 Figure 3 35 Filter Files Menu i Filter Files List Files If _ THis comment or spec Test Comments 7 Contains List Files If _ And r as this relationship To what Lettered here This comment or spec Has this relationshi To what e TrackConds Dry Density Altitude Is Between 1000 N TrackConds Dry Density Altitude JF Trac
72. in upscale travel for the 2nd Value like 90 deg and click on Read button for program to read sensor at the 90 deg turned value RPH Sensor Specs Sensor Analog Converter Sensor Type Steering Analog Sensor Specs Tst Value freq hz Read ___ 2nd Value freq hz Read _ Correction _Reaa Hote For 4nalog Converter pick the appropriate sensor from the Sensor Type list or pick one of the Custom types and enter the Calibration Factors The Comection factor is meant for an adjustment after the calibration is complete For example after you hawe entered the calibration for a shock travel sensor you may want to adjust this to read O when the car is at static ride height Keep Specs Help Cancel Print Click on Read buttons and program will read signal currently coming from this sensor RPH Sensor Specs Sensor Analog Converter Sensor Type Steering Analog Sensor Specs 1 st Value engineering units js 1 st Value freq hz Read 467 end Value engineering units end Value freq hz Read Correction Hote for a shock trav l gensor you may want to adjust this to read vf the car is at static ride height Keep sh Help Cancel Print M Click here to load final calibration back into DataMite Specs menu APH Sensor Specs Sensor Analog Converter S ensor Type Steering Analog Sensor Specs Ist Value freq hz Read 467__
73. keep your changes you must save them This can be done by clicking on File then Save You are also asked if you want to save your changes whenever you open a new test and the program has detected you have made changes to the current file 110 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output SS TT SS a SaaS Figure 3 33 Saving Test File Options New name to save test data to Leave unchanged and click OK to save to the current test name This would be the same as clicking on File then Save Click on name in the box to change it then click OK Click here to to save it to the new name Note The test name save specs must have a CFG extension That means it must Click on File to New Test end with CFG This will be added to the name by then Save As to name shown the program if you do not add it yourself bring up this Save menu Name of current test file you are working with i Oatabite Data Analyzer v2 0 Performance Treads CAMTEST Fil Edit Graph Report TestConds Engine DataMite Dyno Pretererdt Click on the down arrow button to pick a different folder to save this test to Note Run 1 that the top choice in this list is Add New Folder Pick this option and then you can Test amp E rj le r type in a new folder name This new LEDDE SOLJ folder name will be added to the list so that you can save the test file to that New Jest Name CAMTEST2 CFG folder if you wish The word
74. like the similar spec for Reports The smaller this number the more data which is reported the longer the list of RPM and MPH data and the Jumpier less smooth the Main Screen s graph Main Screen Filtering Level This spec lets you pick how much filtering smoothing the program does to the RPM and MPH data on the Main Screen much like the similar spec for Reports The higher the filtering the less jumpy more smooth the Main Screen s graph Display in Summary This spec lets you pick to display either the standard Density Altitude or Dry Density Altitude which is corrected for humidity on certain screens It is recommended to use Dry Density Altitude however many racers are used to the less accurate Density Altitude Filing System Tab Default Floppy CD Disk Drive Choose the letter of the Floppy CD disk drive on your computer usually A This is the disk drive which will be first opened when using the Save to Floppy CD Disk or Open from Floppy CD Disk File commands at the Main Screen IMPORTANT 23 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Saving a file to a CD drive is only possible if your computer has a writable CD drive and the CD has been formatted correctly using the software for the writable CD drive Test Folder Name in Program The Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer saves tests under different folders directories under the main folder D
75. likely the problem You may have to position the wheel sensors away from the brakes or possibly the exhaust e You may be specifying the wrong magnets in the DataMite Specs menu e A magnet may have fallen off e There may be metal debris or shavings on the magnets e The sensor may be false triggering due to vibration See i Figure A3 3B and A3 4 Figure A3 3B Mounting Suggestion to Avoid Vibration Problems Eliminate Electrical Noise Sources Bracketshoud Flat Washer be as short as There can be several sources of electrical noise which can look like practical and additional spark firings to the DataMite The major source is from the stiff fairly i i i thick material spark plug wires Solid core wires can produce noise to the DataMite about 12 just as they do to an AM radio Switch to resistor or suppresser spark gauge or plugs and plug wires Also check that the spark plug gap is proper and thicker Rubber Washers on top of bracket bottom or both the spark is not arcing somewhere for example around a fouled plug Running the engine in the dark can show up arcing plug wires Mounting surface trans extension housing Try to position the yellow Ignition lead and any other DataMite cables rear axle housing brake backing plane etc away from the plug wires other ignition components etc Position the DataMite away from the fire wall engine or ignition system If the noise problem still persists try shield
76. may be needed if the final drive is very high numerically over 4 0 or you if second gear gives jumpy or noisy curves Since you have a 3 08 axle and the tires do not spin when you stab the throttle in 2nd gear you decide to try 2nd gear Similar analysis is possible with automatic transmission vehicles However two aspects of automatic transmissions make it less accurate e The RPM range the engine goes through during full throttle tests is generally smaller especially with high stall converters e There are more power losses in the converter and transmission which are more difficult to estimate For these reasons the data especially torque is not as accurate with automatic transmissions DataMite Installation Example 4 1 will be fairly long covering the entire process of getting and analyzing data We will assume you have installed a 4 channel DataMite as outlined in Appendix 2 The sensors include Channel 1 is engine RPM wired to the negative side of one of the coils on this stock Ford distributerless ignition system Channel 2 is recording front wheel RPM with 4 magnets epoxied to the inside edge of the front wheel Channel 3 is recording driveshaft RPM with 4 magnets epoxied to the inside edge of the rear wheel Channel 4 is recording Boost Pressure for just the run with the supercharger 169 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Check Out DataMite with Setup M
77. none F Brake aug none F Brake max none F Brake min none LZR accel avg none LZR accel max none LZR accel min Some Tire Slip aug none Tire Slip max 525 none Tire Slip min Data showing a high correlation with certain data types may be indicating that data type can have an effect on lap times Since you want shorter lap times a Positive correlation number indicates that when that particular Data Type Decreases the lap times get quicker A Negative correlation number indicates that when that particular Data Type Increases the lap times get quicker Remember that when the base part of a negative number efi 274 276 270 260 262 204 26 6 gets bigger that is actually considered a smaller number Hg Time vs Throttle avg 4 Figure 4 28 Displaying the Track Map and Lap Segments Click on File then Make Track Map at top of Main Screen A Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite v3 2 Perfo File Edt Graph Repot Track Conds Log Book Dat New get data from DataMite Ctrl M Segments show with circles Circle with a Cih horizontal line is position of Lap Timer beacon Open from History Log Animate File Segments Save Chrl 5 Lap 1 Save As Cirl 4 Open from Flopp CO Orive MM Drive Save to Floppy CD Drive M Drive Make Track Map Friction Circle Search For find Runs Print this Main Screen Ctrl F Print Other Screens Windows Printer Setup Unlock Program Options Transher Program to Another Compute
78. of publishing this manual the DataMite II s memory works differently than the standard 4 channel DataMite s memory The box operation will be updated in the future through the DataMite software to work more like the smaller more flexible standard DataMite For now the memory works as follows The current DataMite II has memory which can be broken up into from 1 to 8 segments This is selectable in the DataMite menu available at the top of the Main Screen Say for example the DataMite s memory has 8000 seconds of recording time available and you select 8 segments Each segment will record for 1000 seconds At the end of 1000 seconds recording stops no matter where you are on the track The next time you press the red button to start recording the DataMite II automatically records in the next segment overwriting any data which was in that segment If there was good data in that segment that you have not yet downloaded to the PC it is gone If segment 8 was the last segment the DataMite II will start recording in segment 1 for the next recording session When you go to get data from the box in the DataMite software the program shows which segment was the last one recorded You can select to download this segment by default or any of the other segments recorded In the program if you click on DataMite at the top of the Main Screen you will display the DataMite configuration screen Here you tell the DataMite program which can in turn t
79. of tests you have recently started new run graphed or reported Track mapping and friction circle analysis Accelerator brake pedal and steering wheel position and relative shock travel graphics Automatic exporting of shock travel and other data to our Suspension Analyzer for further analysis Lap comparison reports and lap segment analysis reports Engine RPM Histogram graphs Please read Sections 1 2 Before You Start and 1 3 A Word of Caution before you turn on the computer Then try running the program following the guidelines in 1 4 Getting Started and 1 5 Example to Get You Going When you feel familiar with the program take time to read this entire manual It will show you all the things you can do with this powerful tool C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 1 Introduction 1 2 Before You Start What you will need e IBM Pentium computer running Windows 95 98 Me 2000 XP or NT or 100 compatible e 64 Meg of RAM e Approximately 30 Megabyte of disk space More is required for storing large s of tests Many terms used by the Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer and this user s manual are similar to terms used by other publications 1 e Inertia Correction Factor etc However these terms may have different definitions Therefore read Chapter 2 to see what these terms mean to the Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Occasionally it will be necessary
80. of wraps around the spark plug wire for different situations See Appendix 3 Troubleshooting Engine RPM Typical Automotive Spark Signal Connect the yellow ignition lead to your ignition module s tach or spark output or the negative side of the coil or the yellow wire of the optional inductive pickup See Figure A2 9 page 188 for examples of ignition sources The standard DataMite module is not designed for Magneto ignitions or uneven firing engines Note It is designed for small engine magnetos like that found on Briggs amp Stratton or 2 stroke kart engines For uneven firing engines you may need to pull an ignition signal from just 1 coil af each cylinder has its own coil or use a wheel RPM sensor or inductive pickup 183 Appendicies Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer When the harness is strung and all cables connected plug in the DataMite module and the control panel You should see the Figure A2 4 Typical 4 Channel DataMite Vehicle Wiring Harness Installation Record LED light up on the control panel to indicate the DataMite is powered up You may see a delay of up to 12 seconds Wheel RPM sensors You may want to remove the nuts for stringing the cable through small openings Install these sensors between power up and an LED lighting on the more memory 512K DataMites and adjust them to come within 150 to 200 of the magnets initially During testing you may have to adjust them closer C Performance Trends
81. on a selected Data Type to de select it Engine RPH channel Hear RPH Front RPH Channel 4 Data Types Channel 5 The Data Types you can select are listed and defined in the Report s section Table 3 1 on page 81 You are limited to selecting only 8 Data Types for a graph Other Graph Specs What to Graph Just Lap 1 Type Filtering smoothing Hone Click on the down arrow button to choose either Pick Individual Channels as show here or several choices of the special graph type of Engine RPM Histogram Hotes Time RPM Distance Graph Data Selected to Graph 8 types max Engine APM channel Click on the down arrow button to choose either Time or RPM or Distance l Pt for the horizontal X axis of the graph RPM is usually chosen for doing Throttle torque and HP curves for Accel to Meas Tq HP type of runs What to Report Select what part of the test session you want to make the report of Make Graph Help Cancel Print All Data Just Lap 2 if it exists Just Lap 1 Just Lap 3 if it exists etc Click on the down arrow button to choose either to report All the Data all data recorded or just a particular run If you have selected an RPM graph you can only choose a particular run or lap Note In the Pro version you can also select which run to graph or report by entering the Run number in the History Log See Section 3 7 Filtering Smoothing Click on the down arrow button to sel
82. on the graph Changing titles and legend names Changing the scales to zoom in or zoom out Saving and recalling specific graph formats and scales Showing Track Map amp Friction Circle and more Time Aligning moving one test forward or backward in time or distance for better comparisons display entire History Log some tests marked Yes may be at the bottom of the Log and not be visible now This column shows the Standard name the program will display in graph Legend for this test Click on the name to change it Alternate names are possible by clicking on Format then Edit Titles 95 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Printing Figure 3 16 shows the options for printing graphs and how to access these options Figure 3 17 shows the screen for changing the Windows Printer Setup Figure 3 13 shows how you can add information to a graph printout by clicking on Format then Edit Printed Comments and Data Output Figure 3 16 Printing Graphs Clicking on the Printer button is the same as clicking on File and then Print Color Click on File to display the 3 print menu options DataMite Analyzer v3 2 late model example CFG Format View Graph Type dd Test Histo Click here to print the graph in we Test to Graph f lt i gt lt le1 color solid lines E afa Print Color solid lines Click here to print the graph in Print Black amp White dashed lines black am
83. shows the amount of time the engine spends at different RPMs This information can be useful for your engine builder in designing your engine Your choices for the Type of Histogram include Including all RPM data or just data when the engine is accelerating Histograms when the engine is accelerating is time when the engine is probably wide open throttle and is typically what you are more interested in Reporting the numbers in seconds of time or percent time for Figure 3 13 B Typical Engine RPM the whole run Using percent makes it easier to compare Histograms for Histogra runs which may be quite different in length of time e i ra a TF et at ne el Histogram RPM Increment Starting amp Ending RPM These specs determine the lowest and highest RPM which will be displayed on the Histogram graph and what RPM increment there will be between different RPM points Figure 3 14 Graphing Multiple Tests Basic Version Graphs Com paring More Choose Add New Test Choose Add Last Test to add the Than 1 Test Basic Ver to open up the entire last test you had added to the graph Test Library from which for comparison Test Folder and ihecar S baste wipes On resty wich cali to choose a New Test File name are shown for your info be graphed in the Basic version Databite Analyzer 7 0 REEDOS CFG e Current test results These are ack File Format View Graph Type 4dd Test Help ue tet or a Kol H 7 Add Last Test tkrausesyam J5 cig
84. stop editing then click on the Automatically Find Segments menu command Show Current This command simply shows the segment break points as small circles on the Track Map segments 125 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Figure 3 52 Track Map showing Segments is Track Map xt If you don t like how the program Animate Fie Segments has automatically marked lap segments you can click on the Segments menu command then select Edit Current Segments Then by clicking on the track map you will put in new Segment markers By Right Clicking on existing Segment markers you will be deleting those markers Lap 1 Automatically Find Segments Edit Current Segments Show Current Segments This is the starting point of the Lap as identified by the horizontal line and the segment marking circle This is typically where the Timer Beacon is set up on the track Click on the Left or Right arrow buttons to move this Table to either the left side or right side of the track map screen When Editing segments this table will appear It shows each segment and its cumulative track length in ft from the beginning of the lap generally where the lap beacon is positioned to the end of that segment As you edit segment markers this table is updated When you are finished with editing click on the Done button To abort the editing process lose your changes
85. tell the computer where you want to copy the files to Click and drag the slide bar for the left section of the Windows Explorer screen to the top You can also click on the up or down arrow buttons on the slide bar Look for the Floppy Drive icon usually the A drive Put a new formatted disk in the floppy drive Then right click on the Floppy Drive icon and select Paste from the list of options You will see the floppy drive light come on as the entire DTIMDATA folder and all its contents are copied to the floppy disk Label this disk with something like DTMDATA folder Xx xx xx with a name and date Notes If you have so many tests in the Test Library they may not all fit onto 1 floppy disk Windows Explorer will tell you this and ask you to insert another new formatted disk If this happens be sure to label all disks with a name date and sequential s and keep the entire disk set together A suggestion for novice computer users is to make each folder under DIMDATA a separate floppy disk This may require more floppy disks but will make it easier to understand restoring just certain folders in the future You may just want to back up one particular folder in the test library in the DIMDATA folder or just 1 particular test You would do this the same as with copying the entire DIMDATA folder just click on the by the DIMDATA folder to display the folders under DIMDATA Then right click on the folder you want to Copy To find
86. thermocouple at room temperature For a shock travel sensor accelerometer throttle sensor that is typically VU Do you want to continue 2 Notes on obtaining a ba Correction Factor 4 The Pror aun Calib AF Shock 0 1000 Hz 0 8 AF Shock determines the correct ACH Sensor Specs Correction Factor and loads it in SENSOT Analog Converter SensorN ype RF Shock Travel 1 Click on Read to start Dat Wame N process of getting a Correction factor for an 8 inch shock travel Analog nsor Spexs ioread wining sensor with the car at ride height EEES FT a sensor in its current 1st Value freq k Sad oi Sie sere 5 Click here to keep 2nd Yalue engineenng units eS yp y U calibration specs and 2nd Value freg hz Head Noo Correction Correction Read pte Fo 4nalog Converter pick the appropriate senaor from the Sensor Type list or pick one of the Qustom types and enter the Calibration Factory The Correction factor is meant for ari adjustmagt after the calibration i complete For example fter you have entered the calibration for a shock ravel sensor you may want to adjust this to read Dwhen the car is at static ride height Keep Specs Help Cancel Print 3 Enter the number you want the sensor Desired Reading at this Condition What do you want the sensor to read at this condition If you are ering out a sensor enter Cancel W Notes Other sensors a
87. to identify typos in the manual known bugs and their fixes etc which were not known at the time of publication These will be identified in a file called README DOC in the Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer directory or folder This file can be displayed right in the DataMite Analyzer by clicking on Help at the Main Screen then clicking on Display Readme doc File You can also read it using utilities like NotePad or WordPad Unlocking Program Options The Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer is equipped with copy protection This ensures the legitimate users do not have to cover the costs for unauthorized distribution of the program When you first receive the program it is in demo mode All features work in Demo mode In demo mode you can try either the Basic version or the full Professional version for ten days Sometime during those 10 days you must call Performance Trends to obtain an Unlocking Code This Unlocking Code will be for either the Basic version or the Pro Version whichever you have purchased Before you call Performance Trends you should get your disk serial number stamped in blue on the disk your registered name and code number and computer hardware number The registered name and code numbers are available by clicking on File in the upper left hand corner of the Main Screen then clicking on Unlocking Program Options A screen will appear as shown in Figure 1 1 Figure 1 1 Menu to Unlock Pr
88. up data file into several smaller Figure 2 47 Options Presented When You Click on OK keep this data files This can make it much section easier to compare one run of a test to Save This Section to New Name x another run of the same test if instead each run is a separate test Do vou want to save this section of test starting at 102 2 seconds and extending to 386 2 seconds to the current file name If you click on Edit then Delete formula vee watkins glenn 1 CFG Beginning or End of File you will be presented with a graph screen Click on No to save to a New Name or click on Cancel to not save any changes showing Engine RPM for the this entire test Click and drag the mouse to draw a square frame around the portion of the test you want to keep The rest of the test will be deleted When you are satisfied with the section you ve drawn click on OK keep this section to be presented with the options shown in Figure 2 47 click on Yes If you select No you will then be asked for a new name to which this data will be saved This is the method used to break up 1 test into one or more smaller tests In this case shown you would save this section to a new name perhaps formula vee watkins glenn 2 which would then become the Current Test You would then have to open the original formula vee watkins glenn test again so it becomes the Current Test and do the Delete Beginning or End of File command again
89. up on the same graph For example 15 ft lbs of torque may be multiplied by 1000 so it shows up well on a graph which also includes Engine RPM up to 15 000 Use the Cursor option to read the graphs which corrects for the multiplier See page 98 Or make a report of the data type to eliminate the need for any multiplier Calculated data types usually need some filtering If the calculated data looks noisy or jumpy increase the filtering level to Medium or Heavy See Figure 2 50 and 2 51 on pages 74 and 75 and Figure 3 13 on page 93 If the problem is with Clutch Converter or Tire Slip Tire Growth or CalcGear Ratio be sure the Tire Radius and gear ratios are correct in the Vehicle Specs menu Also do a special test of cruising at a steady slower speed like 30 50 MPH When you look at this cruising data you should see e 0 Clutch Converter and Tire Slip e 0 Tire Growth e Calc Gear Ratio which matches the transmission gear ratio If they are just slightly off 5 or so adjust the Tire Radius as necessary to get them to read 0 If you are getting negative Tire Slip or Tire Growth it sounds like the front and rear wheel signals are mixed up e Check that the RWD FWD AWD spec is correct for your car in the Vehicle Specs e Check that the Auxiliary RPM specs are set correct in the DataMite and Data Specs menu Note The white shrink tubing is on the Auxiliary RPM 1 sensor e If you are off a lot be sure you not specifying a Driveshaft Sensor
90. word elbow or crossbow for example in the test comments 114 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 3 History Log Pro Version Only Click on File then Open from History Log at the Main Screen to obtain the History Log shown below in Figure 3 37 This screen shows a summary of the results for the last 25 100 tests you have worked with started new opened graphed etc The number of tests in the log 25 100 is selectable in the Preferences menu at the Main Screen When you work with a new test it is added to the top of the History Log and if the Log is full the last run drops off the bottom of the list In the Pro Version the History Log is an alternate way to Open tests which have been saved to the Test Library The advantage of the History Log is it lists the tests you most recently worked with at the top Also see Section 3 9 Run Log for a comparison of the similarities and differences to this History Log Figure 3 37 History Log and Options Click on Test Title to Open that Test File Click on File then Open from History Log Click in the Save ga Fond Race t Cie column to enter a Edit Graph Report Track Conds LogBook DataMite Yehicle Preferences AAelp Send Yes or erase a Details Lap 1 Lap 2 ens 7 Yes All tests 212 Runs Race amp Yehicle Conditions r ET move to the Racg Comments A Run 12 OF om 08 13 2003 Help The Elapsed Time
91. you For a brief definition of the inputs simply click on the specification name The definition will appear in the Help frame with a page in this manual for more info Some specs have Clc buttons One example is Compression Ratio in the Pro version s Engine Specs menu Cle stands for calculate For example ifyou Figure 1 7 Pro Version s Engine Specs Menu Showing Clc Button want to calculate compression w Engine Specs YAMAHA ratio from chamber volume deck ee ae ee Clc button The program will display a new menu listing the Ratio Geman i ts F Short Block Cam amp Heads atio from these inputs For a Bore 2 047 further explanation click on the 2 047 Heads use the Calc Compression Ratio Rod Length 3 935 CR ciel 9 90 Vina tenn E Pae calculated from these inputs click 5 97 cid F Docs Chmbr 11 ccs Int Otherwise click on Cancel to q Piston amp Rods stock return to the Engine Specs menu Nai Intake amp Exhaust height etc simply click on the SS Se ea Engine Eetamer Blueprinted amaha am1 00 0003 Peterson inputs and the Calc Compression S Help buttons in these menus To Cylinders fi Stroke Cam on the Use Calc Value button am rm a with no change to Compression Ratio Section 2 8 Calculation Clc button calculates the value of Menus explains all these this spec based on other inputs calculations C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track
92. 0 4 Barrel 282 runs you have From Seq 282 Suggested selected a Lett Aight Power Valve Alr Bleed Lett Aight Piy Lett Fig Comparison or Front Pri 00 None 7 Baseline run in this case Sequence Front Sec 00 None oi ated sae Log down the left side of the Main Screen and the Comment PO File examplesir roadrace Fuel System settings for the Density Alt 3906 ft Dry Density Alt 4217 F Drs Alt 2641 ft D Dns Alt 271 current run and the Baseline run are the same See Type Octane Spec Grav Pressure 6 explanation in this section on page 33 Other Fuel Specs Engine Comments Help ce after freshening and new Comp Click on the down arrow to pick the approsimate size of the Power Valve Channel Restrictor Holley term diameter for the Frima Throttle bore of the Front carb if there is more than 1 carb This entry is used to fine tume Jet Suggestions p xe Engine Comments can be most anything you want but are kept separate from the Main comments on the Main Screen Fuel Metering Most all Fuel Metering inputs are for info only However if you want the program to accurately recommend different jet sizes for weather changes these inputs are critical Jet suggestions are determined by you picking one particular run the Comparison run that you always want to match The assumption is that this run had the carb jetted exactly correct for that run s weather
93. 27 29 37 50 52 68 73 75 79 82 92 169 172 173 174 175 177 178 182 196 Torque 24 52 169 173 174 178 203 Torque HP decimals 24 Tq 6 49 72 73 79 82 92 148 172 196 TQ 172 174 Track amp Event 16 68 Track Map 5 19 86 87 95 104 105 119 125 126 127 131 155 162 165 166 167 Transfer Program 2 206 Troubleshooting 6 3 12 42 47 73 150 182 183 191 Turn Off Filtering 114 Type of Test 27 68 Unlocking 2 5 8 19 Unlocking Code 2 5 19 Unlocking Program Options 2 5 19 update rate 54 Use MM SS SS Time 80 Used 40 140 User Defined 1 52 User Specified Max 55 User Specified Min 55 Vibration 73 137 150 152 182 193 194 Weather 16 27 28 29 39 180 197 Weather Station 27 28 29 39 Weight 49 64 174 Wet Bulb Temp 62 63 What to Report 79 80 92 When Getting New Data from DataMite 25 Width 51 64 Wind 30 50 Windows 1 3 1 2 18 19 26 51 96 110 111 112 127 131 197 198 199 200 Windows Printer Setup 19 96 131 211 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies 212
94. 3 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples D Although Figure 4 32 is quite some differences can be seen They include Tire Slip being higher with Lap 3 which is somewhat surprising Usually high tire slip indicates spinning and loosing traction This tire slip is not that high only 8 vs 5 You may not know this but tires are always slipping some during acceleration up to 10 or more depending on the tires They slip more the harder the acceleration up to a point where they break loose and then Slip goes way up over 15 and acceleration drops off Therefore 8 may be indicating more aggressive use of the tires Another major difference is that Lap 3 has the Steer sensor actually showing right steer for about 1 second toward the end of the lap This may be the reason for Lap 3 looking good for most of the lap Tire Slip being higher but not too high which indicates aggressive driving but lap 3 was probably in traffic requiring a steering correction Figure 4 33 shows graphs of Lap 1 and Lap 3 for these 2 Data Types separately for more clarity Figure 4 33 Graphing just Data Types of Interest Steer and Tire Slip Tire Slip vs Time Figure 4 34 Graph Showing Track Map amp Friction Circle and More Click on View then w DataMite Analyzer 3 2 monte carlo 01 CFG x Back File ay ro Graph Type AddTest HistoryLog Single Test Help l Track Map amp Frict
95. 4link exe coVWB44Projects44 link M asterL4 4link exe coUWB4SProjects 4 link 4link exe Cancel Halt Figure 3 48 Send to Suspension Analyzer w Track Map iA Suspension Analyzer 1 1 Performance Trends Shock Sensors Front and Rear File Edit Graphs Reports Vehicle Specs Adjust Optimize Zoom Animate Preferences Help Front View Side View Top View No View PE Dynamic Dive 34 Rolfes E Steer 40 E This is a view from the rear of car right side of screen is actually right side of car Animate Off Gain based on 1 Dive Continuous Single Ste Forward f Step Time Eng RPM 5423 j This Send command also includes the data required to create these additional Toe In Gain 21 Roll Center Ht 3 14 Turn Radius 118 ft Lt Roll Center Left 7 4 al p Camber Gain 1 58 Caster Gain 13 Turn Toe In 00 aft 5 sections In the Suspension Data lick on the Track M i of Options or Friction Circle to display the Suspension Analyzer ia an A suspension movement a z gt View trop These have the same NZ place definitions as they do when displayed on the Graph screen in the DataMite Software See Section 3 3 Graphs on Using the Track Mapping feature for analyzing data logger data either automatically from our DataMite II 30 channel logger or from your own data logger 11 47 121 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Cha
96. 5 206 calibration 24 37 39 40 41 42 43 44 81 119 139 154 195 201 202 203 204 206 Carb 114 Chamber CCs 60 Chamber CCs in Head 60 Clear Memory 170 171 172 186 191 clearance vol 60 Clearance Volume 60 Clutch Slip 49 81 196 Coefficient 50 51 129 131 169 color Com Port 25 39 Comment 108 Comparison Graphs 162 Compression Ratio 9 59 60 152 204 Configuration 179 Convert to Columns 89 Converter Torque 52 177 copy 2 5 19 37 110 112 138 197 199 Corr Barometer Hg 28 Corrected flywheel HP 82 Corrected flywheel torque 82 Corrected Torque 178 correction 20 164 174 180 206 Correction Factor 2 204 Correlation 85 160 Current Readings 5 25 45 46 47 53 54 55 57 143 144 180 Current Test 8 12 18 20 23 45 67 68 71 72 83 94 111 116 140 144 146 147 148 159 199 Cursor 98 196 Customer 114 Data Name 40 42 45 140 DataMite 1 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 11 12 15 16 18 19 20 21 24 25 27 31 33 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 53 54 55 67 68 71 72 73 77 80 81 84 89 105 107 109 110 112 113 119 120 123 125 129 137 138 139 140 141 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 157 160 165 166 169 170 171 172 174 175 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 186 187 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 199 201 202 204 206 DataMite 11 24 37 39 40 44 45 46
97. 59 169 177 179 191 197 201 209 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 1 Introduction 1 1 Overview of Features The DataMite data logger packages by Performance Trends Inc is a system to let racers engine amp chassis builders and motorsports enthusiasts measure and optimize vehicle performance especially for Road Racing and Circle Track Racing The hardware comes in either a small 4 channel system or much larger 30 channel system with many options to measure RPM temperature pressure movement acceleration rate and more The DataMite Analyzer software can analyze this data with graphs comparison graphs and reports This analysis lets you calculate lap times torque and HP cornering Gs clutch slip temperatures pressures etc to detect performance differences from suspension engine or vehicle modifications The software is also available in 2 versions Basic and Pro The Basic version has fewer options and features to make the program easier to operate In the Pro version you have additional data recording and analysis features Should you start with the Basic version you can easily update to the Pro version later The DataMite system provides sophisticated data acquisition and computer analysis at a fraction of the cost of other systems The DataMite s major features are listed below Basic Features e Configure and calibrate the software for
98. 7 5 406 p at this point on numerica ee the track the data Spring Mount on Frame SESH wheels are turned 16 625 25 1 59375 Spring Mount on Lower Arm 22 812 22 78 6 25 125 Upper Sensor Mount Input 18937 to the right 16 625 25 1 59375 166 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Figure 4 38 Rear Suspension Analysis in Suspension Analyzer ia Suspension Analyzer 1 1 Performance Trends Shock Sensors Front and Rear File Edit Graphs Reports Vehicle Specs Adjust Optimize Zoom Animate Preferences Help Return to DataMite Front View Side View Top View No View PY Dynamic Squat 43 E Rol S This is a view from the r ar et car right side of screen is actually right side of car Animate Off go iiye Avimate Of Continuous Single Step e eos Click on these View tabs for Faster Slower either front rear side or top Step views Side view shown below Eng RPM 5784 Distance 2364 Front Suspension Toe In Gain 21 Roll Center Ht 10 37 Turn Radius None Roll Center Right 13 Toe In Gain 00 1 Anti Squat Static 28 2 Dyn pais Turn Toe In 00 pied Static 66 4 Dyn 33 9 Cl l ck on these buttons Suspension Data to switch between Front Por Options Shock Movement View from and Rear Suspensions Rear Fa Suppenibon Analyzer v1 1 Pedeamance Trends Shock Genton Front and Aea Ear Em Gigha figei Vriedin Specs Adeni Cipier Taah Armin Pinko Hrs Adu h
99. 81 182 183 184 186 192 193 194 195 196 201 Run 16 68 92 117 148 159 173 Run Description 16 68 148 172 Run Log 5 21 33 68 77 115 123 148 159 Runs Graph 117 Sampling Rate DataMite IT 39 140 Save 1 8 10 12 18 19 23 25 29 37 39 45 46 67 71 72 87 89 109 110 111 112 115 116 140 147 172 204 Save As 18 46 112 147 Save As Master DataMite Specs 46 Search find 18 Segment Times 79 162 Segments 39 40 86 87 125 126 140 145 149 162 Send Data 5 45 119 Sensor 6 24 40 41 42 43 44 55 137 138 140 144 165 181 196 201 202 203 204 206 Sensor and Calibration 24 40 41 42 55 140 144 165 204 Setup 3 37 72 131 139 170 171 186 191 192 194 Setup Mode 170 171 186 191 192 194 Shock Travel 119 155 Shock Velocity 82 155 Show Files Only Fitting These Conditions 114 Single Test 83 Stroke 41 59 Summary 15 17 23 30 107 160 162 197 Summary Graph 17 Suspension Analyzer 1 105 111 119 120 165 166 167 203 204 206 Tabs 15 23 32 Tabs dyno runs 15 23 24 25 Tech Help 3 5 Temperature 28 29 55 73 Test Comments 16 67 68 108 Test Conds 9 12 16 20 62 63 67 68 82 146 178 Test Data Grid 17 Test Folder Name in Program 24 test time 16 thermocouple 40 42 44 179 181 Thermocouple 40 45 55 181 Time Align 1 95 102 Time Date 68 149 torque 1 9 24
100. ARRANTIES FOR MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE NO ORAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENTS REPRESENTATIONS OR OTHER AFFIRMATION Of FACT INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO STATEMENTS REGARDING CAPABILITY CAPACITY SUITABILITY FOR USE OR PERFORMANCE Of SOFTWARE SHALL BE RELIED UPON BY USER OR BE DEEMED TO BE A WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION BY PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC FOR ANY PURPOSE OR GIVE RISE TO ANY LIABILITY Of OBLIGATION Of PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC WHATSOEVER USER ACCEPTS ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR SELECTING THE SOFTWARE TO MEET USER NEEDS OR SPECIFIC PURPOSES PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC IS UNDER NO OBLIGATION TO FURNISH USER UPDATES OR ENHANCEMENTS EVEN IF FURNISHED TO OTHER USERS LIMITATION Of LIABILITY If at the time of delivery to the original User only there are any defects in the media on which the Software is provided User s sole and exclusive remedy shall be the replacement of any media returned to Performance Trends Inc within 90 days of the receipt of the Software by User or at Performance Trends Inc s sole option a refund of the License fees paid to Performance Trends Inc by User IN NO EVENT SHALL PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC OR THIRD PARTIES WHO HAVE RIGHTS IN THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE TO USER FOR LOSS Of PROFITS INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC IS AWARE Of THE POSSIBILITY Of SUCH DAMAGES Continued on next page IN THE EVENT ANY REMEDY HEREUNDER FAILS Of ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE
101. Display Readme doc File recent changes Finish Position 2 mapping and trict 1 Density Alt 2565 ft Circle Track Laps Since there S sho a Performance Trends on the Web Run Date SSS Other Performance Trends Products Point Seconds Engine Vehicle Test Com Ports APM MPH DataMite Software Setup Once you have the sensors installed you will need to tell the DataMite program which channels are being used and what type of sensor and calibration is on each channel To do this start the program by clicking on Start then Programs then Perf Trends then Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer V3 2 Or you can click on the Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Figure 4 4 Main Screen Pro version iA Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite 3 2 Performance Trends late model example CFG File Edit Graph Report Track Conds LogBook DataMite Vehicle Preferences Help Send Data adele S Sii Late Model Example is gee E Vakil Conditions Rade Comments the current circle track un 12 3 07 pm 08 13 2003 Super Nte Mode 1 2 Mile Flat Track a Help Click here to change or add comments to describe this test NG Lefthgnder Monte Carlo Additional comments for the Engine can be added in the Engine run eason Opener 2640 1 2 Mile Example of DwtaMiteN Circle Track data using its built in Specs menu by clicking on the Engine menu command Finish Postion 2 accelerometers Nand opal lap timer beacon to do track mapping and frictioNgircl
102. ET and bottom of the MFH for this run entered by the a 2640 1 2 Mile i irch user in the Track Conditions History Log and ilt afd opti Click here to display T Finish Position 2 f E Aa ake eventually fall off Density Al 2565 ft Circle Track Laps 8025 and divide lata into laps the list as you work with new Run Data Pent paeont eo he A leer meer PEM A Tests marked Yes 1 E E 3 4 A E gt E fo i Test Hn Click and move Close History Log Clear erase History Print HAlp slide bar down to Test File and Pah iSaveZfRun TestDate Type ofRun Position Lap Time win Trk Len Dens Alt AvaMPH display all 25 100 12 Vexamplesnr fate model example ctg 06 13 2003 Circle Track Laps 2 201 Vexamplesrilap timer try 08 chg S222004 Circle Track Laps O 20 00 i tests In the Vexamplesiritry shock travel cfg 08 13 2003 Circle Track Laps 0 7 20 00 History Log Vexamplesrr formula vee new 0814 2003 Road Race Laps 1 746 Vexamplesrilate model examplell ctg res 06 13 2003 Circle Track Laps O 20 00 Vexamplesmrformula vee watkins O9 14 2004 Road Race Laps 2 9517 Vexamplesrstry shock kravell 06 13 2003 Circle Track Laps O 20 00 Vexamplesmrstry shock travel plus 08 13 2003 Circle Track Laps 0 20 00 Vexamplesrrilate model example 01 ctg 08 13 2003 Circle Track Laps O 20 00 Click on Test Title 1st Column to Open that test Click and slide button on right for more History info do not fall off the list bt tet ll
103. Fault in DataMite module If other RPM signals are not coming through e Magnets must be adjusted closer to the sensor Note Do not adjust closer than 050 or so close that the sensor may hit the magnet e Leads to wheel sensors have a break in the harness e Black ground wire in harness 1s not well grounded A ground usually does not affect wheel RPM sensors e Fault in DataMite module DataMite Reading Data Signals but Not Sending to Computer Be sure you take the DataMite out of Setup Mode and it goes into Record mode Record data for at least 1 minute with at least the engine running to create engine RPM data Follow the procedure in Example 4 1 for downloading the data If during this downloading process you receive the Figure A3 2 Error Message When Not Reading DataMite Data message shown in Figure Are you Ready to Try Again x A3 2 follow the suggestions Ly Pip tte 89 2 10k Datablite Not Responding Possible reasons melide troubleshooting Datablite power or communications seral cable not connected Dataltite recorded less than 10 seconds of data DataMite not ready LEDs must stop flashing before downloading After powernng up the DataMite wait atleast 10 seconds 30 seconds for 512K sistems before trying to download data If you have disconnected the DataMite from the vehicle and the main harness to download at a computer away from the vehicle be sure the DataMite s power supply is Investigate
104. If you change the Run Number in the Log Book screen the program will warn that you may produce Run Numbers which are not in order and lead to confusion in the exact order of runs in the future If this warning becomes bothersome you can turn it off with this preference Auto Check Other Com Ports Choose Yes for this option and the DataMite software will always check all 4 likely Com ports on your computer if the DataMite can not be found Set this to No and the software will always use the Com Port specified in the DataMite screen See Section 2 5 Allow Resize of Current Readings Choose Yes and you can click on the Maximize button in the Current Readings screen and the all gauges will be resized accordingly However sometimes if this is set to Yes the current readings screen seems distorted maximized or in its standard size Then you may want to choose No here Graphing Printing Program Title Comments Enter most any text here for the First and Second lines These 2 lines will appear at the top of printouts and printed graphs This is a good place for your business name or your personal name You can change these entries as often as you wish 25 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Lap Top Graph Adjustment Choose Yes and the graph screen is slightly more narrow This ensures you can read the legend on the right side of the screen on some lap top screens Always A
105. Inc 2004 JauUeUD o sa06 Josuas siy sayeuBisap Buigny yuluys Joerg Z JeuueUd o sof Josues siy sejeuBisep Huiqny yunys YM xod y m ja ym uo p seds ju aa peuaysey syoubew p 10 Z yg peyeouqe UO pezuno JOSUaS jasy Jey xod yim jeeym uo ju a peuaysey syouBbew p 40 Z yg peyeouqe UO peazunojy JOSUas ja yM JULY S S99I08 07 JOJIBUUOD uid 9 0 Jamod sjo u09 JEU YOIMS woy aq 30u snu ynq amod payqg ms woy eq ueg J MOd IOA ZT POY s jdwex 825 Lip 82S Ba 109 JO apis agef u Ye ASW yeuBig uoniuby moje Yo IMs Jamog jeuondg eyep Bunya Jo pepiaoid 9 qeo jalias yz m zod WOD JayNdwuos 0 JO UUO O Z6 ELv 8rZ Spual SOURWOLed QUULU Ulp 104 JOJBUUOD UYIM SSaWeH stWeeq p4epueys 184 Appendicies Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Figure A 2 5 Overview of DataMite II Installation dh padaweod JOU S apeg SU uaga spodu SUYEIEQ ag uo sabeyos BUSA pOvd JOU aE S0303 YI Su JEU INSU evs SI dus dawag auo Aq dn De ewod aq s03 palaod AJELIST lt S e pue apeg SU JEU pa puanga SI y MEL dug JNoge saanba pue Jaod Ty A Of OHI zend Ajddre asad APOW Apea AQHUETS Ul apeg SSETIPU GUISE UORNG pay Aq HAT papaa BUI epep apu UG SHA ypa Ep Bulpsose Sdoys uopng pay ayy BED BUI COSY s142 uopny AOJE A SU aou HAH uapu uong ay yoju A el JOU OF jaued oaoa ayy UO BULA
106. Lap Pun a Datahite Il Rate samples sec fo Datahite Il Recording S gme a Timer as the Approx Record time s gmen Timer Specs 9000000 source and give it Channel Settings Lap Timer most any name Channel Used Data Name Sensor and Calibratidn you want Then 19 Analog 14 yelow 20 Analog 15 blue click on the Keep 210 Analog 16 green Calib button 22 Analog 17 F B accel F B long Acca com 04 23 Analog 18 L R accel L R lat Acce 24 Analog 19 25 Analog 20 Power Volts Box Power salts Switch 1 red Switch 2 yellow Switch 3 blue Switch 4 green Timer 1 lap timer 2 Lap Timer Timer 2 4 Can Click and drag slide button down to bottom to display the last 30 channels available in the DataMite II LNA Tip Help Click on most anything in the Channel Settings grid to Click on the down arrow button to select the tupe change it For Used you will toggle between Yes and of Datahite you are using fou choice here will No For Data Name and Sensor and Calibration you affect which specs ar enabled or disabled in this Will be presented with new screens to change the menu pd current settings Figure 4 8 Current Readings Screen to Read Channels w Current Readings You can select which channels you want displayed on these gauges by clicking on Options and then Gauge and Bar Graph settings Close back Options Trace Recorder Help
107. Memory LED should light when the magnet passes the sensor for Channel 2 If it does not adjust the sensor closer to the magnets Be sure the Clear Memory lights for all magnets Check the other channels following the pattern described above for checking Channel 2 Figure A 2 6 DataMite Setup Mode for Checking Channels Power up DataMite and wait for Record LED to light steady Push and release Clear Memory button while holding Record Button down to put into Setup Mode Setup Mode Starts with displaying Channel 1 engine RPM Record Setup Mode starts with displaying channel 1 engine RPM Push Record button to Channel 2 and Faen Sens Meds again to display Channel 3 etc 2 DataMite Performance Trends 248 473 9230 Clear Memory LED flashes either once twice 3 times etc quickly to show which channel is being checked LED flashes as signal comes into DataMite W hen engine Push Clear Memory running and on Channel 1 l button to bring out of LED should flash For RPM cetu Mode and do back sensors LED lights as l LED On Memory Full to Recording Mode magnet passes sensor or O Flash Nearly Full O g brightens or dims with analog sensors 186 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Figure A 2 7 DataMite Recording Mode Appendicies DataMite automatically goes to Recording Mode when power comes on Record LED light comes on Record LED is On when data is b
108. Mite specs used for that particular test are used Figure 2 20 DataMite Specs Menu Click on File then e Save as My Master DataMite Specs e Open Master DataMite Specs e Print or Windows Printer Setup to print this screen im Data Mite Specs le Curent Readings Troubleshoot Help Click here to bring up Type STE Com Weather Station hone the Sensor and Calibration screen for Channels etinis defining each channel Channel Used DataName Sensorand Calibration J en Engine RPM EngAFhi 8 Cylinder 4 Stroke as shown in Figures Frequency 2 Front Wheel Front Wheel APM 2 Magnets 2 21 and 2 22 Frequency 3 Driveshatt Driveshart RPM 2 Magnets Frequency 4 Exh Temp Analog Std Thermocouple sO gt Help Click on most anything in the Channel Settings grid to change it For Used you will toggle between res and No For Data Name and Sensor and Calibration you Will be presented with new screens to change the current settings If you specify the 31 channel DataMite Il you w Data Mite Specs Back File OataMite Options Troubleshoot Help have many more settings Weather Station None 7 m q Datahite Il Recording Segments Approx Record time segment 26 py 50 sec Channel Settings a ns fo Channel Used DataName Sensor and Calibs eO _ pg The combination of Engine RPM Minder 4 Stroke Rate number of active Frequency 2
109. OR IN ANY OTHER EVENT PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC S LIABILITY HEREUNDER SHALL NOT EXCEED ANY AMOUNTS PAID BY USER TO PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC UNDER THIS AGREEMENT Some states do not allow the limitation or exclusion of liability for incidental or consequential damages and some states do not allow the exclusion of implied warranties so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you No action regardless of form arising out of any claimed breach of this agreement or performance under this agreement may be brought by either party more than one year after the affected party learns of the cause of action Refer to diskette envelope for full license agreement The DataMite Analyzer makes calculations based on equations and data found in various published and heretofore reliable documents The program is designed for use by skilled professionals experienced with engines and Tests The following processes are hazardous particularly if done by an unskilled or inexperienced user Obtaining data to input to the program Interpreting the program s results Before making measurements of or modifications to any vehicle engine or driving situation DO NOT FAIL TO Regard the safety consequences Consult with a skilled and cautious professional Read the entire user s manual Obey all federal state amp local laws Respect the rights and safety of others Acknowledgements Many thanks to Paul Skiba Ford Engineer retired for hel
110. RR20 folder Click on the sign to the left of it to display the contents of the DTM RR20 folder You should now see the DIMDATA folder Right click on the yellow DIMDATA folder icon to display the menu of options Click on the Copy command to copy this entire folder all test files in the standard Test File Library 197 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Figure A4 2 Copying Files with Windows 95 98 ME XP 2000 or NT Windows Explorer Find the DTM20 folder under the PERFTRNS PTI folder usually on the C drive Click on the box to the left of a folder to show its contents folders Click and drag the slide bar button to move up and down the list of folders File Edit Miew Gof Favorites Jools Help Delete Properties Folder 5719 99 3 25 PM The contents 5 19 99 3 24 PM of the open 5 19 99 3 24 PM clicked on Ffadat File Folder 5 19 99 3 24 PM folder on the Text File Folder 5 19 99 3 23 PM left is shown File Folder 5719 99 3 24 PM File Folder 5719 99 3 24 PM TEE PTI File 871 Bodo 2 19 PM engine head here including both folders and files Right click with the right mouse button on the gt File Edit Wiew Go Favorite Toole Help e ee E DTMDATA Back ri i Unda Delete Properties Tete Address L Gren Bana seen here to Find z All Fol
111. Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer V3 2 for Windows Users Manual Performance Trends Inc Box 530164 Livonia MI 48153 248 473 9230 Fax 248 442 7750 Website www performancetrends com Email feedback performancetrends com Performance Trends Inc PO Box 530164 Livonia MI 48152 Tech Assistance for Registered Owners 248 473 9230 Fax 248 442 7750 Email feedback performancetrends com Website tips correspond with other users download demos update schedule etc www performancetrends com Copyright Notice Copyright C 2004 PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC All Rights Reserved These software programs and user s manual are reserved by PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC and are intended for the use of the original owner only Copying or duplicating these products except for the personal use of the original owner is a violation of U S Copyright Law and is hereby expressly forbidden Portions Copyright C Microsoft Corp 1987 2004 All Rights Reserved International Business Machines Corp makes no warranties either expressed or implied regarding the enclosed computer package its merchantability or its fitness for any particular purpose IBM PC XT and AT are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corp Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp DISCLAIMER Of WARRANTIES THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS LICENSED AS IS WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY W
112. Some times the noise spikes are too numerous or come so close together that the program can not determine what is real data and what is a noise spike In cases like this especially if the noise is in a channel used to Hake Graph Help Cancel Print calculate something else like Engine RPM and Driveshaft RPM to calculate converter or clutch slippage or an accelerometer to calculate vehicle MPH or distance traveled you must try to eliminate the source of the noise Ifthe noise spike is in a channel that is not used to calculate something else the noise spike is not as critical say in an Exhaust Temperature However you must realize that the immediate jump up or down the spike is not real Figure 2 50 shows how even a relatively minor noise spike in the Front Wheel RPM for Meas Tq HP from Accel race run can completely distort the torque and HP curve 73 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 50 Noise Spikes vs Just Noisy jumpy Data Typical Small Noise Spike a couple of data points are significantly different than the data points surrounding them w DataMite Analyzer 2 0 INERTIAS_CFG x Back File Format View GraphType AddTest HistoryLog Single Test Help lal E laa eeel Leto d ee belo he Futview set scales Typical noisy or jumpy data shows all data points being quite different than the surrounding data po
113. TMDATA Some users may prefer to have the Folder be called Track or Vehicle depending how they choose to organize their tests Your entry here of most any text up to 40 characters is what the program will use to call the different folders where test files are stored Tests Kept in History Log Pro version only Pick the number of tests which you want the History Log to hold from 25 to 100 Calculations Tab Torque HP decimals Pick the number of decimal places you want displayed for Torque and HP on graphs and reports For small engines like Briggs choose 2 to obtain more detail like 7 45 HP For larger engines choose or 0 for numbers like 122 3 HP or 591 HP respectively This is only used if you calculate torque and HP from the vehicle s acceleration Torque HP Output Pick the type of units for reporting torque and power in either Ft Lbs or NM Newton Meters metric and Horsepower and Kw kilowatts metric This is only used if you calculate torque and HP from the vehicle s acceleration Allow Correction in Calibration of Selected Recorded Channels Select Yes to allow for a Correction factor input to be enabled in the Sensor and Calibration screens for the DataMite Channels A Correction factor allows for minor readjustments to a calibration without changing the actual calibration This is used to re zero sensors or to zero out shock travel sensors at ride height See Appendix 5 Calibrating an Analog Sensor for mor
114. Thermocouples to measure temperatures analog converter required for standard 4 channel DataMite Pressure sensors analog converter required for standard 4 channel DataMite Position sensors for shock to suspension travel String potentiometers pots for measuring throttle or steering motion Fuel Flow sensors Weather station for correction factors or air density measurements In addition you may need e Epoxy or some other method of mounting magnets to the wheels or driveshafts e Heavy metal strips to build brackets to mount the RPM sensors to monitor the magnets e Shrink tubing solder soldering iron wire terminals etc 1f you are going to shorten lengthen or change the wiring harness Important Performance Trends ships most all cabling and sensors with connectors already installed You are not expected to cut or solder any wires except the 12 VDC power cable These sensors should just plug into cables with the correct mating connector If you think you will have to cut or change any connectors CALL PERFORMANCE TRENDS first You may be making a mistake e Optional power switch to cut power to the DataMite The hardware instructions given here are very general and describe the overall DataMite system Most DataMite options come with their own installation and instruction sheet These instructions are more detailed and up to date than what could be contained in this manual For that reason it is important for you to read and keep t
115. This time draw the frame around a different section and save this file to a name of perhaps Watkins glenn 3 Redetermine Beg End of Runs Any time you download data for a New Test the program checks for the type of test runs you ve specified Circle Track Laps Road Race Laps Accel to Meas Tq HP or Custom Unless you have a beacon identified as 2 Lap Timer as one of the Switch Inputs it will also ask you for an approximate lap time for Road Race Laps It looks for the patterns in the data it expects to see for the different types When if finds a pattern 1t remembers the beginning and end of this pattern for each pattern or lap it finds It then gives you a summary of what it found See Figure 2 48 You can also do this at any other Figure 2 48 Redetermine Beg End of Runs time The only reasons for doing this is when you have changed something about the test so that now the pattern looks different As Circle Track Laps than when you first downloaded the data from the DataMite These When analyzing data file late model example DAT The DataMite Analyzer program has found changes could include Number of laps 5 e You have Edited Out some Minimum lap time 13 87 Nore oke Maximum lap time 20 09 p i Median lap time 20 04 e You have Cut the Beginning or End of Data so the data file If this does not appear correct or looke rent Check the DataMite Setup Specs for corect Data Type and Auxiliary HPH sensor description
116. WOT Switch x Brake Switch Lap Timer or Other Switch Try to pick an accurate Settings Source so the program can do the best analysis of your test data The Name you use can be most anything of your choosing Timer Specs Source Important Some channel names have special meaning to the DataMite program For example if you are recording a temperature you could just select one of the several Thermocouple calibrations like Std Thermocouple Misc and then name it yourself as Exh 2 This Choose the source for the Timer input will get you a temperature reading but some of the program s features may not work correctly In this case displaying this channel in the Current Readings screen s Exhaust Temp bar graph and analyzing average exhaust temperatures and exhaust temperature spread would Use Calc alue Help Cancel Print not include this channel Therefore try to pick a Calibration which is most appropriate for that particular channel and sensor The Data Name for the channel can be most anything you want as this is not used by the program for anything critical just to label graphs and reports Also see Section 3 8 Send Data for additional special Calibration names to denote special analysis of a channel Menu Commands Back Simply closes this menu and returns you to the Main Screen If you made changes to these specs you will be asked if you want to keep them for the current test If you answer
117. YB long Accel cor 04 Sensor Sara Analog Sensor Specs Analog Sensor Specs Type NIE h te Data Name F B accel Analog Sensor Specs Analog Sensor Specs Analog Sensor Specs Ist Value volts Read 25 2nd Yalue volts Read 35 f Conection gt Read Ist Value volts Read 0 2nd Yalue volts Read 5 Correction Read 5 5 Mst Value counts Read 2nd Yalue counts Read Correction Read 04 Hote Pick the type of sensor and fill in the Calibration Specs as necessary or fill in from factory calibration table provided with sensor The Correction factor i meant for an adjustment after the calibration i complete For example after ou have entered the calibration for a shock travel Sensor you may want to adjust this to read 0 when the carts at static ride height Keep Specs Help Cancel Print Hote Pick the type of sensor and fill in the Calibration Specs as necessary or fill in from Factory calibration table provided with sensar The Correction factor i meant for an adjustment after the calibration i complete For example after ou have entered the calibration for a shock travel Sensor you may want to adjust this to read 0 when the carts at static ride height Keep Specs Help Cancel Print Hote Pick the type of sensor and fill in the Calibration Specs as necessary or
118. _ ee Comments 046 rod weight 3705 1st 10 pairs bad track anticipated 3rd light very early 400 GTO Automatic TH350 97 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Cursor The cursor feature is very useful for determining or comparing the value of the graph lines at various places See Figure 3 19 for explaining the use of the cursor Figure 3 19 Cursor Features and Commands Cursor line usually pink or green Click here to turn cursor ON depending on background Click here to turn cursor OFF color Click on these buttons to move the cursor left or right Hold down the w DataMite Analyzer v3 2 late model exanpl CFG Back Fle pomat Wg Gash Twee safet pvp side Test Heb 2 Bla N esje velo i eee peepee ruviw serseaed A steer WRH vs Time late mog l example 1 120 0 perste pN pee ee 771 _ Steer 432 MFH 62 2 I B 1 plate model example 4 e a a a qo Mecsas ees Steer 330 i a i i MFH 03 6 bentor run 2 a TEET l Steer 336 1 MPH 81 0 241 0 Leen E RE aR E eee ee Petre ae 7 550 You can also enable the cursor by single clicking on a graph line at a data point This also provides a quick way to move the cursor from 1 area of the graph to another Do not drag the mouse while clicking or you will Zoom in on that area 98 lt shift key gt while clicking these buttons and the cursor moves faster
119. a Drive Wheel Drive RPM RPM of the driving wheel or driveshaft rear wheel or driveshaft on a rear wheel RPM drive car Because this is directly tied to the transmission output it can be used to determine clutch or converter slip trans gear ratio etc Vehicle Speed in Is Vehicle Speed in MPH calculated from Driven RPM or an Accelerometer MPH Acceleration Rate Accel Gs Is Vehicle Acceleration in Gs 1 G is 22 MPH increase every second or 32 2 ft sec increase every second This is the same acceleration of an object dropped in free fall or the acceleration of gravity This is based on Driven RPM or Accelerometer data if available Calcd Trans Gear Gear Ratio Is the Gear Ratio based on Drive RPM and Engine RPM and Final Drive Ratio Ratio if necessary Tire Slip Tire Slip Is the tire slip based on Driven RPM Drive RPM and the tire diameters and final drive ratio if necessary This assumes tire diameters are constant Clutch converter Cltch Slip Clutch slip in It is critical you have the Final Drive and Gear Ratios in the slip Vehicle Specs correct for Clutch Slip to be accurate Tire Growth Tire Grwth Is the tire growth based on Driven RPM Drive RPM and the tire diameters and final drive ratio if necessary This is similar but opposite of Tire Slip Distance from Distance Is distance traveled from the start of the run or data set calculated from Driven Start ft RPM or an Accelerometer Lap Number Th
120. a Dalir l a ri x ra A 4 a rm Er 5 Throttle Red Rear Blue Frq Facet Wi Side View Top Vier Mo View E Dmna Squall E Mgl B Thr m a mee Co ihe ruhi ime mhi sale ol scent a bored nk ras Gen based on 1 Deve Lt Out X Lt Height Y Lt Depth Rt Out Upper Link Frame Mount Input 0 Upper Link Axle Mount Input Tosin Gan 21 Red Cema Ht 10 47 Tun Aah Horne Rod Center Right 15 Torin Goer 00 Ardea late SE Oy ATS Tum Tee tr EF Pheigi Sise ba Ch a As Figures 4 37 and 4 38 show the Suspension Analyzer provides for many detailed analysis options Conclusions e Various Reports allow you to spot differences and trends between laps of the same run e Graphs allow you to compare one lap to another to check the reasons for differences between laps e The Track Map Friction Circle and other screens available on the graph screen help you visualize where things are taking place on the track e Shock travel and other sensor data can be automatically sent to the Performance Trends Suspension Analyzer for detailed analysis 167 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples 168 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Example 4 3 Measure Torque and HP from Acceleration Suggested Background Reading e Examples 4 1 and 4 2 e Appendix 3 Troubleshooting Note Example 4 3 uses the standard 4 channel D
121. a Set s comments are program and include valye and port Throttle Stop ON temporary sizes test times and dates etc They can not be changed by the UZET 2 Graph Data Sets comments available for each Data Set This one comment is printed directly under the graph Include on Graph Titles to Use Graph Comment 1 commene W Test Summaries w i Comparison of the Grafd Am with the w Teat C t bd GTO e a Graph C t The Titles to Use options give val ran ommen Gee Titles you a way to reach the Menu in Figure 3 26 to change the Titles oK Help ss and Legends of the graph Check or uncheck these 3 options to determine what gets printed and what options are enabled and disabled on this screen Bottom Section of a ae Printed Graph Graph Comment Comparison of the Grand Am the 69 GTO Test Summary and Comments for GrandAm 1 Type Drag Race Runs 6 02 pm 08 19 2000 E T 9 872 Trk Len 1320 Quarter Mile Dnsty Altitude 1533 MPH 138 58 Run 1 of 1 Test Summaries Run 2 Air Temp 74 60 ft 1 449 Desc Edgewater bracket race new converter 073 2 new starter new flexplate tires 7 psi Throttle Stop ON Test Summary and Comments for 69 GTO 1 Type Drag Race Runs 12 44 pm 07 14 2000 E T 11 539 Event Quaker A PM Trk Len 1320 Quarter Mile Dnsty Altitude 3500 MPH 111 94 Run 1 Test Run 1 of 1 Air Temp 84 60 ft 1 536 Desc st time
122. aMite 3 2 Performance Trends JUN amp _CFG File Edit ee ter Ane lls Mme ces en Ie olla w Data Mite Specs Details Back File Curent Readings Troubleshoot Help DataMite End of Cable 164 Rung Type d Channel atakite Check Boot Message quick Test Com Port 1 Test Com Port 2 Check Boot Message extended Channel Settings Check Com Ports Test Com Port 3 Test Com Port 4 Channel Read Current File Header Test Com Port 5 Test Com Port 6 Engine RPM Frequency 2 Dyno Speed Front heel RPM 2 Magn Cancel Frequency J temp Analog Std Thermocouple Disconnect cable from DataMite Install paper i p clip in end of cable as shown Then click on Frequency 4 AA Shock RA Shock 467 679 Hz U the button for the Com Port pou are using to talk to the DataMite usually 1 or 2 A message will appear saying if the pork ts working correct or rat 19 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies DataMite Not Reading Data Signals If the DataMite does go into Setup Mode do the signals look as described on page 186 or in Example 4 1 section Graphing to Check Data Quality If the Engine RPM signal 1s not coming through e Yellow ignition wire has a break in the harness Black ground wire in harness is not well grounded You are not hooked to the correct terminal or wire in the ignition system to record RPM Fault in the Inductive Pickup or Inductive Pickup harness wiring
123. aMite is displaying the signal for channel 2 or the front wheel RPM If you jack the front wheel off the ground or just drive slowly forward you should see a flash each time a magnet passes the sensor Otherwise rotate the front wheel to place the magnet over the sensor and leave it there The Clear Memory LED lights and remains on Channel 2 or the front wheel RPM looks OK Again press and release the yellow Record button once holding it down for about half a second Now you see the Record LED flash three times then remain off for about a second This new flash pattern repeats The 3 flashes mean you are now checking Channel 3 Check it also as you did Channel 2 above You can also check channel 4 the same as the other channels except the 0 5 Volt Analog converter for the pressure sensor will be flashing so fast that it may be difficult to see anything other than a light You can disconnect the pressure sensor and see that the flash rate or LED brightness changes indicating it is working Figure 4 40 DataMite Setup Mode Power up DataMite and wait for Record LED to light steady Push and release Clear Memory button while holding Record Button down to put into Setup Mode Setup Mode Starts with displaying Channel 1 engine RPM Record Setup Mode starts with displaying channel 1 engine RPM Push Record button to Channel 2 and Feces Mode again to display Channel 3 etc LED flashes either once twice 3 times etc quickly
124. able to record Engine RPM at high RPM Engine RPM may drop in half or all the way to 0 RPM For the other RPM signals the problem may be e You may be specifying the wrong magnets See page 41 e A magnet may have fallen off e Wrong calibration for an Analog channel See Appendix 5 195 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Recorded Data Good Calculated Data Bad Calculated data includes these types MPH Clutch Slip Converter Slip Tire Slip Calc Gear Ratio Tire Growth fT These calculated outputs require some signal to determine vehicle speed Typically this is done with a front wheel speed sensor but these can be illegal in many drag racing events Then you may want to use an accelerometer Two 2 accelerometers are built into the DataMite II box and they can be added to the smaller 4 channel DataMite with the proper choice of analog converter Either way you must pay attention to how you mount the DataMite II or analog converter box in the vehicle so the axis of the accelerometer is aligned correctly with the axis of the car These data types are all based on the settings in the Vehicle Specs DataMite Specs and Track Conditions menus Check these settings and their definition in Chapter 2 If the problem appears with the graphs be sure you are reading the graph correctly Sometimes data types are multiplied by 10 100 etc so data types which are very different can show
125. ake amp Exhaust 34 Crank wt amp Descr h Flywheel Wt amp Dia bs Jh Ignition Distributor HSD Billet Spark Plugs Autolite AR 3910 Gap 035 Timing Help Click on the down arrow button to select either 2 Stroke or 4 stroke engine types p 33 and are not used for any calculations You can enter most anything you want or leave them blank C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 15 Suspension Details Log Book Screen Suspension Details Back File Load Shock Travel Help Shocks and Springs Shocks Springs Tires Bump Rise Description Rate Description PSI Description Right Front 57 Penske A4feoo Coil Overs Zo Hoosier F45 Left Front 15 Fenske Afeco Coil Overs 18 Hoosier F35 Right Rear 1 72 30 Fenske Afco Coil Overs Hoosier F45 Left Rear B7 enske 4feo Coil Overs Hoosier F35 Vehicle Comer Weighs Front Suspension Exact Vehicle Weight Ibs 2500 Right Cross Camber 3 Rt Tire Temps Toeln 125 out ar oes Rear Suspension Sane Comer Weights Help The Shock setting in Bump or compression Enter a combination of letters or numbers ps Notes 1 Panhard bar Frame Mount 12 5 Notes 2 Panhard bar Axle Mount 10 5 35 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 17 User Defined Section of Log Book Back ok Help You can right click on any of
126. ally right side of car Animate Off selecting Gain based on 1 Dive Camber Gain 1 27 Caster Gain 39 Turn Toe In 23 Caster Gain 78 Camber Gain 1 51 5 ruspension Data Coptinuaus Single Step DataMite data file Fewer Beck as Data Source ae Faster Slower Additional data like Distance and Eg AAT ea Engine RPM are Front Suspension also displayed In this section so you Toe ln Gain 01 Roll Center Ht 2 74 Tum Radius 63 ft Lt Roll Center Right 11 22 Toe ln Gain 03 can better relate to where you were on a ee a the track E Upper Ball Joint Upper Frame Pivot Front 3 BT BS 1C vas 120 21 3662 Bo 16 2624 4 2063 Chapter 3 Output C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output can choose which disk drive to search for the appropriate file usually the C drive The screen will display all files which match the name of these files When done searching double click on the file you want to use The DataMite program will then remember Figure 3 47 Seeking a Vehicle File this path and you should not have to do this again p J 8 w File Seek ioj Select Drive to Search For 4LINE EXE Then click on the Search Button E3 c 133573 6 Occurances Found of 4ALIHE ESE c YB S68 proyjects644 link M asterL4 4link_e c UB SS projects6 4 link 4link_ exe co B St projects44 link iH asterL4 4link exe cB St projects44 link
127. also pick one of the preloaded example transmissions or click on File then Open Example Vehicle to see what the specs for other typical vehicles look like Figure 4 11 Vehicle Specs When finished changing these specs click of File then Save As to save these changes to a name of your choosing These are saved in a separate Vehicle Library w Vehicle Specs Monte Carlo If you don t know a spec click on the Clc button to bring up a Calculation Total Weight with Driver 2800 Menu to calculate an input from other types of inputs Final Drive Ratio Rear Tire Radius in E ffici You can pick from a list Front Tire Radius in of standard transmission ratios or pick one of the Drive Layout Rear wheel Drive User Defined transmissions and enter Aerodynamics J your own custom ratios T ype Good Late Model good downto Engine Specs Dra Coefficient 3 E ngine Ele It is very important to let Frontal Area sq ft Primary a the program know if the transmission has a Vehicle Comments Help Sa clutch or torque pn tea earn facts 2003 The weight of the xehidle with the driver in pounds p converter Back File Help Vehicle Specs Tire Radius and Gear Ratios are very important to calculate distance traveled MPH tire or Enter most any descriptive comments for this vehicle here clutch slip etc 146 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples
128. am Edit them out now answer Yes below or Edit them out at a E i z later time answer Mo below DataMite Analyzer K fe DataMite Analyzer Answering No is good for debugging the source of the Moise Spikes Then vou can click click on Edit at the top of the Main Data Download Com lete Mo noize z ikes found Screen then Edit Out Noize Spikes to eliminate nose spikes at a F P i later time Do you want to Edit out Mote Spikes now Ej Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite v3 2 Performance Trez File Edit Frank emart Track Candes lon Ronk Makadia Veh This message lets you know Detail i Summary of Lap Analysis how many laps the program When analyzing data file Monte Carlo 01 _DAT found in the data you just As Circle Track Laps downloaded This screen lets you load The DataMite Analyzer program has found in the fastest lap time Number of laps 5 found by the program as Hini l t 19 87 gt i i Maximum lap time 20 09 the Fastest Lap time in Median lap time 20 04 the Track Conditions and lf this does not appear corect Log Book Check the DataMite Setup Specs for corect Data Type and Auxiliary RPH sensor descriptions Use the Edit command to Cut Beginning or End of Data Then Set Fastest Lap Time to 19 87 saris ae A bi a E ar Hed ape ast peeled Do you want the Fastest Lap time for this run in Test Conditions set to However try to keep together as many consecutive laps which
129. are 19 97 nearly corect but may be caution flag laps etc It is currently set to 20 1 149 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples After the data is read from Figure 4 16 Main Screen After Downloading Test Data the DataMite the program Fal Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite v3 2 Performance Trends _ Monte Carlo 01 CFG p e rfo rms 2 i mp ort ant al aph Report a Log y DataMite e Send ae functions Racq amp Vehicle Conditions 1 It checks for noise knp Super Late Model 1 2 Mie Flat Tack spikes and eliminates m Ekan Opener Sat of h o II Cac Tock dat Fere a larry psc ieee all that it can A noise 2 oe Since there IS shock and sisering Gavel senaoes the Click on Tabs to select spike is basically a bad a oa which laps to view on data point caused by Park secones ogre Wen this Main Screen electrical noise or i vibration in a sensor See Section 2 10 Editing Out Noise Spikes and Appendix 3 Troubleshooting 2 It checks to find the i This screen is just to beginning and end of summarize a race or the Circle Track laps o K test Detailed based on fact that this E analysis is available system is using a Lap by clicking on Graph Timer on Timer and Report Channel 1 Figure 4 15 shows the messages the program could give to let you know how the data appears If you get several noise spikes you should investigate the
130. area in more detail or to match the scales of a previous graph The Pro has several ways to change the scales as shown in Figures 3 22 and 3 23 Figure 3 22 Changing Scales for the X or Y Axis Clicking on these buttons zooms in or zooms out on the graph either vertically or horizon Clicking on these buttons shifts 5 tally Hold down the shift key while clicking on the graph left right up or down Hold down the shift key while them and the graph moves farther each step clicking on them and the graph i moves farther each step Click here to restore auto scaling That is where the DataMite Analyzer v3 2 late model example CFG computer picks the scale to Pet Yee 7 7 showalll the araph in aood detail gleaaa Lee Lele e e ce tl tuview serscaed ooo Steer MPH vs Time i i i i Steer 266 MPH 91 7 l Click here for menu in Fig 3 23 i late model example 4 He 258 You can use the mouse to Ser ie ial outline an area to be zoomed in A Eee on Simply click on the mouse SS MPH 30 2 key in the upper left corner of the area then hold the key down and drag the mouse to the lower right corner of the desired area A box will be drawn as shown When you release the mouse key this area will fill the whole graph This feature is disabled if the cursor is turned on Also start the upper left corner well away from a graph line or the program may turn on the cursor instead Figure 3 23 Menu to
131. arrow button to its right to change the Run Description to one you have already entered or type in a new one and it will be saved 5 Folder Name for New Test is the folder in the DIMDATA folder where the test will be saved The program may not be using the name folder for this spec but whatever word you have assigned in the Preferences menu at the Main Screen The folder name Examples is reserved for Performance Trends example tests supplied with the program and can NOT be used for your tests 6 Type of Test describes what type of test was run and how the data should be analyzed and divided up into runs This is the same spec as the Test Type in the Track Conds menu Click on down arrow to select the type of test you ran This choice can have a large impact on what data is graphed and analyzed Your choices are basically e Circle Track Laps e Road Race Laps e Accel to measure torque and HP very useful for engine testing in the vehicle e Custom Test which would be anything else Notice that some of the choices are not used as they are used for Test Types in the other versions of the software When you are ready to start the new test click on Start New Test at the top of the screen If some critical specs have not been entered the program may warn you and ask you for it at that time The program will fill in the Test Time and Date based on the computer s time and date This can be changed later by clicking on the Test Time Date a
132. ary 84 85 147 160 162 Lap Timer 45 72 138 145 150 181 Larger Font Print Size 108 Launch 171 196 Legend Graph 26 95 100 105 116 Length 16 30 31 Library 8 12 18 94 109 110 111 113 114 115 159 197 199 200 Log Book 5 1 13 16 20 25 27 31 32 52 64 68 107 146 147 148 Magnets 42 179 181 192 Main Screen 5 2 5 7 8 11 12 15 16 17 18 19 21 23 31 33 40 45 67 68 71 77 79 86 91 94 110 111 114 115 125 139 140 145 149 150 157 159 160 162 166 173 197 199 Main Screen Filtering Level 23 Main Screen Graph Lines 23 Main Screen RPM Increment 23 Master DataMite Specs 37 38 39 68 140 Method of Recording Weather Data 27 62 63 Motion Ratio 120 165 204 MPH 1 8 17 20 23 30 31 41 49 73 81 85 94 105 116 131 150 173 178 196 MSI 206 Multiple Tests 83 94 Multiplier 42 New get data from DataMite 17 145 157 New Test 5 16 18 67 68 72 73 144 145 146 147 148 149 172 Noise 19 25 42 72 73 74 75 150 151 152 154 155 157 169 182 193 194 196 Obs Barometer Hg 28 Observed flywheel HP 82 Observed flywheel torque 82 Open 4 8 12 18 23 31 46 50 51 67 68 109 110 112 113 114 115 146 147 159 199 202 Open from all saved tests 12 18 31 110 115 159 Open from History Log 18 110 159 Open Master DataMite Specs 46 Operator 114 Opponent 31 Othe
133. ary of each test Save Ctrl S Save As Ctrl d Disadvantage of Paper Back Ups en mne Save to Floppy Drive 4 4 Drive For example say you have accidentally erased a Circle Track race run File but have a paper report of that data There is no way to re dows Siar A enter the DataMite data You won t be able to recalculate that data j correct the data to a new Weather Conditions compare new data to Uplock Program Options this old data etc Transter Program to Another Computer Est Progra Copying data to disk with Windows commands Click here to print a Test Summary This method is the preferred method If you are not familiar with Windows commands have someone help you the first couple of times However this is the most reliable and most efficient way to back up your data Note Unless stated otherwise all mouse clicks are with the normal left button on the mouse To copy Entire DTIMDATA Folder using Windows 95 98 Me XP 2000 or NT which contains all folders and test files in the Test Library Click on Start then Programs then Windows Explorer usually at the bottom of the list of programs You will obtain the Windows Explorer screen shown in Figure A4 2 Locate the PERFTRNS PTI folder may not be printed in capital letters on the left side of the Windows Explorer screen usually on the C drive Click on the sign to the left of it to display the contents of the PERFTRNS PTI folder You should now see the DIM
134. ataMite but the process is nearly identical for the 30 channel DataMite II It also describes doing this test on a street car at a drag strip Although this is not a circle track or road race car the process is the same on most any car Example 4 3 shows how you can do dyno testing right in your vehicle By doing full throttle accelerations in 1 gear manual transmission you can obtain nearly dyno quality torque and HP curves The car is a stock manual transmission 4 6L 96 Mustang You are doing baseline testing for comparison to modifications you will do in the future The sensor installation 1s nearly identical to that in Example 4 1 and 4 2 except there are 4 magnets installed on each wheel You are doing your runs at a drag strip not public roads both for safety and to avoid tickets Again we will assume you are the driver You have installed your DataMite following the guidelines in Appendix 2 Before testing you should decide what 1 gear to use for the acceleration tests The gear should not be too low as to cause tire spin but not be so high as to cause excessive speed Excessive speed is unsafe and may produce less accurate data since the aerodynamic specs of Drag Coefficient and Frontal Area must be very accurate However a slower acceleration from a higher gear can show smoother and more detailed torque and HP curves The acceleration should take approximately 6 to 12 seconds Second gear is generally a good choice Third gear
135. ature readings by clicking on the Clc button See Section 2 8 4 page 63 Relative humidity is only useful when you know the air temperature where the relative humidity is measured Since that temperature may be quite different than the air temperature going into the engine Dew Point described below is a better less confusing way to enter the airs moisture level 28 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Dew Point deg F The dew point in degrees F of the air at the track which describes the air s humidity level The Dew Point deg F must be less than the Air Temperature Dew Point can be calculated from either wet and dry bulb temperatures or from relative humidity and air temperature readings by clicking on the Clc button See Section 2 8 3 page 62 Dew Point is a less confusing way of describing the air s moisture level than relative humidity Relative humidity readings are only meaningful if the air temperature when the reading was made 1s also known However the air s dew point remains constant even when the air temperature changes For example 40 degree air with an 80 relative humidity has only a 10 relative humidity when the same air is heated to 100 degrees However the dew point remains at 36 degrees for both air temperatures Elevation Elevation ft The elevation of the track above sea level in feet This spec is only used if you are using a Corrected Barome
136. based on this info Type of Te st w rack Race Conditions Click on down arrow to select the e of Test Race Summary type of test you ran This choice e f Track Length ft 2640 1 2 Mile a E ES eircle rack Laps E T O S OES Fastest Lap Time sec 20 1 data is graphed and analyzed Your Track Weather Conditions si pe choices are Method of Reading Weather Data gaion e Circle Track Laps eas ee el Wind Conditions e Road Race Laps ind Speed MPH e Accel to measure torque and Obs Barometer Hg 9 14 a HP Wind Direction From Worth Air Temperature deg F e Custom Test which would be Help anything else D ew Point deg F E Click on down arrow to select the type of best you l ran Thie choice can have a large impact on whal Notice that some of the choices are Elevation feet eee eae not used as they are used for Test Density Altitude ft ae Types in the other versions of the i Dry Density Altitude ft G68 software These specs are additional weather information Weather conditions are used to correct torque and HP to standard Weather conditions Conditions The weather conditions surrounding the engine affect the air s oxygen density which affects engine power You can use your own weather stations or purchase one from Performance Trends to record weather information automatically Be sure you read the Notes on Weather Conditions at the end of this section page 29 Method of Recording Weat
137. be entered in the To what I enter here spec You can select up to 3 conditions to look for For the Operator Jack Customer Johnson Big Block Chevy example above you would need to search for 3 conditions For the valve seal example you could just search for 1 condition You add conditions by checking the Include this condition also box This enables the other specs for each condition If more than 1 condition is being used for the search you must determine if you want the search to include tests which fit ANY of the conditions Or or must match ALL conditions And For example if you are looking for tests run by either Operator Jack or Operator Joe you would select Or If you want Tests which made more than 300 HP and were done since Jan 1999 the tests must match both conditions you would select And Figure 3 36 Print List of All Files Fitting These Limits The 3 command buttons will do the os OE EE following 2478d41 cfg caheely Bt2478d4 cfg caheely IRDRGST3 CFG caheely 7 772 81 43 tas IRDRGST4 CFG caheely 7 772 81 43 Show Files Only Fitting These JRDRGSTS CFG caheely 7 772 81 43 ack french 1 CFG Gillespie Accel Conditions will return you to the GTOindyptsmt01 CFG Gillespie Accel 11 493 114 63 l Gillespie Accel 180 Open Test File screen Only files fitting cy Gillespie Accel eee Eoumons WEE ei pace waren Click and Drag Mouse to highlight a File Name may be no fil
138. beacon to do track mapping and friction circle will be started Density Alt 2565 ft Circle Track Laps analysis and divide data into laps automatically To send data you first must make sure the DataMite has Figure 3 42 Typical Shock Travel Sensor the required shock travel and steering data and it has the correct calibration following these steps 1 Install shock amp steering travel sensors See Figure 3 42 2 Assign the appropriate DataMite channels as Shock Travel and Steering sensors and do the appropriate calibration 3 Click on Send at top of main screen to send data from current file to one of the suspension analysis programs Figure 3 43 Selecting Shock Sensor Channels for Suspension Programs ES Road Race amp Circle Track Da e x Details Back File DataMite Il Options Curent Readings Troubleshoot Calib beet Type 31 ChannelDataMite Com Weather SI ime You must select Punt DataMite II Rate samples sec og DataMiten Analogs Sensor Specs Ton one of the Tabs one of the 4 Type F Shock Travel ge to a different run Data Name LF Shock lt Shock Shock Travel sensor types or Approx Re Channel Settings Fee a Saimin Analog Sensor Specs jJ Steering for that Click here to select Rear whe Ist Value engineering units 0 data to be W ane ens fist Value volte Read 25 recognized as the calibrate as a Shock 2nd Yalue engineering units 5 appropriate data Steerin
139. bs alue ence luzer supp Magnets spec is now called Sensor Type Click here for list of Sensor Types if using an Analog Converter C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Analog Sensor Specs Figure 2 23 Illustration of a Custom Sensor Calibration 1st Value Engineering Units Throttle Angle 1st Value Freq hz rade 2nd Value Engineering Units 4 4 volts 82 deg 2nd Value Freq hz These 4 specs are used to calibrate a Custom Sensor to read most anything you want These specs can be used 2 ways e Type in the information provided with the sensor This will be on a sheet with this menu printed on it with the required information written in This tells the 1st Value computer the sensor output at 2 1 0 volts 0 deg conditions e Perform a calibration A calibration is the process where you set the sensor to 2 known conditions positions temperatures etc and let the computer read the sensor output at these 2 conditions You can click on the Read buttons to have the DataMite actually read the sensor values for these 2 conditions Custom user supplies table Calibration Sometimes you have a sensor where the output is not linear not a straight line Then you can select the Type as Custom user supplies table and you can enter in most any set of 10 calibration points you want See Figure 2 24 Figure 2 24 Custom user supplies table
140. by Performance Trends Note that the Lap Timer gets its 12 VDC power from the DataMite but this requires that a certain jumper from inside the DataMite be set correctly Each sensor comes with a printed instruction sheet If you need a copy of these instructions you can click on Help then Display Hardware Sensor Installation Tips for a replacement sheet See Figure 4 3 Figure 4 2 Some Sensors used for This Circle Track Car RPM sensor mounted in fabricated bracket with magnet epoxied to wheel and approximately 100 clearance Linear travel or position sensor used for shock and steering movement Lap timer system consisting of transmitter to be mounted by edge of track typically on a camera tripod receiver and dashboard lap timer display The display is not need for the DataMite system to record accurate lap times 138 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Figure 4 3 Getting Sensor Information from Inside the Program ad Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite v3 2 Performance Trends late model example01_CFG File Edit Graph Repot Track Conds LogBook DataMite Vehicle Preferences Help Send Details Lap 1 Help Introduction to Basic Windows Commands Click here for several pages describing how About DataMite Analyzer each type of sensor can be installed and m User s Manual Display Hardware Senzor Installation Tips accelerometers a
141. c 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 1 Introduction 1 3 A Word of Caution To install the DataMite data logger you must install some sensors on your vehicle This is covered in Appendix 2 If you are not familiar with proper safety precautions when working on engines or vehicles HAVE A QUALIFIED MECHANIC ENGINE or CHASSIS BUILDER HELP YOU Road Racing and testing can be dangerous Vehicle components DO fail possibly throwing shrapnel and burning fuel in all directions Take the proper precautions using shields and high quality fuel system components to minimize these dangers Anticipate that the engine or vehicle component can fail and you will cut down on the chances they ever will The Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer has features which estimate the vehicle s performance based recorded data some user input and assumptions These estimates can be used for analysis of performance on the race track or on the street However these assumptions like knowing the friction losses in the drivetrain accurately knowing the vehicle s rotating inertia etc limit the accuracy of these estimates See other assumptions in this manual listed under Assumptions and Accuracy in the Index With any data acquisition and analysis the computer can help the user by automatically doing various calculations plotting the data easily etc However the computer is not thinking for you You the user are the key to pro
142. ce Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Appendix 2 Hardware Installation and Operation Most all DataMite sensors and wiring come with their own installation and instruction sheet Those instructions are more detailed and up to date than what is contained in this Appendix For that reason it is important for you to read and keep those individual instructions See Example 4 1 for additional detail on Installation 1 Ensure All Pieces Were Shipped Check your invoice or packing slip to be sure you received all pieces The invoice or packing slip will probably have check marks by each like item to note that we checked it off before we shipped it to you The standard 4 channel DataMite data logger system should be shipped with 1 h m m DataMite module Important The standard DataMite module is NOT designed for Magneto ignition like injected alcohol sprint car or blown alcohol V 8s systems or uneven firing engines for example Harley Davidson V twins Call Performance Trends for exchange with proper module possibly at extra charge before hooking up Small engine magnetos like on a Briggs amp Stratton engine are OK DataMite Mini Control panel with LEDs pushbutton control panel with LEDs is optional Wiring harness with standard wheel RPM sensors Magnets for wheel RPM sensors Serial cable for connecting DataMite to your computer s COM port The larger 30 channel DataMite II
143. ces for Ignition Signal for Engine RPM NOTE Attach yellow wire where Figure says Red Clip Chrysler Ford Non Electronic Attach red clip to clip to terminal terminal connected F S u ai connected to control ee ak to distri unit ON A i buter Attach red Attach red clip to Pr clip to terminal da green connected wire s to distri Oe soy terminal buter GM Intergal Coil HEI GM Seperate Coil HEI 4 cyl amp in line 6 cyl Attach red clip to this 1 4 male spade connector Attach red clip to this terminal Attach red of Permanently clip to gt w attach test this 5 connector wire s o ie to this wire terminal o N for a term inal to connect the red clip 188 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies 189 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies 190 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Appendix 3 Troubleshooting Data Should you encounter problems recording data or obtain unusual results from your recorded data check the suggestions below No Data Recorded First check if data signals are coming to the DataMite by running the Setup Mode discussed on page 186 Based on what you find try the following DataMite Not Going Into Setup Mode 4 channel DataMite Only Check DataMite power Do any of th
144. ch folder separately and can save time Click on this button to return to the File Open menu which will now only show files which fit the Filter Conditions Select And and the Test Files displayed must fit both conditions specified Select Or and the Test Files displayed can fit either of the conditions specified The settings in this screen will display all test files with the word BowTie or bowtie or BOWTIE somewhere in the test comments and with a Dry Density Altitude between 1000 and 4000 ft calculated from weather info in the Track Conds menu 113 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output B a SSS DEE F h The Filter Feature is very useful for finding a specific test or to find all the tests which meet a certain set of conditions For example say you want to find a test that Operator Jack ran for Customer Smith on a Big Block Chevy engine Or say you want to check on all tests run with Weber carbs where Weber would be in the Carb description in the Engine Specs menu Or perhaps you want to find all Small Block Chevys that produced more than 700 HP In all these cases the filtering specs would allow you to find the test files First you must select the condition you want to look for by clicking on the down arrow button on the This comment or spec box Your choice of this spec will determine what the Has this relationship options are and what specs can
145. ck or cloth covering the bulb which is moistened with water The dryer the air the greater the difference between the wet and dry bulb readings Relative humidity or dew point can be manually read off a Psychometric chart from these two readings This calculation replaces reading the chart The Wet Bulb Temp must be less than the Dry Bulb Temp 63 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 2 8 5 Weight Percents Figure 2 41 Weight Percents Menu w Calc 4 Wt on Rear Tires This Calculation Menu is available at the Suspension Log Book screen where you click on the Clc button next to the Weight Calc Rear Weight 3 34 inputs When enough inputs have been entered it shows Weight Cale Left Weight s which can be copied back to the Vehicle Specs menu by clicking on Use Calc Values the Current Vehicle Weight in the Calc Cross Weight 4 20 Vehicle specs menu for comparison and the new Vehicle Current Vehicle Wt Ibs 195 Weight based on the 4 corner weights entered into this menu Veh Wk from these Inputs lbs 195 The weight measurements should be taken with the driver in the car all fluid and fuel levels in race condition and on a very flat Vehicle Weights surface Left Front Weight Ibs Right Front Weight Ibs Left Front Weight Ibs Left Rear Weight Ibs Right Front Weight Ibs Right Rear Weight Ibs Left Rear Weight Ibs Right Rear Weight Ibs Hote These weig
146. cking on File at the top left of the Main Screen then selecting New You will then be presented with the screen shown in Figure 2 44 The New Test command is the only way to get a recorded data set race or test session from the DataMite See Example 4 1 and 4 2 for more details on the New Test menu When starting a New Test it is usually best to first Open a previous test which is similar to the New Test you will be running similar Vehicle specs similar Test Conditions and Similar Test Comments This previous test will then be the pattern or template for the New Test and will save you from having to type in many specs to describe this New Test This also ensures consistency between your tests and reduces the possibility of errors Important The DataMite Specs for the new test will be from the current Master DataMite which should match your current DataMite setup This will be the same no matter what previous test you are starting from If the current test is not a good pattern for this new test you can abort Figure 2 44 New Test Menu 6 Critical specs for the new test are listed here at the top Click here to start a New Test based on these settings and start downloading data from the DataMite w Starting a New Test Get Data start new test Chri h Cancel don t start new test lt Esc gt Current Readings Help Track E vent Season Opener Wisconsin Folder Hame for Run Add
147. cle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions ee ___ _______Y_y _HZySyNf _ydf__Jd _fo HH __________ _________ ________ ___ _______ __ Troubleshoot These options let you troubleshoot problems you may be having with your DataMite or DataMite II Usually you will be requested to try these from a Performance Trends technician when doing diagnostics These are covered in Appendix 3 in Troubleshooting Help Click on Help for help on this screen 47 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 48 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 2 6 Vehicle Specs The specs shown in Figure 2 26 describe the vehicle which produced the data These specs are used to do many of the calculations Nearly all data calculated from wheel engine or driveshaft RPM inputs depend on these specs being correct These data include Clutch Slip Converter Slip Tire Slip Calc Gear Ratio Tire Growth O Calculated from accelerometer data or front wheel RPM whichever is available Therefore if the raw RPM data looks correct but one of these calculated outputs does not double check these Vehicle Specs Figure 2 26 Vehicle Specs Menu Click on File then e New to blank out this screen Open Example to a Vehicle Specs Untitled pick an example vehicle provided with Back File Help E the program Vehicle Spec
148. cle Track run It is recommend you becoming very familiar with the Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer before starting real tests Points to consider include e Be sure your DataMite is installed correctly is recording data properly See Appendix 2 e Review the proper procedure for recording a run as outlined in Example 4 1 e Become familiar with how to validate your data to ensure the raw data that was recorded is correct as shown in Example 4 1 and Appendix 3 Troubleshooting 12 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 3 Explanation of Sections of Typical Menu General Engine Specs menu from Log Book shown which is only available in the Pro version w General Engine Notes 400 CID bored O60 ort Blow Cam amp Heads FPE 4 ftroke 7 Bore Head s Heads Up tuxxx casting 16 I Rod Lengih 6 625 CR cicl Webs Fae Prao Lest Names of component specs Click on them for a description in the Help frame at the bottom of this screen Name of component file displayed in this menu Standard text entry box where you can type in a number for a spec For many others in this screen like Head s Cam etc you can type in most any descriptive words you want or leave them blank These can be useful comments for describing how this engine was built or modified for this particular circle track or road race run Drop down combo box not shown here
149. computers to this folder directory and they will be found by the program The Windows Version 2 0 will read files produced with the older DOS v1 1 or 1 2 Just copy them into a folder under the DIMDATA folder other than the Examples folder The Save to Floppy and Open From Floppy commands discussed on page 18 are an alternate perhaps easier way to copy files from one computer to another The method of saving an Engine file is exactly the same as complete Test Files except that you access the Save menu by clicking on File at the top of these individual menus as shown in Figure 3 29 These files are saved to the ENGINE folder subdirectory Advance Open or Save Screen Figure 3 34 Advanced Open or Save Screen If you click on the Advanced Tepe button in either the Open or Save As screen you will obtain the File name Folderz screen shown in Figure 3 34 d ybwin cam a_ examples From here you can access most any _ Cancel file on the computer on most any p ea oy d5 T 3 1 vbw disk drive cen pi sy bwin Network 3 Cam anzr j camdata examples tdrag _pti Read only List files of type Drives All Files d Tips to Advanced Users DataMite test files actually consist of 3 files 1 DAT file which is the recorded DataMite data 2 CFG file which is the configuration file including DataMite specs Vehicle Specs Engine Specs etc 3 LAP file which is the Lap or Run file
150. conditions and this is the jetting you want the program to match for different weather conditions 32 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Jet Suggestions are only possible if e You enter the correct weather conditions for the current run and some Comparison run e You have selected a Comparison or Baseline run in this case Sequence 282 in the Run Log The Run Log is the list of runs down the left side of the Main Screen You can click on the details button at the top of this list to see more details about each run One of the columns is called Sequence Number and is the programs assignment of a sequential number for each run downloaded from the DataMite This number should be unique for each run The file name for this Sequence 1s also displayed in the File box See Section 3 9 Run Log page 123 for information of the Sequence e The Fuel System settings type of carb for example for the current run and the Baseline run are the same Figure 2 11 shows that Comparison run 282 had 78 jets Holley Jet with a Dry Density Altitude of 2717 ft For the current run you kept the 78 jets when you ran in a Dry Density Altitude of 4217 ft but the program would have recommended 77 jets instead Figure 2 12 Mechanical Checks in Engine Details Back ok File Help Leakdown was Fuel Metering Mechanical Checks Other Checks not checked so Mecha
151. could also specify Cylinders as 2 and Engine Type as 4 Stroke to obtain the same RPM data Notes on RPM Data Engine RPM as with most of the other RPMs is not going to be off just a little bit It will be off a lot if you put in the wrong calibration specs For example if you put in Cylinders as 1 and Engine Type as 4 Stroke for the Briggs example above you would obtain RPMs exactly double what they should be If you should read 5000 RPM you would read 10 000 RPM if you should read 3000 RPM you would read 6000 RPM etc Therefore it is easy to find errors in calibration You may have to adjust these inputs to make the Engine RPM read correctly It is recommended that you only change the Engine Type or drop the Cylinders by one half then one half again This means on a V 8 you might try 4 cylinders half or 2 cylinders half again but not 7 5 or 3 cylinders If you think the recorded RPM is off only a little bit you think you should read 5000 RPM but actually read 5200 RPM the DataMite is probably correct and your other measurement system is probably wrong The recorded and downloaded DataMite data 1s much faster responding and more accurate than typical tachometers Other RPM Calibrations Figure 2 22 Sensor Pick the source of the RPM data This can be very critical for calculated results like MPH distance acceleration rate clutch slip etc The choices for this sensor include e Front Wheel RPM which is used f
152. cs YAMAHA File Edt G Back File Help Eng Hew Engine ETE Dea E ane Ernane Blueprinted Yamaha a Open Engine Click on File in some sA lN Sho Save Engine Cam esde menus Main Menu ___ Headts Log Book etc to Print y ID PEHE Cam display these Print ma Print Seip veo Foe APR eel Options Pan Ted Block star ee ar er AA Al Other Print Options l l p Figure 3 30 Print Button Other menus have print menu commands de ae x or print buttons as shown in Figures 3 29 e PE eee and 3 30 Graphs have their own set of Caled gear ratio Clutch converter slip print options See Section 3 3 Dea ia o Observed flywheel HP Corrected flywheel torque Corrected flywheel HP Other Graph Specs Time or RPH Graph RPH Many screens and menus Filtering Light some Hotes Data Selected to Graph 4 types masi Corrected flywheel torque Corrected flywheel HP El What to Graph Just Power Runt have a Print button Click El on it to print that particular screen or menu Hake Graph Help Cancel P nt 108 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 3 5 Data Libraries The Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer allows you to save recorded DataMite Data and related specs Vehicle Specs Track Conds etc to the Test File Library under a name of your choosing You can then open these test files o
153. cs and the current cylinder volume based on the current Bore and Stroke in the Engine menu See page 59 for general notes on Calculation Menus and for an example of their use The equation for Compression Ratio depends on the cylinder displacement swept volume This displacement is based on the current Bore and Stroke in the Engine menu and is displayed in the Notes section at the bottom of this menu Make sure these specs match the engine for which you are calculating Compression Ratio before using this menu 59 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Chamber Specs Chamber CCs in Head Is the combustion chamber volume in the cylinder head measured in cubic centimeters This is the value obtained if the heads are cc d If you know the entire clearance volume of the cylinder but do not know Piston Dome CCs Gasket Thickness or Deck Height Clearance enter that volume here as Chamber CCs in Head Then enter 0 for Piston Dome CCs Gasket Thickness and Deck Height Clearance The program will calculate compression ratio based on the equation below where Clearance Volume is the Chamber CCs in Head Compression Ratio Clearance Volume Swept Volume Clearance Volume Piston Dome CCs Is the volume of the pop up in the piston measured in cubic centimeters The pop up is the volume of piston material added to the top of a flat top piston If the piston has a dish depression e
154. d shown in F test Lap Time Figure 13 Track Weather Conditions EA eee oleae 3 The LAP file Method of Reading Weather Data Position Lap aii 89 59 l D on eee MP any Spec OF p06 Analyzer uses ind Directio From Noth name and a brief determine Air Temperature deg F Help description Help is given here in where each run Dew Point deg F Observed bafometer reading in inches of mercury th H elp Frame starts and stops Eevan te D eaedem pat with a page i this manual for you may have Density Altitude ft additional info recorded 345 Dry Density Altitude ft seconds of time for a run the actual laps which the DataMite Analyzer found may start 13 050 seconds with the 1 lap ending at 23 23 seconds the 2 lap ending at 43 65 seconds etc approximately 20 second laps This is explained in Section 3 5 Data Libraries Click on the Test Conditions command to obtain a menu as shown in Figure 1 6 The Type setting in the upper right corner is critical for easy data analysis Your choices are either Circle Track Laps Road Race Laps or Custom This one setting is what determines if your run will be analyzed as a Road Race or a Circle Track Race Other specs are used for calculating certain outputs like corrected torque and HP etc and they are useful descriptions to remind you of what this test run was in the future Many of the input specifications you see in the various menus may not be familiar to
155. d height may be with 3 inches of compression At static ride height you probably want the sensor to read 0 and not 3 This can be easily accomplished by entering the Correction factor of 3 to subtract 3 inches from the original reading Or with the car Volts 5 at ride height you can simply click on the Read button next to the Correction input See Figure 5 8 New calibration w correction 0 5 volts 3 to 5 inches so 3 inches compression of sensor at ride height 0 204 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Figure A5 8 Process of Using the Read Button for the Correction Factor Do Conection Reading x ou can simply type in how much you want the program to Corect the reading For esample to have a thermocouple read 5 degrees warmer than tt curently reads you can enter a Corrector 5 higher than the curent Correction For esample if the curent Correction was 2 adjusting the temperature DOWN 2 degrees and you want it to read 5 degrees higher than it currently is 4 5 3 you Would enter s as the Corecton Then you would not need to read the DataMite and could press lt No gt now and just enter a new Correction To have the program read the D atablite s signal and come up with a Correction you must know what the signal should be reading right now The program will ask for that number after it reads the sengor like 70 deg for a
156. ders E l EEEE File Folder 5 19 99 3 23 PM ss eeeiles tala Wes SGI Combo File Folder 57 19 99 3 23 PM of options E aesmp File Folder 5719799 3 24 FPM EEE E ngine le Folde m Falem Fes BPa PEA S m La Click on Copy Head File Folder 5719799 3 24 PM to copy the tF fadat File Folder 5719799 3 24 PM Fhe E Text File Folder 5 19 99 3 23 PM entire contents Eoi engine File Folder 5 19 99 3 24 PM of the head File Folder 5 19 99 3 24 PM DTMDATA Create Shortcut aaa m mm f id th 2 a oiaer e Explorer Dast LFE Exe Rename entire test file Properties oe DO NOT click on T Exploring pfa30 D lid Cut rag silae l File Edit Wiew Go Favorites Tools AT Dar A the Right click on a lacie the Flo gt ab top of the Mu Computer bk Explore DOF driva H Back Prine Up G list to find Open TS n Find Less Address C perttrns ptyprasl A a i your Backup F AIF alder Floppy disk Copy Disk Then click on i Add to Zi EA Desktop drive Paste to paste Eh My Computer usually A neat ee ee whatever you gt lopps eee copied in this E AOL Instant Messenger Paste example the Create Shortcut entire Properties DTMDATA n ENN folder to the H Aol25 a a Dim Bs fae ee Messenger disk in the 0 ac i Floppy drive 198 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies se ______________________________ VNTTYN N __JYY_ SS _______________________ __ ____ Now you must
157. down arrow button to pick a type of coupling between the engine and transmission or drive axle if no transmission either a friction clutch or torque converter This affects how the program checks for transmission shifts etc Efficiency Efficiency of the transmission The lower the number the more HP the transmission wastes Click on down arrow button to pick a value or pick Program will estimate if you are not sure 1st 6th Gear Ratio Gear ratio of transmission gear 1 If you are not sure pick an example transmission If your transmission is not listed pick one with the same of gears Engine Specs Engine Size cubic inches Pro Version Only Engine Size in cubic inches which is used to improve accuracy in calculating Torque and HP This information is contained in the Log Book specs under Engine General Notes This value can not be changed in this screen but only in the Log Book General Engine Notes screen Primary Gear Reduction Gear Ratio between engine crankshaft and clutch typically found only on some motorcycles Click on Cle button to calculate from number of gear teeth 52 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 2 Current Readings This screen displays the current readings of selected channels from the DataMite Some channels are displayed on the two gauges All channels are shown in the boxes below the gauges For the DataMite II there are o
158. driver really did something different at that point in time and it is not a problem with the sensors All the raw data graphed here except the artificially inserted noise to illustrate certain points looks quite good Therefore you can have good confidence in the calculated results like tire slip distance traveled friction circle track map etc Most of these calculated outputs appear farther down the list of Data Types in the Graph Menu Click on Graph Type at the top of the Graph Screen and select to graph Tire Slip Corrected Flywheel HP and RF Shock Velocity Change the Filtering to Heavy as HP and Shock Velocity can be rather jumpy and What to Graph to Just Lap 1 See Figure 4 22 With these changes click on Make Graph button and you will obtain a graph shown in Figure 4 23 Figure 4 23 also shows how you can zoom in on a particular area or bring up the vertical cursor line to pin point values on the graph For more details on other graph options check Example 4 2 Analyzing Data Figure 4 22 Graph Data to Create Graph in Figure 4 23 CT x Observed flywheel HP Corrected flywheel torque Corrected flywheel HP Observed road tire torque Observed road tire HP Corr road tire torque Corr road tire HP RF Shock Yelocity Other Graph Properties Pick Individual Chi What to Graph justLap 1 gt Rianne MITERSMaEee ioe Notes Data Selected to Graph 8 types man Tire slip Corrected
159. ds Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Figure 4 21 Overlaying Graphs from Several Laps Enter Runts es Enter the run Hs to be Graphed separated by a comma up to 4 max For example to Graph runs 1 and 3 enter Tapez lees the screen to the left where you can enter the individual laps to graph for this run 7 Click in the Graph Laps column to bring up 12 3 4 5 i Test History Oj x Graph Tests Marked res Graph Current Test Only Clear erase En Frint ay lle and Path Std Graph Title O02 srmnonte carlo 01 cg monte carlo 01 1 a 3 2003 TE Track Laps as Shuthen 600 un04 6b w switch chg B00 jun04 6b w 1 06152004 Custom no i 2379 estlate model example ctg late model example 5 08 13 2003 Circle Track Lape i 2565 Wear 2Q02 monte carlo 2 chg Monte Carlo 2 1 0624 2004 Custom no i i 2565 Ne rnonte carlo 1 chg Monte Carlo 1 1 06 24 2004 Custom no i 2565 junkO45 Custom no 06 23 2004 Type Not Used unk unkltzera Click here to make graph 06 23 2004 Type Not Used eee shown below of the individual Soe Type Mot Used utton right for more History info laps overlaying each other w DataMite Analyzer 3 2 monte carlo 01 CFG x Back File Format View Graph Type AddTest HistoryLog Single Test Help BEG BN eee Mer iie iar LF Shock vs Time Click here or here to dani oe ete ec osen S oe oe eae ee eee monte carlo 01 1 bring up History Log l Shock T EEEE
160. e This section shows relative engine RPM on the Tach Gauge and relative vehicle speed on the bar graph Time 5 430 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output The 5 sections at the bottom of the graph consist of from right to left as identified in Table 3 2 Table 3 2 Graph Track Map Sections Track Map The Track Map is described in detail in Section 3 10 If you click on a point on the map then the circular cursor identifying that point is drawn on the map At the same time a corresponding cursor is drawn on the Friction Circle for the same point and a vertical cursor line is drawn on the graph The values of the graph at the cursor are shown in the legend at the right side of the graph Friction Circle The Friction Circle is described in detail in Section 3 10 If you click on a point on the friction circle then the circular cursor identifying that point is drawn on the friction circle At the same time a corresponding cursor is drawn on the Track Map for the same point and a vertical cursor line is drawn on the graph The values of the graph at the cursor are shown in the legend at the right side of the graph Steering Throttle This section shows the relative brake throttle and steering wheel position and Brake motion These signals are what ever you have assigned as Brake Throttle and Steering in the DataMite specs If the steering whe
161. e Slide Button down to 1 33 6 000 5397 977 DG 1 18 6 500 5495 979 D6 view more rows of data if any 1 35 7 000 5511 995 D6 zT 1 1 72 7 500 5663 1017 l DG AB 00 10 1 25 5 000 5906 1050 O86 60 03 02 1 46 8 500 6127 1088 D6 60 02 10 1 45 9 000 6296 1132 DG 46 OF 39 1 61 9 500 E524 1180 D6 50 OF 18 1 13 10 000 6756 1227 l DG A 14 OF 50 10 500 6979 1276 D6 40 er 09 BG 11 000 7236 1315 i D6 46 25 04 56 11 500 7368 1352 16 16 74 12 000 7169 i Sli Sli B lef iah i o0 17 54 ide Slide Button left or right to view 12 500 EBZ 1293 35 00 7G 13 000 A B 1217 more columns of data if any 55 15 1 03 13 500 JZ e089 1147 54 08 98 14 000 f 5746 1080 zs 49 14 1 06 14 500 f 5455 1017 36 wn 65 15 000 f 5333 5979 16 48 55 15 500 S 538 975 12 22 1 24 16 000 YY 5494 985 03 4 E 5596 999 D 25 a oF C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Figure 3 4 Comparison Report of 3 Runs or Laps These 3 Menu Items control what types of Comparison Reports are i Road Race amp Cicle Track DataMite v3 20 Peiiormarce trends late model example 02 CFG Fy Back Print Report Types File History Log Single Test Multiple Tests Help F1 l f Type Circle Tlack Laps 207 Show Data Only nt Season Opener done Click on single Comments Tk Len 2649 Drsty y Show Data and Difference onsen Test to just report for the Fun
162. e LED lights come on in the control panel Note that it may take 5 seconds or more on 128K systems 10 seconds or more on 512K systems for an LED to light after turning power On If not e First press the Clear Memory button and wait at least 20 seconds to see if an LED will light e Check that the power switch if you installed one is turned On e Check that your power supply is On or plugged in Plug something else into that outlet a light or radio to make sure there is power there Press the red Clear Memory button momentarily once The Record LED should go Off then come On Press the yellow Record button momentarily several times waiting about 5 seconds each time The Record LED should switch between Off and On If this does not happen as described call Performance Trends If the Record LED does switch Off and On try the Setup Mode again Be sure to hold the yellow Record button down for 5 10 seconds During the middle of this time quickly press and release the red Clear Memory key Try this up to 10 times to be sure the problem is consistent Ifthe problem persists call Performance Trends See if the DataMite has an internal problem Run the trouble shooting options in the DataMite screen Figure 3 1 DataMite Troubleshooting Options in Program Click here for Check Com im Checking Com Port troubleshooting options Ports Screen Bend 4 paper clip into a U and insert the ends into socket 2 and 3 as shown below A Drag Race Dat
163. e Sgalysis and divide data into laps ensity Alt 2565 ft Cicle Track Laps Since there IS shock xd stena travel sensors the OW ni aon m e n a S o Click on Vehicle to set Dat up Vehicle Specs to a match your vehicle M fi 94 j measurements and 93 settings 1 D 102 Click on DataMite to set up the DataMite Specs to match your sensors for particular channels These current results are from the last run you were working with This is identified by the name in square brackets at the top of the screen in this case Late Model Example 139 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Icon on your desktop Each time you start the Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer the program will put you back to precisely where you were when you last quit the program displaying the same Current Test as when you shut down When you first get the program this will be for some test Performance Trends was working with at the factory You should obtain a Main Screen as shown in Figure 4 4 where Late Model Example is the Current Test Click on DataMite at the top of the Main Screen to open the DataMite Specs menu shown in Figure 4 3 There will already be specs in this menu which are the DataMite settings used when test Late Model Example was run You will change these specs to match your DataMite Put a Yes in each row
164. e Trends late model example CFG File Edt Graph Report Track Conds LogBook DataMite Wehicle Preferences Help Send New get data from DataMite Ctrl h Lap 3 Open from all saved tests Ctrl 0 Open from History Log Hace Comments Cave URE Super Late Model 1 2 Mile Flat Track a Help Click on one of the Tabs Asphalt 2003 Lefthander Monte Carlo g here to change to a different run save As Cirle Example of DataMite Il Circle Track data using its built in accelerometers and optional lap timer Open trom Floppy CO Drive M s Drive i beacon to do track mapping and Friction circle Save to Floppy CDO Drive M Drivel analysis and divide data into laps Make Track Map Friction Circle If you select Track Map the program will build a map of the circuit the Figure 3 51 Typical Track vehicle has run based on the F B long Accel and L R lat Accel channel data You must have these channels turned on in the DataMite Specs screen Map for Circle Track Laps for this to be possible Also you must have the DataMite IJ mounted in the correct orientation for the built in accelerometers to record this data correctly 0 x If you have a 4 channel DataMite you must mount the Analog Converter with Animate File Segments Accelerometer s correctly These mounting instructions will be included with a your hardware Also see Appendix 2 Figure 3 51 shows several of the features available for viewing the Track Map and for assigni
165. e details Allow Engine RPM up to 60000 RPM Select Yes to allow the Engine RPMs to be calculated up to 60 000 RPM With this set to No Engine RPMs are limited to around 30 000 RPM Do not choose Yes unless it is really needed as you may find other limitations to your analysis Config DataMite II for Engine PPR This setting has a minor fine tuning effect on how the DataMite II determines accurate engine RPM Typically this should be set to Yes unless directed to do otherwise by Performance Trends 24 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Operation Tab When Getting New Data from DataMite Pro Version Only Automatically Filter Out Noise Pro Version Only Choose Yes for Automatically Edit Out Noise and the program will automatically remove noise spikes from each new test you record from the DataMite This is good for beginners Choosing No can be useful to troubleshoot the source of the noise Display Run Summary Pro Version Only Choose Yes for Display Run Summary and the program automatically shows a summary of how it divided a test into different runs This is good for beginners Choosing No can save time by eliminating extra screens when getting downloading data from the DataMite Warn if Changing Run Numbers Pro Version Only The DataMite program will generate Run Numbers based on the order you have downloaded them from DataMite and the current Run Number
166. e from start in ft Lap or Run Transmission gear Lap time in seconds Observed flywheel torque ia DataMite Analyzer v3 2 TQ HP1 CFG Observed flywheel HP Back File Format View GraphType AddTest HistoryLog Single Test Help Corrected flywheel torque Corrected flywheel HP Other Graph Properties Tre STC Time RPM Distance RPM Histogram RPM Increment i000 gt Notes Data Selected to Graph 8 types max Corrected flywheel torque Corrected flywheel HP L j j j I Hake Graph Help Cancel Print 1200 1800 2400 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400 6000 660C ppm Table 4 1 Comparison of DataMite Results with Factory Rating S Factory Rating From Figure 4 37 using cursor Corr Flywheel Torque 285 ft Ibs 3500 RPM 279 6 ft lbs 3450 Corr Flywheel HP 215 HP 4400 RPM 209 5 HP 4450 Some points concerning Figure 4 44 and Table 4 1 include e These plots are of Corrected torque and HP That means they use the specs in the Test Race Conditions to calculate a correction factor which has a major effect on the results If you accurately enter Test Race Conditions for this run and for your future runs Corrected torque and HP will make better comparisons of your modifications That is because Corrected torque and HP should correct for any change in performance due to weather Any change you see in performance should then be due to a real change in the engine not simply weather changes Table 4 1 shows
167. e interested in You can leave most all entries blank 1f you wish Figure 2 10 Main Log Book Screen You can branch out from this screen to other more detailed Log Book screens by clicking on these menu items im Log Book Back File Engine Suspension UserDetined Help Race Details Wining Driver ar Driver Name joeJohnson a Feature Winning Time Track Length it 2640 1 2 Mile My Excuse F astest Lap Time sec Help Items you are not Position L ap MPH Enter the name of the track and a description af interested in or that oe EuT event Click on the down arrow Button to pick fy do not apply to you T rack Condition Just dried up oil leak Track amp Events you have entered in the past f can be left blank Corner Banking deg DE Banking on Straights deg a If some data is not already listed in these Log Book Screens you can add them here as User Defined records From the main Log Book screen shown above you can branch out to 4 other Log Book Details screens shown in this section Some important notes about the Log Book entries include e The Log Book entries are for your information only You need not enter anything in the Log Book ever e The entries of Track Length Fastest Lap Time Position and Lap MPH in the Log Book main screen are linked to the Track Length Fastest Lap Time Position and Lap MPH entries in the Track Conds screen If you change them in one screen they are automatically changed in t
168. e lower section called Analog Sensor Specs becomes enabled See Analog Sensor Specs on the next page Multiplier If you selected Other RPM as the Sensor then the Multiplier spec becomes enabled This allows you to multiply this RPM by some number Often this is used by motorcycle racers who multiply clutch RPM by the gear reduction between the engine and the clutch This allows them to see when Engine RPM matches multiplied clutch RPM then they have zero Clutch slip Data Name This is the Data Name shown in Column 4 of the Channel Settings grid of the main DataMite screen shown in Figure 2 20 on page 38 You can change the name here in this screen or by clicking on the name in the Channel Settings grid and entering a new name there 42 Figure 2 22 Sensor and Calibration Screen Other RPM Channels Other RPH Specs Calib Other RPM 1 Magnet x 2 2 RPH Sensor Specs Sensor Other RPM Magnets Multiplier D ata Hame Clutch RPH Analog Sensor Specs Ist Value freq hz Resa O and Value freq hz _Read Hote Fick the location of the sensor and of magnets for hargets if a different type of sensor is being used on the rotating component Keep Specs Help Cancel Print Screen for Analog Converter Pick Analog Converter as Sensor Other RPH Specs RPH Sensor Specs Sensor Sensor Type Std 0 15 PS Std 0 70 PS Std Thermocouple Std 0 5 Wolts no Torque ft l
169. e sequential Lap Number more useful for road racing data sets 81 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Transmission Gear Is the transmission gear the analysis believes the transmission is in based on Gear the calculated Gear Ratio and the Trans Gear Ratios entered in the Vehicle Specs The time from beginning to end of each lap Laps can be determined by Lap Beacon Timers or automatically but less accurately by the program itself Observed Obs Tq Is the observed uncorrected torque the program estimates to be at the flywheel torque flywheel under steady state non accelerating conditions This is estimated to be similar to what an engine dyno would measure The program makes estimates of driveline and inertia losses to arrive at this number Is the observed uncorrected horsepower calculated from Observed flywheel flywheel HP torque above See Observed flywheel torque above Corrected Corr Tq Is the Observed flywheel torque described above corrected for weather flywheel torque conditions Corrected torque should be more repeatable from day to day even if weather conditions change if you enter accurate weather conditions in the Test Conditions menu for each test In the Pro version you can select what standard conditions to correct the data to flywheel HP see Corrected flywheel torque above Road torque HP Obs RoadTq Is the same as the Flywheel numbers above except
170. e the current test file in the Library unchanged then click on the suggested file name and modify it as you want For example in the window shown above you may want to add 2 to the current name CAMTEST to create CAMTEST 2 to indicate this is the 2nd revision of CAMTEST This is the safest way to make changes because you can always return to an earlier version and see what you had done The test name must have a CFG extension That means that the test name can be most any name of up to 8 characters or numbers but it must end with the 4 characters CFG If you do not add the CFG to the name itself it will be added to the name by the program Because the DataMite is a 32 bit program not compatible with the older Windows 3 1 it can use most any type of file name The names can be up to 50 characters long and can include spaces and upper case and lower case letters However there are certain limitations for file names as they can not contain certain characters like gt lt 2 The program will warn you if you use an illegal character 111 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output E SSS TT DTS BS a aS aS SS a La SSS aaa EEE Test files are saved to folders directories you have created in the DIMDATA folder directory in the DTM20 folder directory under PERFTRNS PTI folder directory You can copy Windows Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer files from programs on other
171. eady typed in this strip s name The same can be done for Run Description Figure 4 42 New Test Screen Filled Out for First Power Run w Starting a New Test Start Mew Test Cancel don t start new test Curent Readings Help Folder File Name for Track E vent Testing at Milan eee Add Type of Test New Test Run Run Description New Test Stack Condition Power Runs Meas Tq HP from Pick Which Specs to Keep based on current file H1 CFG DataMite See Specs Type 4 Channel DataMite Vehicle See Specs Vehicle File 96 Mustang YWeh Wl S650 lbs Final Drive Ratio 3 27 Rear Tire Radius 12 5 Front Tire Radius 12 5 Trans Manual Log Book keep most Cee S non changing me Ree Lane Tree Win My AYT Diall OpprtAeT Delap Box inputs Track Conds cap Specs Track Len 1320 ft Dnsky Altitude 1223 ft Air Temp 60 deg F Wind MPH Actual Results MPH ET Keep All Inputs even those likely to change with each run Test Comments Keep this box checked to use comments below for the New Test Note that you can erase and change these comments here Full throttle accelerations in 2nd gear to measure engine torque and HP Stock 1996 4 6L 2 valve Mustang Once a New Testis started you can easily erase or modify any of the specs listed above Any specs not selected to Keep will be mostly blank when you start the New Test You give the new data file the name TQ HP1 and save in a new folder name ca
172. ecorded on the original track The other File command 1s to print the Track Map or to change the Windows Printer setup See Figure 3 54 for more details Figure 3 53 Track Mapping Animate Feature These 2 options change the speed of the animation w Track Map q Animate File Seg lao Faster Go Slower Do Animation When you click on Animate the File Edt Graph EC ma Conds Log Book DataMite Y E program will redraw the Track Map and Friction Circle if that has been Details Lap 1 opened also with a wider gray line 312 Runs Race amp Yehicle Conditions i SO you can watch the progress of the Rui car around the track Bec Animate File Segments Fee Lap 1 Det Rui Foi OO 01 E d Md After you open either the Track Map or Friction Circle screens their icons appear on the Task Bar here Generally to get both these screens to appear on the same screen you may have to single right click on these icons to get both to appear on the screen at one time E AsStar a DTM20 M ff DTM BRM A Road Rac E Track Map 3 Friction CMW 2 ey 2 40PM 127 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Figure 3 54 File Options in Track Map Click on File for the options shown in this Figure If you clicked on Save you will be asked for a name under which to save the curren
173. ect the level of filtering smoothing to be done to the data before the report 1s made None Medium Light some Heavy lots Select the lowest level that eliminates most not all of the jitter in the data Be careful not to over filter as this can completely distort the data The dip seen in the Graphs of Figure 3 13 is real and is due to exhaust tuning effects on this 2 stroke engine Note that the graph with Heavy Filtering has lower Peak values than the graph with Filtering set to None Also note that the dip at 11000 RPM is not as deep with Heavy Filtering This shows how Heavy Filtering can distort the data 92 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Figure 3 13 Examples of Various Levels of Filtering Back File Format View GraphType AddTest History Log Multiple Tests Help da Ee eo Leo ded belo x e Fuview fset seats oe Som te ccd TIY nom 4 Note that the peak is the highest and the valley j is the deepest when filtering is the least in this case None These torque and HP graphs look 14 0 pa nn nnn nnn nn Janno tn nn Epa ereen fairly smooth even with Filtering None so even None would be an acceptable for these TU Reale ee Ane a abe ale win a tne a nie ena pe mh ee nm torque and HP graphs 10 0 Filtering None 4 0 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000 15000 RPM w DataMite Analyzer v2 0 YAM 1000 CFG Fa Bac
174. ed calibrating the sensor This is done in the DataMite screen as described in Section 2 5 In the standard 4 channel DataMite analog sensor signals must be conditioned by an _ 1st Value Analog Converter which converts the analog 1 0 volts 0 Ibs signal into a frequency similar to an RPM signal However as far as you the user are concerned it functions just like an Analog Sensor shown in Figure A5 1 201 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Example of Calibrating a Steering Travel Sensor A Steering Travel Sensor was described in Section 2 9 Itisa variable resistor that measures suspension travel and must be calibrated so that the voltage output means something real like inches of travel As with any calibration you must put at least 2 known inputs into the sensor and then see how the DataMite reads the signal from the sensor These are the 2 combinations mentioned earlier Figure A5 3 Steer Sensor Calibration Points Length with 90 degrees Usually one input is very easy like zero steering or the turning left steering position with the wheels pointed straight ahead The second combination can be a little more complicated You must put a known travel on the sensor The best way to do this is to shorten or elongate the sensor by turning the steering wheel a know amount say 90 degrees left Calibration Procedure 1 Turn on the DataMite to Read
175. eee eee eee ee changes to test information like the Vehicle Specs Test Conds Log Book entries etc However assuming you have not tested a vehicle like this one before you can start this test with whatever the Current Test is As shown in Figure 4 10 There are 6 critical specs at the top which must be filled out or picked If this is the first New Test you have run you just got the program and you had not already entered the Master DataMite specs there would be no summary of the Master DataMite specs You would have to fill out the DataMite Specs before the program would let you start a New Test Filling Out Other Specs other than DataMite Specs to Start a New Test If you want to modify some specs from the previous run click on the See Specs buttons for each category of specs Click on Help at these menus for more info on how to enter these specs Vehicle Specs are quite critical for some calculated results like tire slip clutch or converter slip etc To check these settings click on See Specs button by Vehicle to obtain the screen shown in Figure 4 11 Again these were the Vehicle specs for the Late Model Example test You should enter the specs for your vehicle the Monte Carlo If you didn t know an input say front tire diameter you can click on the Cle button by it to bring up a calculation menu There you can enter the tire specs say for a P225 75 15 or something similar to come up with the correct diameter You can
176. eing recorded goes Off when not recording LED Flashes when data storage memory is 75 full and remains On when memory is full and no more data can be recorded O Record O LED On Recording Flash Setup Mode 2 Data Mite Performance Trends 248 473 9230 Clear Memory LED On Memory Full Flash Nearly Full Figure A 2 8 Keyboard Method of Setup Mode w Current Readings Close back Options Trace Recorder deekie Commend Help Start Recording lt F1 gt Stop Recording lt Fe gt Erase Memon lt F gt Setup Mode check signals lt F4 gt Nest Setup Channel Exit Setup Hext Channel lt F5 gt Push Record button to pause recording data Record LED goes Off Push Record button again to resume data recording Record LED comes back On I Caution Pushing Clear Memory button erases all data stored in DataMite Press lt F4 gt to go into Setup Mode See the large circle change color like the LED would The channel you are checking is shown by a number the number 1 in this case Press lt F5 gt to go to the next channel Exit Setup Mode lt F6 gt 1 oC Eng RPM 4 Cylinder 4 Stoke 3 34 75 AF 1 2 Dyno wheel Apr Install Optical Isolator for this screen to avoid possible computer damage Press lt F6 gt to exit from Setup Mode 187 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Figure A2 9 Alternate Sour
177. el s motion seems to be opposite of what the actual motion is then click on the Options button and you can change it See the explanation below The term relative is used because before this section is drawn the program finds both the maximum and minimum values for the brake throttle and steering channels Then the program auto scales these 2 bar graphs and the steering wheel motion to show good resolution of this movement Shock Movement This section shows the relative position and motion of the shock sensors These signals are what ever you have assigned as RF Shock LF Shock RR Shock and LR Shock in the DataMite specs The assumption for this display is that as the Shock Signal gets larger that the shock is extending getting longer The Red line connects the 2 rear shocks This is a rear view of the car and this line is drawn with a longer line to simulate it is closer to the viewer The 2 front shocks are connected with a shorter blue line This section is good to visualizing general trends but much more detailed results are available in the Suspension Analyzer software See Section 3 8 5 Engine RPM MPH This section shows relative engine RPM on the Tach Gauge and relative vehicle speed on the bar graph There are 4 Option buttons above the Track Map which control this section of the graph These are explained in the Table 3 3 below Table 3 3 Graph Track Map Option Buttons 1 Off Click on the O
178. ell the DataMite box what channels you want recorded at what rate and into how many segments You also tell the DataMite which channels are analog inputs and which are thermocouple inputs Channel Settings Channel This column describes the type of data recorded with this channel like RPM On Off Switch Analog Input etc You can not change what is in this column as this is determined by your choice of the Type of DataMite Used Click on this column to set it to Yes or if it is already Yes to blank it out which means it is not currently being used Data Name Click in this column to bring up a screen which simply asks for a new name for this data channel This name is what will be used on graphs and reports when this channel is graphed or reported Sensor and Calibration If you click in the Sensor and Calibration column you will be presented with one of the screens shown if Figures 2 21 if you click on the top row for Engine RPM or 2 22 for most other rows other RPM channels In each screen you choose from the options below and the calibration description 1s displayed at the top This description is read by the program so it knows how to interpret the DataMite s readings and convert them to engineering units things like RPM degrees F movement in inches etc 40 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Engine RPM Calibration Figure 2
179. em User Specified Max If you set Range to User Specified this spec will be enabled Enter the highest number you want to see on the gauge here The gauge dial is Dial Gauge 2 divided into 6 sections It is less confusing if the difference between the Channel User Specified Max and User Specified Min is evenly divisible by 6 For example if you set User Specified Max to 60 and User Specified Min to Range User Specified Max e 0 each gauge increment will be 10 If you set User Specified Max to 70 User Specified Min jo and User Specified Min to 0 each gauge increment will be 11 67 which is much more confusing Hote Ae gt Fick one of the DataMite channels to be User Specified Min dizplayed on either Gauge 1 or 2 Then select the Range for the display either a If you set Range to User Specified this spec will be enabled Enter the pre programmed range our you can enter your lowest number you want to see on then gauge here The gauge dial is own Custom range divided into 6 sections Itis less confusing if the difference between the User Specified Max and User Specified Min is evenly divisible by 6 For Keep Options Help Cancel Print example if you set User Specified Max to 60 and User Specified Min to 0 each gauge increment will be 10 If you set User Specified Max to 70 and User Specified Min to 0 each gauge increment will be 11 67 which is much more confusing Bar Gauge Settings DataMite II Only Clic
180. en the engine and the clutch which enables the Primary Gear Reduction spec in the Engine Specs section Aerodynamics Type Click on down arrow button to pick a general description of the car s aerodynamics or choose Use Specs Below to enable the aerodynamics specs Then you can type in your own numbers to the specs below These specs only affect torque and HP calculated from acceleration tests Drag Coefficient The coefficient of drag Cd is an engineering term used to describe how aerodynamic a vehicle s exterior design is how easily it slices through the wind A low value for the Cd indicates the car is aerodynamic and requires little power from the engine to overcome wind resistance Many automotive manufacturers now publish the vehicle s Cd in advertising since an aerodynamic car is a more fuel efficient car An aerodynamic car is also a faster car If the actual Cd of a particular vehicle can not be found use Table 2 3 to estimate the Cd for different types of vehicles Use Table 2 4 to estimate how much Cd will change from a modification A more complete list is obtained by selecting one of the examples of Body Details Table 2 3 Estimate Drag Coefficient Cd Best Case vehicle 50 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Table 2 4 Estimate How Modifications Affect Cd and Cl lift ae 7 Open Side Windows vs closed 02 CCCs Open T Top amp Side Windo
181. er critical specs are listed separately at the top 1 File Name for New Test is the file name the program will create for saving the Road Race Circle Track Data for the new test you are starting The program fills in a default name of the current test name but incrementing the last digit in the name by 1 You can change this name to most anything you like The program will warn you if the name entered is not valid and show you what is wrong 2 Run Pro Version Only is the Run for the Log Book and for the Run Log listed down the left side of the Main Screen This is automatically incremented up by 1 by the program but you can change it in this screen Note that this is not based on the Run from the current run on the Main Screen because this could have been from several months ago It is based on the Run Log listed down the left side of the Main Screen which is based on recent runs downloaded from the DataMite See Section 3 9 Run Log 3 Track Event Pro Version Only is the Track amp Event for the Log Book and for the Run Log listed down the left side of the Main Screen This is for information only Click on the down arrow button to its right to change the Track amp Event to one you have already entered or type in a new one and it will be saved 4 Run Description Pro Version Only 1s the Run Description for the Log Book and for the Run Log listed down the left side of the Main Screen This is for information only Click on the down
182. er with a guarantee it produces a certain amount of slip you are better off with the accurate data logger For most testing repeatability is more important Fortunately repeatability is also easier to obtain To Improve Repeatability The most basic thing for improving repeatability is Don t change things This means that you should not tweak Vehicle Specs or DataMite sensor calibrations to make minor improvements Many times the DataMite will record actual difference from run to run caused by difference in the actual vehicle s performance Again the best thing you can do to improve your vehicle s repeatability is to do your preliminary prep exactly the same from run to run and to stop tweaking and making adjustments Adjustments are obviously important for making improvements but not for repeatability 177 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies To Improve Accuracy There are many types of calculations being performed by the Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Their accuracy depends on the following e It 1s critical that the Vehicle Specs in the program be accurate This includes things like gear ratios vehicle weight tire size etc e Corrections can be made for changes in weather conditions to produce Corrected Torque and HP readings It is critical that you accurately enter the weather conditions for each test in the Test Conditions menu
183. es in some situations You l then click on Open button below to open it can click on various folders or whatever name you have given to folders in the Preferences menu at the Main Screen to Cancel Print Open This Highlighted File See if there are any matches in other Click and drag mouse on a file and Folder to select it then click on Open to open it folders Turn Off Filtering Show all files will return you to the Open Test File screen and now all files will be displayed Print List of All Files Fitting These Conditions will search through the entire Test Library all folders in the DTMDATA folder for files matching these conditions and display them in a new screen From this screen you can also print the list This is the quickest way to see which folders may contain test files matching your conditions Tip When looking for a word the program doesn t care if it is in CAPITAL upper case or small lower case letters In Figure 3 32 above you are looking for the word BowTie in the test comments The program will display all files which have the word BowTie or the word BOWTIE or the word bowtie or the word BowTIE anywhere in the comments The program will not find files with the words Bow Tie with a space between Bow and Tie Therefore it may be smarter to just look for the word bow to avoid this problem Note however that if you do this the program will also find tests with the
184. ese are done in reports which can be selected from the Report Options screen shown in Figure 3 5 Lap Summaries Pro Version Only This special report gives either the Average Maximum or Minimum value or combined Average Maximum and Minimum values for all laps for the Data Types you have selected Figure 3 5 Report Options for Lap Summary and Lap Segment Time Analysis Select one of the Lap Summary Report Types You can also select segment Time Analysis and then all Type Lap Summary Qvg h ax hin e ae other options on this screen are Time A Pick Individual Items Channel 14 disabled since that Report Type Lap Summar Averages Channel 15 hat H Lap M animum Channel 16 needs no options Laj Channel 17 Channel 18 Channel 19 eer Range of Data allay For Lap Summary reports you will Starting Distance ft F B accel also pick which Data Types to Ending Distance ft 0000 Lii accel include in the report Your choices Distance Increment t Notes are listed in the Notes section Data to Report 8 tup manj shown here se MM 55 53 Time Engine RPM channel Sheer nclude Averages Throttle mee a aa taAa F Brake Sas ee ia Report Data Basic Report Specs tart Average At Eig oe top Average At L R accel Data reported at each distance Increment not averaged over the increment Hake Report Help Cancel Print Open Edit Save These Settings To obtain comparison reports of 2 or more files
185. esented with new screens to change the disabled in this menu p15 cumrent settings 202 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies In the calibration screen of Figure A5 6 select Analog Converter as the Sensor and Steer as the Sensor Type Steer is a special channel name reserved to let the program know this channel 1s for the steering wheel This channel 1s then used for the steering wheel picture in graph screens and for sending to the Suspension Analyzer program You will notice the lower section called Analog Sensor Specs become enabled 3 Obtain a Zero Reading Position the steering wheel straight ahead You might want to turn the wheel left and right slightly to free up any stiction in the system Type in 0 for the Ist Value engineering units in the calibration screen Then click on the Read button for Ist Value Freq hz and the program will read the signal from the sensor with 0 steering position It will store this reading as the Ist Value Freq hz where you can see it Figure A5 6 Calibration Menu for Torque Sensor Using Analog Converter A Choose Analog Converter as Sensor and Steering as Sensor Type Type in some Data Name like Steer w Other RPH Specs xi Ele ese x Ee er i x a ea _ EEE B Type in O for the 1st Value and click on Read button for program to read sensor at 0 steering position wheel point straight ahead C Type
186. eter Depending on your choice the appropriate inputs are enabled Outside Air Temp deg F Is the outside air temperature when the relative humidity measurement was made For example if the weather service or weather report gives a relative humidity of 56 and a temperature of 68 degrees use 68 degrees This is not the temperature of the air which enters the engine Outside Rel Humidity Is the air s relative humidity as reported by a weather service or measured by humidity instruments Dry Bulb Temp deg F Is the temperature of the dry bulb thermometer on the psychrometer in degrees F This is also the temperature of any thermometer mounted in the shade when the Wet Bulb Temp reading is taken The Dry Bulb Temp must not be less than the Wet Bulb Temp Wet Bulb Temp deg F Is the temperature of the wet bulb thermometer on the psychrometer in degrees F The wet bulb has a wick or cloth covering the bulb which is moistened with water The dryer the air the greater the difference between the wet and dry bulb readings Relative humidity or dew point can be manually read off a Psychometric chart from these two readings This calculation replaces reading the chart The Wet Bulb Temp must be less than the Dry Bulb Temp 62 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 40 Calc Relative Humidity 0 2 8 4 Relative Humidity Calc Relative Humidity Depending on your
187. fave model example 02 CFG oom w Full view Specity Scales axes Show Adjusted Timing w Show Original Timing Reset Timing to Original Timing Timing Shift Size an Tum Cursor On Correction Factors T est Comments Tak eE ER w DataMite Analyzer 3 2 late model example 02 CFG Back File Format View Graph Type Add Test Histor Log Multiple Tests Help Click on View then Track Map Friction Circle More to get the view shown below see Section 3 10 on interpreting the Track Map and Friction Circle results This section shows the relative brake throttle and steering wheel position and motion These signals are what ever you have assigned as Brake Throttle and Steering in the DataMite specs This section shows the relative position and AIAIE lel eb bale Stes motion of the shock sensors The Red line Click on a graph line the Track Map or Friction Circle to have a cursor line drawn and cursor circles drawn on the map and circle for that particular point in time This feature lets you easily find points of interest quickly connects the 2 rear shocks This is a rear view of the car and this line is drawn with a longer line to simulate it is closer to the viewer The 2 front shocks are connected with a shorter blue line This section is good to visualizing general trends but much more detailed results are available in the Suspension Analyzer softwar
188. ff button and these 5 sections will be removed and the graph will go back to full screen 2 Run Click on Run and the cursor position will automatically start to advance around the track and you can get a sense of the motion of all vehicle parameters on these displays Note that the timing of these displays will NOT match what happened on the track If your lap time was 20 seconds a lap could be displayed here as only taking 10 seconds or maybe 40 seconds depending on your computer s processing speed Click on the Options button bring up the Options screen shown in Figure 3 27 Click on help for basic explanation of these options 105 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 106 Figure 3 27 Graph Track Map Options Options Steering Movement isLeft gt Hote These settings change how the Track Map Friction Circle etc are presented Keep Settings Help Cancel Print Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Engine Sound is not working at the time of printing this manual This number changes the scaling of the Friction Circle The higher the number the more likely all data will be displayed but the harder to read the data in detail The program will round this to the nearest 0 5 G C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 3 4 Printer Output The Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer can print the tabular test results of a report for a
189. from the file Usually Engine RPM is the best single channel but you can choose any of the first 4 frequency channels Figure 2 46 Cut Beginning or End of File Screen showing cutting 1 run from a test with 2 runs Click on OK keep this w DataMit Analyzer v3 2 formula yee watkins glenn CFG E x section if you want the OF ke p this section Cancel Erase Outline Help outlined section of the Help Click and Drag Mouse to outline the portion of test to be kept Then click on OF keep this section to keep only the section outlined Click on Erase Outline to erase the current outline so you can draw the outline again test to be saved Engine RPM vs Tim Click and drag mouse from upper left to lower right to draw a frame around the part of the test you want to keep Time sec This option lets you delete portions of the recorded data and keep some main section This is useful as it can create smaller data files saving disk space on your computer or saving time when doing calculations for graphs or reports You can also cut out bad portions of a data set perhaps a section where you spun out A major problem like a spin out can cause problems when the software tries to automatically find laps without a beacon If you save each kept portion to a new file name you can 71 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions actually use this command to break
190. g if several types of data are graphed together Shock travel data is by its nature very jumpy Every bump in the track is recorded and that may not be of interest to you Figure 4 19 shows how you can more accurately evaluate the data quality First just graph 1 channel by only selecting LF Shock as the data to graph in Figure 4 17 Then just graph 1 channel for just 1 lap To graph just 1 lap select 1 Lap 151 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples E SS Ses instead of All Data for What to Graph in Figure 4 17 Then to eliminate some of the jumpiness in the data set Filtering smoothing to Heavy in Figure 4 17 to see more general trends However the first graph in Figure 4 19 also points out that even with all the shock data graphed with no filtering the data all stayed within a fairly small range of motion from 2 4 inches compression to 1 6 inches rise If there had been significant noise or bad data points in the data the range of data graphed would have probably been much larger Figure 4 19 Shock Data Graphs Note that all shock data is graphed within a scale of 2 4 to 1 6 inches which gives confidence there are no significant noise spikes These graphs are auto scaled meaning the program will expand the aeee a scale to fit all data on to the graph screen eE 4S S10 SOO ORR See LF hock RF Shock LR Shock RR Shock WS Time
191. g z Travel sensor Throttle camo3 end value volts Read 3___ for the suspension B Analog 3 F Brake Cetm 5 4 Signal Based On jo 5 Volts 3 Analog 4 pres 00 PSI F LF Shack Correction Read RF Shock RAF Shack LR Shock LA Shock Mote Pick the type of sensor and fill in the Calibration 13 Analog S RA Shock RR shock Specs at necessary for fill in from factory calibration table provided with sensor The Comection factor is meant for an adjustment atter the calibration is complete For example after You have entered the calibration for a shock travel sensor YOU may want to adjust this to read O when the car is at static ride height analysis program Click on most anything in the Channel Settings grid to change tt For Used you will toggle between res and No For Data Name and Sensor and Calibration you will be presented with new screens to change the t settings curent settings Keep Specs Help Cancel Print 5 sas 0 0 z 32 ro Ho 119 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer The Suspension Analyzer can use RF Shock LF Shock RR Shock LR Shock and Steering inputs For the additional channels they must be assigned as Throttle and Brake Engine RPM 1s almost always recorded as is the F B long Accel and L R lat Accel However you must be sure that these channels are turned On put a Yes in the Used column for the data to be available
192. gned in the Preferences menu The folder name Examples is reserved for Performance Trends example tests supplied with the program and can not be used for your tests By clicking on Add New you could enter a new folder name like Year 2002 This folder will be used for all tests you download for the 2002 season As you should do for most all circle track runs you choose the Data Type of Circle Track Runs Road Racers would select Road Race Runs This has more to do with the shape of the track than the type of car Road Race courses are assumed to be irregular with possible right turns where Circle Tracks are assumed to be mostly oval Meas Tq HP from Accel is a special type of test where you do a full power acceleration in trans gear to obtain an engine power curve See Example 4 3 Custom is used for anything else like troubleshooting in the shop with the car up on jacks C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples The New Test screen shouldnow Figure 4 14 Main Screen While Downloading DataMite Data look like Figure 4 13 When you Th are ready to start downloading eat fa Road Race amp Circle Track Date Mite v3 2 Perfo segment for the last data from the DataMite click on File Edit Graph Report Track Conds LogBock DataMite Vehicle Prefere data recorded is Sart New Tost atthetopoftte pa twas hae shown here You nine i 371 Runs eee ee eee can also select to ave not een ente
193. hat after 10 days the program will not do anything other than let you unlock it C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 1 Introduction C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 1 Introduction 1 5 Example to Get You Going To start the Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer click on Start then Programs then Performance Trends and then Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer or click on the Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite icon on your desktop During startup of the program you will be given some introductory tips After these brief introduction screens and questions you will be left at the Main Screen shown below Notice that there is already a circle track run loaded and displayed This is for the last circle track run the program was working with when the program was last shut down If you just got your program this would be an example test which was loaded at the factory The name of the test is shown at the top in square brackets Late Model Example CFG shown in Figure 1 3 Figure 1 3 Main Screen Pro Version Name of A Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite 3 2 Performance Trends Late model Example CFG current vehicle File Edt Graph Report Track Cond LogBook DataMite Vehicle Preferences Help Send you are New get data from D ataMite Ctrl M Lap 2 Lap 3 working with Open from all saved tests Chrl 0 Open from
194. he list shown at the lower Name right of Figure 2 2 The list of tests will Filter find Adani Delete Add then be updated for that Folder To pick Cancel Help Delete Right click in list above for mye Folder Options a test simply click on it from the list of tests then click on the Open button For those familiar with computers Folders are actually subdirectories or folders in the DIMDATA folder The Name Folder can be changed to something else like Track used in the DOS v1 x in the Preferences menu aay Click here to pick a different category or group of tests Folder from which to display a list of Test Files Note these commands and right click commands for editing Folders Notice in Figure 2 1 that a current test name is listed at the top in square brackets This is the file of recorded DataMite data engine data and DataMite and Vehicle settings which are currently saved in the Test Library and are the data and specs you are currently working with If you change the Log Book settings DataMite specs Test Conditions or Vehicle Specs make a graph or report it is for this test file If you click on one of the Menu Commands at the top of the Main Screen you can be presented with a screen of specs Figure 2 3 shows the screen for the Pro version s Engine Specs Figure 2 3 discusses some of the commands to enter or change settings at this menu Before Recording Your First Road Race or Cir
195. he other e The Log Book screens can be printed with reports and you can select which screens See Section 3 4 page 107 e The Log Book screens can be searched using the Filter find option when you use the Open from all saved tests option after clicking on File at the upper left of the Main Screen For example you may want to search for a particular event search for what tire pressure you used at a particular track etc 31 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Naa ee eee eee ee eee e As with most all screens when you click on an input you are given a description of that input in the Help box usually at the bottom of the screen For this reason and because most inputs here are for info only not critical each input is not listed and described in this section Engine Details The Engine Details screen shown in Figure 2 11 is obtained by clicking on More Engine at the top of the main Log Book screen then choosing Engine Details There are 3 tabs at the top which let you choose any of 3 categories of inputs Figure 2 11 Engine Details Log Book Screen Click on these 3 tabs for various sections of the Engine Log Book w Engine Log Book Back ok File Help Jet Suggestions are Fuel Meteting Mechanical Checks Other Checks only possible if you l enter the weather Fuel Delivery conditions for your Comparison Seq H 2072 Fuel System Type Single Holley 75
196. he sensors which are used to transfer information to the Suspension Analyzer the calibrations must be entered as done with the Steering sensor Luckily Performance Trends can provide a calibration sheet for most of these sensors like the 8 inch shock sensor shown in Figure 5 8 Then all you need to do is to obtain a correction factor to zero out the sensor also as shown in Figure 5 8 The process above works well for Linear Sensors A linear sensor is one where if what you are measuring doubles the signal doubles also Some sensors are non linear and then it may be best to use the Sensor Type of Custom user supplies table Figure A5 9 Calibration Table for Non Linear Sensors Choose this Sensor w Other RPH Specs Type for entering a Sensoy Calibration Table calibration table C alib Cstm Cstm Table 1000 0 8 200 9 400 11 Cstm Table 1000 0 8 200 9 400 11 000 0 8 200 3 400 11 Counts Data Counts Data RPH Sensor Specs SS F l AA G Enter pairs of numbers ENZO Analog Converter bd K for the calibration Sensor Type Custom user suppliest ble curve In this case for an Analog Converter the 1 column is in Data Name IRR Shock lt i counts from 0 1000 For the DataMite this Analog Sensor Specs NNN column is typically 0 5 E st Yalue engineering units jo volts E st Value freg hz Head and Yalue engineering units These buttons are used Saale kea bA to more easily fill the 2nd Yalue freg hz
197. her Data Click on the down arrow button of this combo box to be presented with this list of options e Radio TV Report with Rel Hum Radio TV Report with Dew Pt Uncorr Baro with Rel Hum Uncorr Baro with Dew Pt Altimeter with Rel Hum Altimeter with Dew Pt 21 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions If you change the Method the 4 inputs specs in the Weather section are changed or enabled disabled as necessary to represent the new Method In addition all the input specs are adjusted to what they would be with the new Method For example Corr Barometer of 29 3 at an elevation of 1200 feet is converted to 28 03 Obs Barometer with Elevation disabled Elevation is not important when you are using an uncorrected or observed barometer as this type of barometer shows the actual air pressure at the track If you change from Uncorr Baro to Radio TV Report with a Corr Baro the program will ask for an Elevation for the track since this is needed to make the Barometer Correction All these different inputs are explained below Barometric Pressure Corr Barometer Hg This input is used for either Radio TV Report with Rel Hum or Radio TV Report with Dew Pt It is the Corrected Barometric Pressure in inches of Mercury you will hear from most any TV or radio weather report This spec is disabled if you are using an Altimeter because the altimeter alone 1s
198. hniques shown in Figures 4 17 to 4 21 let you confirm that data is good These points to look for include e The laps are very evident by seeing the periodic up and down nature of all data e When you graph All the Data with No Filtering smoothing and the graph is Auto Scaled so all data points are graphed on the screen the range of data is what you would expect like when the Shock Travel Data of Figure 4 19 all fell within a normal range of 2 4 to 1 6 inches e Ifyou see a dip or spike in the data and zoom in on that data the dip or spike is shown to be of a significant number of data points The trend in the dip or spike should also be relatively smooth and not show a sharp corner on the graph Figure 4 20 e Ifyou change the filtering from None to say Medium you should not see a large change in the maximum or minimum values graphed You should not see a large change in the scales picked by the program in the graph is Auto Scaled e Ifyou overlay graphs of the individual laps for a particular race the trends should appear the same from lap to lap If most laps are the same and only 1 or 2 are different that could indicate a problem to be investigated car or driver or a problem with the sensor For example in Figure 4 21 when the shock travel data looks different in lap 5 you could graph the shock data for the other 4 shocks If it also looks different at those points in time for lap 5 it is probably indicating the vehicle or
199. hose individual instructions 2 Determine Signals to Record Both the DataMite and the DataMite II systems are designed to record engine RPM on channel Figure A2 9 gives typical sources for Engine RPM signals for various ignition systems With the Inductive Pickup options you can record spark from a spark plug wire or sometimes with coil on plug ignitions with close placement to the ignition coil with no direct electrical connection to an ignition module or coil For the standard 4 channel DataMite channels 2 3 and 4 are for recording RPMs or can record analog signals like temperatures and pressures with the addition of an optional Analog Converter The 30 channel DataMite II 5 several different types of channels for recording different types of signals 1 RPM Channels 1 5 Selectable Analog Channels 1 16 Preset Analog Channels 17 20 sensors installed inside the main box On Off Switch Channels 1 4 Timer Channels 1 2 ge ee aS All of these 30 channels except the Preset Analog Channels are accessed through the 9 pin Amp connectors at the front of the main box 180 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Figure A2 1A Signal Inputs on Front Panel of DataMite II Preset Analog Channels 17 20 include accelerometers and power voltage and are installed inside the main DataMite II box COOOO OO Analogs Analogs Analogs Analogs Switches amp RPMs 13 16 9 12 5 8 1 4 Timers
200. hown on this main screen Print Other Screens This option gives some general instructions on how to print data from other screens Windows Printer Setup The Windows Printer Setup lets you change your Windows default printer paper orientation etc for printing reports or graphs in other areas of the program Make Track Map Pro Version Only Friction Circle Pro Version Only These 2 options provide for some very useful analysis of handling data These are covered in Section 3 10 Unlock Program Options Figure 2 Menu to Unlock Program Options ez Unlock Form The Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer is Code itto Extend Demo 239235212 equipped with copy protection This ensures that a ael ee legitimate users do not have to cover the costs for l unauthorized distribution of the program When you first Feststered Name Joe amin Cancel receive the program it is in demo mode In demo mode Registered Code tt 14666 you can try either the Basic version or the full Professional version for ten days All features are Pie code 1 p EE tep working in demo mode Click on Help for more info on how you use this screen to unlock this program Sometime during those 10 days you must call Performance Trends to obtain an Unlocking Code This Unlocking Code will be for either the Basic version or the Pro Version whichever you have purchased Before you call Performance Trends you should get your registered code number and com
201. hts should all be obtained with driver In vehicle on a ver FLAT surface Are the weights on the respective tire in lbs When you first open this menu these are filled in with the corner weights which produce the Weight s for the Vehicle Weight currently entered se Geile eme ael Pelaz Ful in the Vehicle Specs menu If you use the new weight s from this menu and the New Vehicle Weight is significantly different from the current vehicle weight you will be asked if you want to load the New Vehicle Weight into the Vehicle Specs menu also 2 8 6 Frontal Area Figure 2 42 Calc Frontal Area Calc Frontal Area sq ft x This calculation is available from the Vehicle Specs menu and allows you teen Bi E to estimate a vehicle s frontal area Calc Frontal Area sq ft Track Width inches Yehicle Dimensions Track Width inches Is the distance from the center of one front tire to the center of the other R oof Height inches front tire This value is initially set to the Rear Track Width in the Body and Axle specs menu but can be changed to most anything you want Hote This calculation is only an approximation of Frontal Area based on 2 easily obtained measurements For most situations MPH less than 150 Frontal Area will not have a lange effect Roof Height inches on performance and this approximation is adequate The distance in inches from the ground to highest portion of the roof or vehicle in inches which extends nearl
202. ice in Figure 4 35 that the dip is in the 6 segment the only slow segment in Lap 3 and the steering wheel is indeed turned right Important To get the Track Map Friction Circle etc to display results for Lap 3 you must only graph Lap 3 This is done by choosing Just Lap 3 in the Graph Specs screen shown in Figure 4 30 Further Analysis Figure 4 35 also shows you a Run button above the Track Map If you click on Run the cursor on the graph screen and circle cursors on the Track Map and Friction Circle will advance from the current cursor location to the end of the graph If you want to watch an entire lap be sure the cursor is either turned Off or all the way to the right on the graph The Options button next to Run has some options to slow down or speed up the animation An interesting screen is the Shock Movement screen which shows the relative motion of the 4 shock sensors Note that this is not the actual motion of the car because there is a motion ratio between the shock sensor and the tire However if you have Performance Trends Suspension Analyzer program you can view the actual vehicle motion based on the shock and steering sensors To send data to the Suspension Analyzer follow these steps e You must have the Suspension Analyzer program installed on the same computer as the DataMite software e The Suspension Analyzer must be licensed to include the Data Logger options e You must have built
203. icle RFF MFH 4 Me 4 4 r E T B 5 4 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 In the Graph Data screen you select a Type of Pick Individual Channels and then select the Data Types of Corr Flywheel Torque and Corr Flywheel HP only Corr means the data is corrected to standard dyno conditions for weather Flywheel means the program estimates the losses in the vehicle based on Vehicle Specs and engine size to obtain a reasonable estimate of what the engine would produce on an engine dyno If you had selected Road torque and HP the power curves would be lower more typical of a chassis dyno For Time RPM Distance set it to RPM Note that power curves are generally the only types of data which should be graphed versus RPM What to Graph set to Power Run 1 Filtering set to Medium Note Most power curves require some level of filtering either Light or Medium to appear as typical dyno curves and to be repeatable from run to run Click on the Make Graph button at the lower left to produce the graph shown in Figure 4 44 You are probably impressed at how much this looks like a dyno graph one that could cost hundreds of dollars and many hours of time to produce on an engine dyno or chassis dyno 173 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Figure 4 44 Graph Data Menu to Create Corr Tq and HP vs RPM Graph w Graph Data Ea Distanc
204. in the DataMite and Data Menu when you are using a wheel sensor or vice versa Note The following conditions are normal e Clutch slip can go either positive or negative during shifts when the clutch is disengaged e Converter slip can go negative when you are engine braking e Tire growth can go negative during the launch or shifts This is indicating tire squat or slip 196 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Appendix 4 Backing Up Data Backing up data means to make more than one copy of the data which can be used or referred to at a later date This may be needed in the event one copy becomes lost or erased or you need room in the Test Library Backing up data can take 2 basic forms Paper Reports Copying files with Windows copy commands Other than making Paper Reports backing up data requires knowledge of Windows File Manager 3 1 or Windows Explorer 95 98 NT commands Unless you are experienced with Windows commands have someone experienced with Windows assist you to prevent losing data Figure A4 1 Print Test Summary Paper Reports File Edt Graph Repot TestConds Engine Datat If you already keep written copies of all test sessions you perform you New get data trom DataMite Ctrl already understand this form of backing up data You could continue to alten EEE Chie do this by simply clicking of File the Print at the Main Screen to print a Open from History Log summ
205. in the Graph Laps column to change which lap or laps you want to graph a number from 1 to the number in the adjacent Laps column 116 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output e Choose to Save certain results you believe are special and you may want to recall or graph in the future See the Save explanation of the previous page Figure 3 39 Specifying Which Runs to Graph if more than 1 run in a test e Choose which run or runs you want to graph by clicking in the Graph Runs column The program will ask which runs you want to Biber a id graph Enter the number for each run separated by a comma See Enter the run its to be Figure 3 39 Most of your tests will probably be for only run so graphed separated by a there is no need to specify the Run The program defaults to Run comma For example to Cancel graph runs 1 and 3 1 if there is more than 1 run i enter 1 3 History Log at Report Screen 0 You can also make comparison reports where the current run 1s compared to the runs marked Yes in the Report Column See Figure 3 40 This is done almost exactly the same way as done in the History Log displayed at the Graph Screen Figure 3 40 Report History Log Click on History Log to display Test History Log A Road Race amp Circle Track Datahlite 3 B gt Back Print a I History z Single Test Multiple Tests HelpiFi Z Type Circle Track
206. individual test files click on the yellow folder icon containing the test file and the contents of the folder will be shown on the right side of the Windows Explorer screen Then right click on the test file name and select Copy Note that each test file is made up of 3 files a CFG a DAT and a LAP file All 3 files must be copied for the Circle Track race run to be copied For example if the test file in question is called Briggs04 you must copy the Briggs04 CFG Briggs04 DAT and Briggs04 LAP files You can also copy individual test files to the floppy drive inside the Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer program Open the file you want to copy so it is the current test file Then click on File at the top of the Main Screen then select Copy to Floppy Disk This command takes care of all 3 files mentioned in the previous paragraph automatically More experienced computer users may want to use the Backup features built into Windows 95 and 98 click on Start Programs Accessories System Tools Backup This compresses test files so it takes fewer floppy disks However you need to use the Backup program to restore test files which can be more confusing to novice computer users Restoring Data Be very careful when restoring data as you may overwrite Test Files with old erroneous information Read all the information below before restoring data If you are not familiar with Windows Explorer have someone more experienced help you
207. ing the yellow ignition lead and or possibly the leads to the wheel sensors Wrap with aluminum foil or cable shield available from electronics stores and attach a wire from the foil or shield to a good engine or battery ground Use a clean steady power source which can maintain 9 16 volts A battery is excellent source if you wire directly to the battery Do not power the DataMite from a terminal which also powers the ignition system as this will be very unsteady Use a solid ground source Do not ground the DataMite to a terminal which also grounds the ignition system as this will also be very unsteady Make sure the engine is well grounded to the vehicle frame This would mean a large ground strap which connects to a bare metal spot on the frame or back to the negative post on the battery 194 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Figure A3 4 Examples of Engine RPM Drop Out from Inductive Pickup Engine RPM will drop to about 1 2 or 1 3 of what it should be in signal to inductive pickup wire is weak The fix is to wrap the inductive pickup wire around the spark plug wire 1 to 2 turns for a stronger signal Examples of drop outs shown here happen to be on the decel after throttle closes and spark voltage drops but it can occur on the accel also causing more severe data calculation problems w DataMite Analyzer 2 0 DDDD12 CFG Ed w DataMite Analy
208. ing up the New Test screen which will likely show a Tip message See Figure 4 10 As the Tip in Figure 4 10 says it is usually easiest to start with a previous file that is as close as possible to the race or test session run you just ran usually the previous run This prevents us from having to make major late model exampll CFG RC Feature ExamplesRR Pick Which Spe DataMite DataMite Data Anay7er 3 2 Tip Vehicle late model example CFG Log Book keep most non changint inputs Test Comme C Don t show this again Any Specs which you Bick to Keep for this New Test will be based on the current tew If a different test would more closely match this new test reducing the number of changes you will have to make in specs click on Cancel at the top Then click on Track Conds File and Open at the Main Screen to select a better test on which to base this New Test Once a New Test is started you can easily erase or modify any of the specs listed above Any specs not selected to Keep will be mostly blank when you start the New Test river Joe Johnson Winning Wind 10 MPH Actual ote that you can Rear Tire Radius 13 6 Click on ach run File then New get data from DataMite to bring up the New Test Screen 16 30 6502 99 nea a FIRR q7 145 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples ase ese ee eee eee eee eee ee
209. initions 2 1 Main Screen Test Summary The Main Screen is shown in Figure 2 4 and shows a summary of a run It is not meant for detailed analysis or comparisons which can be done with Graphs or Reports The Main Screen is made up of 6 basic sections as shown in Figure 2 4 These are discussed in the next 6 sections The rest of this section gives an overview of how the Main Screen is organized Figure 2 4 Main Screen Pro version 5 Menu Commands of File Graph etc These give you all the options to operate the program and change test data 1 Click on these Tabs to switch between the different laps of je xj this particular file ca Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite v3 2 Performance Trends late mzael example CFG File Edit Graph Report Track Conds Log Book DataMite Vehicle Foefftences Help Send Details Lap 1 Lap 2 Lap 3 Lap 4 Lap 5 0 Runs Race amp Yehicle Conditions 2 Race amp Current File Race Comments Vehicle not in Ruri Fun 12 207 pm 08 13 2003 Super Late Model 12 bette a Help Click here to change or Sa Log 7 E 1 Lettander Monte Carlo add comments to describe this Conditions aeei D atablite Il Circle Track data using its test Additional comments for the Eh Costane elerometers and optional lap timer Engine can be added in the summarizes SOME ature beacon to do track mapping and friction circle Engine Specs menu by clicking critical test Specs analysis and di
210. ints In this case the noise is due to magnets on the shaft not being exactly evenly spaced w DataMite Analyzer 2 0 YAM 930 CFG Ea Back File Format View GraphType AddTest HistoryLog Single Test Help Dyno RPM vs Time inertiag all Dyno RPM wee ele ee Re de ee eae ee eh aR me ele ee ede ee eh nm ee ele ee ee ee ete ee eb l 1600 0 1560 0 1520 0 beset pe Medical ieee eta a lee eles a jodie a nities Ries jet edd eae Med oly Nie eee plies 1480 0 eee ee ee a ee ee ee ee en 1400 0 1360 0 sm ems i em ene em Hp re oe ema me lt r ae Sc lee ee se ee r Se a es en ee EEA a e i ai aktuell aca ce oe a a 1320 0 1280 0 2000 banca A E enn E E geen pe Ree eas geese E aaa TABOO F eet eh oe et a ea eee ee 1120 0 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 11 2 11 6 120 12 4 Time sec lal Bl Aa elelee Led lel belel st euvienf set scaes Dyno RPM vs Time yam 930 all 16200 p ec oaa ies agar ee oe Dyna RPM 2m r 4 eseeed owe eee eo gob oe eo al Se eh Cee ee re 12000 11400 f 1 4 4 10800 10200 9 0 Time sec Dyno RPM vs Time 16000 i I i 10 14700 1480 0 1440 0 14000 1280 0 120 0 1600 1400 i000 1160 0 11200 T d Fi F 128 Tir site Errors Caused by Relatively Minor Noise Spike w DataMite Analyzer v2 0 INERTIAS CFG Ed Back File Format View GraphType AddTest HistoryL
211. ion FulView Telele piel gA scates Circle to display the A a ko screens shown at the Show Oia Tinin 7 bottom of the Graph Reset Timing to Original Timing S C ree n h e re i Timing Shift Size Turm Cursor Off Correction Factors Test Comments Track Map Friction Circle more Track Map with Segment points Shock Movement View from Rear eee Throttle Blue Front 164 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Figure 4 35 Graph with Track Map to Locate Steering Points Click on Graph Line w DataMite Analyzer 3 2 monte carlo 01 CFG J to place cursor on Back File Format View GraphType AddTest History Log Single Test Help alea Tes Velo edo d eis plod eT ay ruview serscae S that point dip in Cols ao a Steering graph The values at the cursor line are shown here and here Click on Run to animate these screens Time 17 800 Note that this point is in the last segment and that e the steering wheel is turned right Shock Movement View from Rear Throttle Blue Front Figure 4 34 shows how to get additional windows on the graph like Track Map Friction Circle etc to better locate certain points on the graph Figure 4 35 shows that if you click on the dip in the steering curve that point will have a cursor line drawn on the graph and all the data frames at the bottom will illustrate that point You will not
212. ion input shaft or clutch shaft In almost all cases this number will be larger than Teeth Engine Gear Teeth Engine Sprocket This is the number of teeth on the smaller drive sprocket on the engine or clutch for chain drive systems In almost all cases this number will be smaller than Teeth Axle Sprocket Teeth Axle Sprocket This is the number of teeth on the larger driven sprocket on the axle for chain drive systems In almost all cases this number will be larger than Teeth Engine Sprocket 6l C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 39 Calc Dew Point 2 8 3 Calc Dew Point deg F Calc Dew Point deg F Depending on your choice of Method of Recording Weather Data you Calc Dew Point will be entering either Dew Point or Relative Humidity in the Track Conditions menu This is the Calculation Menu you will get if you are Weather Inputs Know Relative Humidity Yes using Dew Point Outside Ar Temp deg F Outside Rel Humidity 4 see Section 2 3 Test Conds menu to see why Dew Point is usually more accurate and less confusing than Relative Humidity for entering humidity information piip piain farer heres i Maei Piafi fepri aiey i Cancel Know Relative Humidity If you know the relative humidity of the air and the air temperature select Yes Otherwise select No to input Wet and Dry bulb temperatures from a psychrom
213. ions The entries in this screen are critical to accurately recording data Figure 2 18 Typical Note on Master DataMite Specs Settings DO NOT Match the Master DataMite Specs Master DataMite Specs A critical concept for DataMite Specs is the These DataMite specs were used for the current kest idea of the Master DataMite Specs When you download data from the DataMite you are using a particular DataMite Setup with certain sensors and calibrations A calibration describes how the DataMite should convert a sensor input into useful information like 2 2 volts is 1 4 inches of TESTCH4 CFE There are 2 settings which do not match your current Master DataMite Specs the Datahite you use to record your data shock travel When you save the run the program saves a copy of the DataMite Specs with the test Let s call this test TestCh4 and assume it was run with a 4 Channel DataMite Let s say several months later that you buy a new DataMite II 30 Channel system Or you could have changed any DataMite spec different sensors different calibrations etc Your current DataMite II specs do not match the specs for TestCh4 If you open the old TestCh4 the program installs the 4 Channel DataMite specs which you used when you ran that test This lets you accurately calculate torque and HP and other data just as you did when you first ran the test If you go into the DataMite Specs menu you will
214. ions menu where this data is contained Type of Run Is the type of run for analysis as entered into the Test Conditions screen Click on this item to display the Test Conditions menu where this data is contained This setting is critical for easy analysis Test Comments Test comments are for making most any notes about the test unusual observations customer requirements etc In the Pro version you can search the Comments for various words For example you could search for all the tests which had the word Watkins Glen or Johnson in the Test Comments 16 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Help The help frame will describe what ever portion of the screen the mouse has passed over or clicked on 2 1 3 Summary Graph The summary graph shows Engine RPM and vehicle MPH graphed versus Time for the current lap of this particular file Figure 2 6 The level of Filtering smoothing and the time increments can be selected in the Preferences Menu Section 2 2 If the laps are very long the time increments will be increased by the program so as not require a great deal of time or memory If you click on a graph line in the Summary Graph that particular data point will be highlighted and displayed in the Test Data Grid This is a quick way to find data points which may look unusual or be important 2 1 4 Test Data Grid Point The point column simply numbers the
215. ircle Print Print Setup 1 0G Accelerating Chapter 3 Output 7 G Accelerating plus 7 G Cornering Left which would be the condition coming out of a turn This vector adds up using trigonometry as being 1 0 G in length 1 0G Cornering Left 1 0G Braking 1 0G Cornering Right Braking on straightaway The driver could have braked harder probably up to at least 1 0 Gs but that could upset the handling of the car Each circle represents 0 5 Gs The direction of the accelerations are the same as the direction you are accelerating in the car going toward the top of the screen Toward the top is accelerating toward the bottom Is braking toward the left is turning left and toward the right is turning right C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Table 3 5 Typical Friction Coefficients for Tires on Level Ground Type of Track Lateral Friction Longitudinal Friction Typical Total Car Coefficient for Coefficient for Friction Coefficient cornering accelerating and braking Dirt Track Dry and Slick 3 6 Dirt Track Wet amp Greasy 3 6 Dirt Track Wet amp Heavy sticky A5 75 Asphalt DOT Style Tires 6 1 0 Asphalt Racing Slick 8 1 25 This assumes a rear wheel drive car with only 2 rear tires providing traction for accelerating For braking or for an all wheel drive car this number will be slightly higher
216. is test session we selected 8 segments which only allowed for 100 seconds of recording time 6 Drive back to the pits and download the data recorded by the DataMite II to the DataMite program in your computer Figure 4 9 Basic Procedure for Recording a Race or Test Run 5 Press Red Button to stop DataMite recording This exact point in time is also not critical 4 Run race or test session consisting of several laps 3 Press Yellow Button to start recording data at some point on the track Exact point is not critical 1 Powerup 2 DataMite Start from main Engine power switch drive Light by Red out Button onto flashes at 1 track second Engine interval RPM NS bi or 6 Drive to Pits to download ataMite IS data to DataMite program in ready to computer record Typical circle track lap 2 accels and 2 decels Figure 4 mo The New Test Screen with Tip Message i a File NE lonart Tr i Pande an r RE SN 6 Critical 1 i H ht h Download Ng Data Epi Get Davsstart new test Ctrl N Cancel don t start new test lt Esc Current Readings Help ical ta at cae Season Opener Wisconsin a MN Op aa File Name for Track Event Season Opener Wisconsin Y eee ia Add Tue of Test p New Test Run Run Description New Test lick on Once you have recorded a test with the DataMite you must download it to your computer Click on File upper left corner of the Main Screen then New get data from DataMite to br
217. isplayed on the Gel Road Race amp Circie Track DataMite v3 2 Perfor screen l Type Circle Track Laps You can only save the results currently displayed on the Report screen amm ents Sica EAD If you want to write an ASCII file of a test file you have previously run w Save as ASCII File you must open that test file first then create a report for that test file ASCII File Options xX Comma Separated Include Text ASCII File Options Convert to Columns File Name Com ma Separated Save File Cancel Select this option to insert commas between data points Leave this Tip a Enter a valid file name and path to save unchecked for data to be arranged in evenly spaced columns ASCII file Refer to page 98 and 102 in User s Manual for definitions of Options Include Text Uncheck this option to strip out all titles and letters leaving only numbers Convert to Columns If you do not select this option data will be written to the file much like it 1s displayed in the report on the screen Select this option to have the report turned on its side that 1s the rows will become columns and the columns will become rows File Name Enter a file name for saving this ASCII file You can also include the complete path plus file name Checks are made to ensure what you enter is a valid file name and that you are not overwriting an existing file If just a file name is entered the file is written to the Road Race amp Circle Track Da
218. istory Log will be most readable when the Page Orientation is in Landscape setting Position Lap Time Win Trk Len Dens Alt and AvgMPH are handy to remind you what a run was and for comparing different test sessions History Log at Graph Screen At the Graph Screen several options are available to graph selected tests from the History Log and change the Graph Titles You can obtain the History Log by clicking on the menu command History Log at the top of the Graph Screen The History Log is how you graph different tests together for comparison From this screen you can e Choose to Graph certain Test Results by clicking on the Graph column to insert a Yes there Tests marked Yes to Graph will be graphed when you click on the Graph Tests Marked Yes The first test usually the current Test you are working with is always graphed even with no Yes marked The number of tests actually graphed is limited by available space usually a limit of about 24 graph lines total e Graph only the current test results the test file at the top of the Log by clicking on Graph Current Test Only e Click on Graph Title to change the Standard Title for this test The program will default to the test file name without the CFG extension You can also specify Alternate titles and legend names by clicking on Format at the top of the Graph Screen then Edit Titles Legends Figure 3 38 History Log at Graph Screen Click on the History Log butt
219. ize large s of tests Click on a different name here and a different list of Test Files will be displayed The name Folder was called Track in the DOS version but can be ed old Tip Click ona List All Files by File Name Eliot dien de J List by File Name include Run Date E manuel name to display all C List by Run Date include File Name Evans the tests saved Files Mot Filtered all files listed Fa e that Folder E xamplesAR Delete Add ght click in list above for more Folder Options Open Filter find Advances Cancel Help Delete he ee 35 aS a ar changed in the Preferences menu to Click here to most any word delete the chosen Test Click here to bring up Click here to bring up the Filter Options menu standard Windows File Open where you can select to show only tests which screen to let you open a file fit certain criteria See Section 3 6 in most any folder directory and disk drive Click here to bring up on screen help ae Click here to close the Test Library with No changes without opening a test Click here to open the chosen Test select one of these options to list the test files alphabetically either by test file name or by run date This option can save you time looking for a particular test file Pro Version Only 109 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Open a Test File To open a test file saved in the
220. k File Format View GraphType AddTest History Log Multiple Tests Help tade elele leel Pelol SI tf eutview set scats x In most cases for torque and HP graphs Corr Tq Corr HP vs RPM TAMTOU UOTS 3 16 0 a aA sae E eo E Filtering Some is the best choice The peak es torque and HP values for this graph are fairly iat Vena peer E E os ee eee accurate and repeatable For other types of data Some or None is best Picking a Filtering Level too high can distort the data and cover up problems with the data Filtering Some 4 0 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000 15000 RPM DataMite Analyzer v2 0 YAM 1000 CFG x Back File Format View GraphType AddTest History Log Multiple Tests Help dae elele Lelkek belel khe Futviewlfse seas 16 0 kah M Phd thie oe e ora r Note that the peak is the lowest and the valley puri I is the least deep when filtering is the most in Fyn nee Sarena maine E E kc E E ee this case Heavy Heavy Filtering can hide problems with data Before you use Heavy Filtering be sure to check the data with i E a 0 aeeaae Filtering set to None first 10 0 a s ma i eo ne a De ee SS eee ee eee Daaa a E S ees a T Filtering Heavy 4 0 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000 15000 RPM 93 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Histogram Specs An Engine RPM Histogram is a graph which
221. k on Options then Bar Gauge Settings to be presented with a screen similar to the screen of Figure 2 32 Here you set what channels are displayed on the bar gauges and what the range of the bar gauge will be Exhaust Temp Scale DataMite II Only Click on Options then Exhaust Temp Scale and the program will ask for a minimum and maximum temperature to display on the exhaust temperature bar graphs Note that you must have set the Sensor and Calibration in the DataMite specs screen to one of the Exhaust Thermocouple settings for that channel to be displayed on the Exhaust Temperature Bar graph 55 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 33 Changing the Color Warning Settings Color Warnings Click on Options then Bar Gauge Settings to be presented with a screen as Edit Warning Color Specs shown in Figure 2 33 Here you can select if a particular channel should be highlighted in Yellow if it reaches a Caution limit or displayed in bright red if it reaches a Warning limit This can be very handy if you want the operator to not go above 7000 RPM on the engine RPM or if oil pressure should fall below 20 PSI IMPORTANT This only affects what happens on the computer screen and does not provide for safety warning lights to come on when you are out on the track unless you have a laptop computer running showing this screen Analog Filtering Click on Options
222. k to the DataMite If this particular port does not work and you have selected the correct Preference see Section 2 2 the program automatically checks all Com Ports on your computer 1 8 Weather Station Is the type of Weather Station being used by the DataMite program if any If you choose the Performance Trends Black Box you will then have a new menu choice at the top of this screen to Calibrate the Weather Station Here you can enter calibration specs you received with the Black Box to improve its accuracy Com Port Click on the down arrow button to select computer s Com serial port you are using to talk to the Weather Station if any If you have set this to the same port as the DataMite com port listed earlier then the DataMite will request you to switch to the Weather Station assuming you have a switch box after downloading the DataMite data DataMite II Rate Is the sampling rate for all DataMite II channels The higher the number the more data recorded This allows for less recording time but will possibly make the data slightly more accurate and definitely make the data respond more quickly to changes Changes to this DataMite II spec must be downloaded from the DataMite program to the DataMite I box 39 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions DataMite Il Recording Segments Is the number of memory segments you want for the DataMite II s memory At the time
223. kConds Type of Test TrackConds Track Length ft TrackConds Finish MPH TrackConds E T sec TrackConds 60 ft sec TrackConds ind Speed MPH TrackConds Wind Direction Show only files fitting these limits Has this relationship Click on the down arrow button to pick the spec or comment to check for a certain condition Has this relationship Click on the down arrow button to pick the condition to look for These change depending on the spec or comment you have chosen Type in or pick from a list for some specs the condition to yj Bowre rogram trea program treats UPPER and lower case Include this condition also letters the gred here same bowtie And BOWTIE BowTie _ Include this conditi To what entered here Check here to include a 2nd condition This enables specs in this section Print list of all files fitting these limits Search All H amp H Turn OFF Filtering show all files Folders hewi CON ml d ancel Help Click on this button to return to the File Open menu which will now show all test files Jeeta johnson De select All Jozef x These options let you choose which folders to search All Folders or just the ones you have selected in the list Click here to produce a report of all files meeting the Filter conditions IN ALL FOLDERS in the DTMDATA folder the entire Test Library This way you can avoid looking in ea
224. l C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output The software allows you to 1 Have the program find segments automatically 2 Change add or delete segments manually 3 Save segment settings so the same settings can be used the next time you are at this road course 4 Print the track map with segment settings Once segments have been determined you can choose to do a Segment Analysis type of report as shown in Figure 3 9 Here the times for the individual segments for each lap are reported A fictitious Best lap is also generated 2nd column from the left based on the best segment times from each segment Then for each lap a Dif column is generated to show the difference between that segment time and the Best segment time Then at the bottom is the cumulative difference between for the whole lap between each lap and the Best lap Note For several reasons about vehicle attitude speed etc upon entering and exiting each segment the Best lap time is probably NOT achievable for this particular vehicle Figure 3 9 Lap Segment Analysis Report Segment Times from each lap are shown with a column showing the difference between the segment for that particular lap or the entire lap in the bottom row and the Best lap Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite 3 2 Performance ________ B Back Print Report Types File Histomfog Single Test Multiple Tests Correlation Help F1
225. l or starting at a higher RPM 4 You close the throttle after reaching the maximum engine speed being careful not to over rev and damage the engine You roll through the finish line 5 You then press Record on the DataMite control panel to not record a lot of non test data and drive back to the pits 171 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Important If you press the red Clear Memory button at this time instead of the Record button you will erase the first run from memory Note The method the DataMite Analyzer uses to calculate torque and HP produces less accurate results at the very beginning and end of the RPM range of the acceleration For example if you want accurate data from 3000 6000 RPM the ideal acceleration test would be from say 2500 6500 RPM However for engine and driver safety do not over rev the engine Getting DataMite Data Back at the pits you start the DataMite program to download the data You select the Get New Data from DataMite option from the Main Menu and download the file as explained in Example 4 1 Since you will want to obtain Corrected torque and HP numbers weather conditions are very important Be sure to enter accurate readings into the Track Conditions menu either before or after downloading data You also enter General Comments about the test For Track Event type in the name of the drag strip or pick from the list if you have alr
226. likely get a message shown in Figure 2 18 saying that the DataMite Specs for TestCh4 do not match your Master DataMite Specs the specs for your current DataMite II 30 Channel system You may ask What are Master DataMite Specs The program keeps track of any changes to DataMite Specs asking Figure 2 19 Illustration of Master DataMite Specs A Test File contains the raw DataMite data and other specs to calculate Tq and HP and analyze results Test File TestCh4 DataMite Data Front Wheel Dia 25 Vehicle Wt 3150 DataMite Specs Type 4 Channel Ch 1 EngRPM 2 cyl 4 stroke The program keeps separate records of your Master DataMite Specs the specs describing the DataMite you are currently using These Master DataMite Specs are used whenever you start a New Test Master DataMite Specs Type 30 Channel Ch 1 Exh Temp 0 1600 deg Note that the DataMite Specs for a particular test may not match the DataMite you are currently using the Master DataMite Specs 37 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions you if these changes should only apply to the DataMite Specs for a particular test session or if these changes represent your actual DataMite the Master DataMite specs Whenever you start a new test either based on a previous test or starting completely blank the Master DataMite Specs are used Whenever you open an old test file the Data
227. ll create for saving the Test Data for the new test you are starting The program fills in a default name of the current test name but incrementing the last digit in the name by 1 You can change this name to most anything you like The program will warn you if the name entered is not valid and show you what is wrong For this example type in the name Monte Carlo 1 for this first test of the Monte Carlo When you click on Start New Test the program will add the CFG extension to produce Monte Carlo 01 CFG 147 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 2 148 Run Pro version only is based on the last test you downloaded from the DataMite not the Run number of the current test displayed at the main screen The DataMite program s Run Log shown down the left side of the main screen lists tests in the order they were Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Figure 4 13 New Test Screen for Starting This New Test Click Here to Start the New Test ig Starting a New Test Get Data start new test Ctrl M Cancel don t start new test lt Esc gt File Name for Iraekeevent New Hampshire z Add Type of Test Hew Test Run Hew Test Monte Carlo 1 CFG Yea 2002 Circle Track Laps Pick Which Specs to Keep based on current file late model example CFG Curent Readings Help Folder Name for Run Description Testing downloaded from the DataMite Each new test you download is incremen
228. lled Power Runs Adding a new Folder is done by clicking on the Add button by the folder name in the New Test screen You also pick the Type of Run as Meas Tq HP from Accel from the list of possible types The program says run has been found which is 10 seconds long and looks correct 172 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Making Graphs The program then leaves you at the Main Screen where you see Engine RPM and MPH steadily increasing in the graph This is exactly what the car did for this test However you are probably more interested in dyno type power curves of torque and HP vs RPM To obtain these click on Graph at the top of the Main Screen Figure 4 43 Main Screen for Power Run Drag Race DataMite 3 2 Performance Trends TQ HP1 CFG File Edit Graph Report Track Conds LogBook DataMite Vehicle Preferences Help Send Graph and Details Run 1 tabular data 161 Rune Race amp Yehicle Conditions show a Current File Race Comments not in Aun Full throttle accelerations in 2nd gear smooth l Log to measure engine torque and HP is run Cli acceleration Stock 1996 4 6L 2 valve Mustang f si Factory rating 285 ft lbs 3500 215 HP 4400 aff results Click on a data point for both Vehicle weight in Vehicle Specs is for 2 on the graph and that data will be En ine RPM passengers highlighed in the Table g and MPH Run Data Font Seconds Engine Veh
229. lp describe your options at the Main Screen and for other information to help you understand how this program works 2 1 6 Run Log The Run Log is a chronological list of all tests in the order they have been downloaded from the DataMite It is similar to the History Log and is explained in Section 3 9 page 123 21 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 22 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 2 2 Preferences Figure 2 8 Preferences Menu Click on the Preferences item in the menu bar at the Preferences top of the Main Screen to bring up the Preferences menu shown in Figure 2 8 There are 5 categories of Biappa Helsing OK settings which you select by clicking on the different tabs Here you can adjust some program items to personalize the program for your needs Preferences may also save time by eliminating steps you don t Main Screen Graph Lines Thick Cancel require Main Screen Time Increment 20 Main Screen Tab Display in Summary Density Altitude 7 nalz Main Screen Graph Lines Restart Showing l l l l Help Tips This option lets you choose the line thickness of the summary graph of Engine RPM and MPH for the current run of the current test file displayed on the Main Screen Main Screen RPM Increment This spec lets you pick how often you want RPM and MPH reported on the Main Screen much
230. lysis of a particular run and compare a particular lap to other laps or test sessions to other test sessions This could be to check the effects of a modification to see if the car has developed a problem or see why some laps are faster than others This process will be shown in this example We will look at the Monte Carlo 01 laps from Example 4 1 and do some comparisons and detailed analysis First you will want to make Monte Carlo 01 the baseline run you want to compare to the other runs the current test If you had just downloaded this run it would be the current test If you had run this test several days or months ago you may have to Open it from the Test Library to make it the current test Click on File then Open from all saved tests to open the Monte Carlo 01 test with the original converter See Figure 4 24 In the Pro version you have 2 other methods of Opening tests click on File then Open from History Log or find the appropriate Run from the Run Log down the left side of the Main Screen and click on it Figure 4 24 Opening a Past Test Click on File then Open from all saved tests to bring up the Open Test File screen shown here Ee foad Race amp Circle Track DataMite 3 2 Performar File Edit Graph Report Track Conds Log Book lataMite Vehicle Preferences Help Send Click on test Name of Current Test you are working with Details Lap 1 file you want to oO Test Fil open 344 Runs el P 6 Tests in Librar
231. m because they are not applicable SPENE UN re Lee Ge to that report type To obtain comparison reports of 2 or more files click on History Log or Multiple Tests at the top of the upcoming Report Screen If you selected the Pick Individual Items or Lap Summaries report types click on the Data Types in the top right section to select or deselect if it has already been selected that Data Type for reporting Time RPM Distance Report Click on the down arrow button to choose either Time RPM or Distance for the various rows of the report Your choice will appear in the left column of the report RPM is usually only chosen for doing torque and HP curves for Accel to Meas Tq HP type of runs What to Report Select what part of the run you want to make the report of either All Data entire run or just a particular lap Click on the down arrow button to choose either to report All the Data all data recorded or just a particular run If you have selected an RPM graph you can only choose a particular run not All the Data Filtering Smoothing Click on the down arrow button to select the level of filtering smoothing to be done to the data before the report 1s made None Medium Light some Heavy lots Select the lowest level that eliminates most not all of the jitter in the data Be careful not to over filter as this can completely distort the data See page 92 and 93 in the Graphs Section for an ill
232. made Most of the specs in this screen and the 5 additional screens you can get to through the Log Book screen are just spots to record info about this run The Log Book is discussed in detail in Section 2 4 page 31 DataMite The DataMite command opens up the DataMite Specs menu where you can describe the DataMite you are using what each channel is recording and how each channel is calibrated The specs in the DataMite menu are critical for accurate results Be sure to read and understand the DataMite Specs as discussed in detail in Section 2 5 page 37 Vehicle The Vehicle command opens up the Vehicle Specs menu where you can describe the vehicle you are running These specs are critical for calculating information like acceleration rate tire slip clutch converter slip etc from the raw RPM data you are actually recording Many of the specs in the Vehicle menu are critical for accurate calculated results like tire slip MPH acceleration rate etc Be sure to read and understand the Vehicle Specs as discussed in detail in Section 2 6 page 49 Preferences Preferences let you customize the program for your needs and for your computer and printer See Section 2 2 page 23 20 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions ee ___ _______Y_y _HZySyNf _ydf__Jd _fo HH __________ _________ ________ ___ _______ __ Help Click on Help for several options to he
233. me is obtained by using the best segment time from each of the 5 laps in the test run You will notice in the Dif column that most of the fastest segments come from Lap 3 with only Segment 6 corner exit from Lap 3 being 102 seconds off the best Since Lap 3 seems so good we should take a look at it and compare it to say Lap 1 which was fairly slow overall but had the fastest Segment 6 time A good way to investigate the difference between these 2 laps would be with graphs shown in the next section Click on Back at the upper left corner of the Report screen to return to the Main Screen Comparison Graphs Graphs are often the most insightful way to compare two or more different laps or runs You can see at a glance how the laps compare where one setup is stronger higher acceleration rates reaching certain distances quicker First click on Graph at top of the Main Screen and set the Graph Specs screen as shown in Figure 4 30 Since we re not sure what type of data will point out the critical difference between these 2 laps we pick some types which the driver can control Engine RPM is chosen as it 1s always an important factor Then Steer Throttle and Brake are chosen as these are the primary driver controls Then we look at the accelerometers to see how hard the tires are working and Tire Slip to see if the tires are spinning You could have chosen other variables 162 Figure 4 30 Graph Specs Menu x Channel 31
234. measuring the air pressure Obs Barometer Hg This input is used for either Uncorr Baro with Rel Hum or Uncorr Baro with Dew Pt It is the actual or observed Barometric Pressure in inches of Mercury at the track These barometers measure the actual air pressure at the track and will read approximately 0 1 inches of mercury less than the barometric pressure you will hear from a TV or radio weather report for each 100 feet of elevation This spec is disabled if you are using an Altimeter because the altimeter alone is measuring the air pressure For example at 600 ft if the a barometer reported by at Radio weather report Corrected Barometer is 30 2 inches you Observed Barometer on a weather station should be about 30 2 6 or 29 6 inches Air Temperature Air Temperature deg F Air temperature in degrees F of the air at the entrance to the air cleaner carb or throttle body Be careful not to get this too close to the carb if there is fuel stand off fuel mist spraying back out of the engine This fuel on any temperature measurement instrument will make the air temperature look much colder than the air actually is This spec is used for all Methods of Recording Weather Data Humidity Relative Humidity Describes the air s humidity level in percent of humidity the air could hold at its present temperature Relative Humidity can be calculated from either wet and dry bulb temperatures or from dew point and air temper
235. most any combination of sensors you have installed on the DataMite data logger Capability to tailor the program to work with most any type of vehicle including Karts most any Formula class dirt and asphalt circle track SCCA and others User friendly Windows interface compatible with Windows 95 98 Me XP 2000 and NT Can print results using most any Windows compatible printer many times in color Save nearly unlimited number of tests for recall comparison and analysis in the future Allows several reporting and graphing options for analysis either vs time or distance Graphing features include cursor to pin point values overlaying runs zooming and shifting and more Automatic finding and time aligning of laps Record and save basic information about each run like weather ET MPH comments etc Added Features for Pro Version e A full Log Book is added so you can record all types of details about each run like suspension and tire settings and notes tire pressure shock and spring settings user defined settings engine specs and checks and much more Customize printed reports and especially graphs You can include comments for each graph Many more graph options like time aligning dual cursors more overlay and printing options and more Write ASCII files for importing data into other computer programs Filter find past tests based on certain criteria like ET Track or Event dates etc History Log keeps a running log
236. nce you have selected a name from this list that row will be highlighted it is easier to use the up and down arrow keys to select the next item to edit than clicking the item with the mouse This is the list of New names the program will use if you click on Use New Titles If a title in the List of New Names is blank the program will use the Standard name w Edit Graph Tithe and Legend List of Std Names ist of New Names Title Corr Tq Corr HP xhaust Comparis Grp l 1 10 Exhaust Flex Itm l Corr Tq Itu Corr HF Standard name from row selected Tip New name for you to edit Other options Click on the item in the list above wat wart to modify lt g Name include clicking on the Copy Std Name and any New name appears belay You can modify the Mew name E iocn to New or Blank Out New Name buttons Then use the up and down aefow keys to move to t Std Name Being Replaced Hew Nome to be Editted ami 0003 1 10 Exhaust Flex Click here to close this menu and use Copy Std Name to New Blank Out New yame the New names you have entered Where New names have been left Copy All Std to New Names Blank Out All Hew Names blank the Standard name will be used Use Std Titles Use New Titles Cancel Help 100 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Changing the scales Many times you may want to change the scale of the X or Y axis This may be to show an
237. nd Y axis if the graph is not auto scaled or the fact that the graph is auto scaled These saved formats make it easy to switch between 2 or more completely different graph types by simply pressing the lt F3 gt key See Figure 3 25 below Figure 3 25 Graph Format Options Click on Format then Save Open Edit Current Format or w Datahite Analyzer 3 2 late model example 02 CFG simply press the lt F3 gt key when in the graph screen to Back File Format View GraphType AddTest Mi be presented with the Graph Format screen shown below Save Open Edit Current Format Data To Graph graph type vache tal cah n aa Click on one of these saved Formats for it to appear 800 j in the Graph Format Name box below this list Data Multipliers Then you can click on the buttons to either Delete it eens click on Delete button or use it click on OK button BOL Edit Tites Legend Edit Printed Comments and Data Output Grid Style AOL Back Color fee To save the current Graph Settings Graph Options menu settings and graph scaling type in a name in the Graph Format Name box and click on the Save button ra View Full View Set Scales w Datablite Analyzer 3_2 late model example 02 CFG Back File Format View Graph Type AddTest Histon Log Single Test Help a FEI ala lele yde slej pelite ant Stee p Click on Close to close this l Format screen Lig amp me vs
238. ne RPM x1 which data goes with Rear RPM RPM which file if any Steer x 1000 er A Throttle x 10 multiplier IS applied to the data You can also click on Data Type names and the corresponding data line will flash This is useful to find a particular line when several are graphed In the Pro version names in the Legend can be changed by clicking on Format then Edit Titles Leaend The Lap or All if all data is graphed is included in the Test 9 0 12 0 15 0 18 0 21 0 Time sec Name Horizontal X axis The scaling of this axis can be easily changed as described in this section lf 2 or more tests are graphed vs Time then buttons will appear here letting you shift 1 test with respect to another a process called time aligning Pro version only Grid lines The style or elimination of grid lines can be changed by clicking on Format then Grid Style Pro version only Data graph lines The style and thickness of these lines can be changed by clicking on Format then Line Style Vertical Y axis The scaling of this axis can be easily changed as described in this section 91 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Figure 3 12 Graph Options Menu The Graph Menu is shown in Figure 3 12 It 1s very similar to the Reports menu in that you select what Data Types you want to graph from the list at w Graph Data the top Click on a Data Type to select or click
239. nel which is determined by a jumper inside the DataMite IT e 0 10 volts 10 volts full scale on this particular channel which is determined by a jumper inside the DataMite II For the analog converters for RPM channels 0 4095 bits 1s replaced by 0 1000 Hz frequency Your choice here changes the labels in the table Sensor Calibration Table Button Commands The 6 buttons below the table let you move delete reorder and insert blank rows in the table To tell the program which row to work with the blinking cursor must be in that row To place the cursor in that row click on either the Data or Volts box in the row The Read DataMite button will read the data from the DataMite channel you are currently calibrating and load the results with the appropriate scaling into the row with the cursor The process of actually performing a calibration is somewhat involved and is outlined in Appendix 5 Calibrating an Analog Sensor DataMite Il Analog Channels The analog channels for the DataMite II are calibrated much the same way as for the Analog Converter channels described above However there are these differences The first 16 analog channels are configured in the DataMite II box s hardware as either e Not Used no electronics installed for these channels e Thermocouples special sensors for recording temperatures e Analog A jumper inside determines if the channel is 0 5 or 0 10 volts which is most always set to 0 5 from the factory
240. ng segments to the Track Map Segments are sections of the track which represent a mode of driving like accelerating or decelerating cornering and straight aways The program will automatically break the track up into segments based on accelerations and decelerations However if you want different segments or segments based on cornering and straight aways you will have to Edit these segments These Edit options are shown in Figure 3 52 and include Table 3 4 Segment Editing Commands Automatically This command has the program automatically assign segments based on front to back Find longitudinal accelerations like stepping on the throttle or the brake This is what the program will Segments automatically do if you do any type of segment analysis like a Segment Analysis report and have not manually assigned or edited any segments Note that the starting segment where the lap timer beacon is positioned is always a segment break point Edit Current This command brings up the segment list box and allows editing of the segment points as shown in Segments Figure 3 52 Then you can Left Click on the map to insert a new segment point or Right Click on an existing segment point to delete it If you don t like the changes you have made click on the Cancel button in the Segment List Box If you want to keep the changes you have made click on the Done button in the Segment List Box If you want to start completely over click on Cancel to
241. nical Checks it was left blank Cyl Croprssn Leak ash Exhaust Vly Lash Spk Plug Remarks PSI down 1 gu ra oe mi F ho le ho 2 Al 4 5 B T E J lia ho ho ai nter the cranking compression for Cylinder 1 p bit 33 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 13 Other Checks in Engine Details x Back ok File Help Hechanical Checks Other Checks Ignition Spark Plugs and Pressures Fuel Metering Trans Temperature at Stat Supercharger Turbocharger Type None Belt Ratio O Engine Comments J Help First lace alter freshening and new Comp a Enter zime notes about the intercooler EH temperature manutacterer etc p xx Figure 2 14 General Engine Description Screen Click on File then e New to blank out this menu e Print or Windows Printer Setup to print this screen w General Engine Notes Back File Help Engine and Comments Engine Short Block Cam amp Heads AStoke Head s BrodidXSpec Cam Viv Dia Port CCa A Ratio Lash 357 16 cid 5853 8 ccs Ta Int qE Block en reas _ Piston amp Rods JE forged Engine Comments different than main Comments at the main screen lets you describe the engine itself These are the same comments displayed in the Engine Details screens Most specs in this screen are for recording information only Int
242. nly For road race courses the program can break the course into individual segments based on accelerating and decelerating These can be viewed in the Track map as shown in Figure 3 8 The Track Map can be displayed at the Main Screen by clicking on File then Display Track map 86 Figure 3 8 Track Map showing Segments STEHT you don t like how the program Animate File Segments has automatically marked lap segments you can click on the Segments menu command then select Edit Current Segments Then by clicking on the track map you will put in new Segment markers By Right Clicking on existing Segment markers you will be deleting those markers Lap 1 Automatically Find Segments Edit Current Segments Show Current Segments This is the starting point of the Lap as identified by the horizontal line and the segment marking circle This is typically where the Timer Beacon is set up on the track Click on the Left or Right arrow buttons to move this Table to either the left side or right side of the track map screen When Editing segments this table will appear It shows each segment and its cumulative track length in ft from the beginning of the lap generally where the lap beacon is positioned to the end of that segment As you edit segment markers this table is updated When you are finished with editing click on the Done button To abort the editing process lose your changes click on Cance
243. nly 16 boxes for numbers so you must select which channels to view either the RPM and Accelerometer channels or the other 16 Analog Channels Current Readings screen for 30 channel DataMite II Figure 2 30 Current Reading Screens w Current Readings Close back Option ace Recorder Help Click on Options to change the screen update rate what is displayed on the gauges gauge scales smoothing etc Click on either of Fey these option buttons ae oe 6840 f 0 i to display the digital 0 12000 7 Oil Preg number values of amen either the RPM and fheekina Con Poit Attempt 1 Accelerometer Curent Senor nese RPMs amp Accelerometers C Std Analog Channels channels or the other Eng RFM 5 5 6840 Ems 4 Stroke 16 Analog Channels 6840 _ 1 2 3 n a 4 n a w Current Readings Close back Options Trace Recorder Help ont RPM 2000 The scaling of the gauges and bar gauges and exhaust temperature gauges in the DataMite II screen can be set by the user by clicking on Options at the top of this screen 1 ogg Eng APM 8 Cylinder 4 Stroke 3 5724 Oriveshatt APM 2 Magnets 2 Front wheel APM 16 Magnets 4 Analog Std TC Install Optical solator for this screen to avoid possible computer damage 53 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions The Current Readings screen is very useful for
244. nstalled on the trans input shaft Performance Trends has sensors that typically fit the required size and thread for this application For an additional charge Performance Trends can supply other types of magnets for other installations including e Tiny approximately 1 4 diameter 050 thick magnets to be Figure A2 1B Spacing Required for epoxied in place These usually work better on driveshafts or smaller RPM Sensor and Magnets diameter shafts or wheels e High temperature magnets which withstand higher temperatures Mount on Edge of e Small plastic bolts 1 4 x 20 with magnets embedded in the head for Inertia Wheel 050 to mechanically fastening the magnets 200 gap Wheel RPM Sensor Epoxy the magnets in place following the directions with the epoxy Be sure the mounting surface is clean and grease free We recommend using light sand paper or oil free steel wool to clean the surface The epoxy should be designed to work with metal and ceramic We recommend epoxies which are 2 parts which must be mixed including Mount on Side magnet of Inertia Wheel Ace Hardware 5 Minute Epoxy Inertia Wheel Duro Master Mend 5 Minute Epoxy Devcon High Strength 5 Minute Epoxy 181 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies When locating the magnets be sure they are evenly spaced Apply epoxy and press into place then apply tape until set Evenly spacing the magnets insures more accurate less noi
245. nter the dish volume as a negative number Gasket Thickness In Is the thickness of the engine gasket in inches after it has been crushed Crushed thickness is after the head bolts have been torqued to spec Gasket Bore Diameter in Is the diameter of the bore in the head gasket A good approximation is to use the same as the Bore in the Engine menu and this value is loaded in when you first open up this menu You can change it to most any value you want In actual use gasket bores are usually 030 100 larger than the cylinder bore Deck Height Clearance in Deck Height Clearance is the distance in inches from the top of the piston to the top of the cylinder block when the piston is at TDC The top of the cylinder is the deck or surface to which the engine bolts Ifthe outer edge of the piston travels above the deck this is called negative deck height and you must enter a negative number 60 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 38 Calc Gear Ratio Calc Gear Ratio Cale Gear Ratio 2 8 2 Calc Gear Ratio This menu is available by clicking on the Gear Ratio Cle button in the Dyno specs menu Type Click on this combo box to select from e Gearbox Only e Chain Drive Only e Primary Ratio amp Chain Drive e Primary Gears amp Chain Drive For motorcycles with a Primary gear drive between the engine and transmission Select Primary
246. oblem can be corrected by switching to new or higher spring tension points e Even though the Setup Mode seems to show engine RPM signals are entering the DataMite the source of the ignition signal may not be as correct as possible Refer to ignition signal sources described in Appendix 2 e Ifyou are using an Inductive Pickup with a wire tied to the spark plug wire the signal may be too strong or too weak It 1s hard to predict which way to go to try stronger or weaker signal See Figure A3 3 on previous page e On some applications where engine RPM can actually be quite variable from firing to firing like single cylinder engines at lower RPM or when running rough Performance Trends has a different DataMite chip which may correct this problem Contact Performance Trends for details e If your engine has an unusual ignition system very new production system distributorless etc there may not be a clean signal the DataMite can use NOTE THE STANDARD DATAMITE IS NOT DESIGNED TO WORK WITH MAGNETO OR UNEVEN FIRING IGNITION SYSTEMS It is designed to work on magnetos on small engines like Briggs amp Stratton and 2 stroke kart engine For other RPM signals using wheel speed sensors the problem may be e Unevenly spaced magnets will cause noisy or jumpy data not noise spikes See Appendix 2 about magnet spacing e The sensors may be getting hot Ifthe problem appears Ok when you first start but get noisy when the engine heats up this is
247. ode Before doing any tests you check out the RPM signals by putting the DataMite in Setup Mode Set up mode is NOT available with the larger DataMite II Put the DataMite into Setup Mode by powering up the DataMite The Record LED light emitting diode may flash or stay off for several seconds but will eventually light steady If the DataMite s memory was full then the Clear Memory will eventually light steady and the Record LED will go off Then hold down the yellow Record button on the DataMite control panel while you momentarily press for about half a second the red Clear Memory key Then release the Record button also You see the Record LED flash once then remain off for about a second This flash pattern repeats The one flash shows the DataMite is displaying the signal for channel 1 or Engine RPM on the other LED When you start the engine you see the Clear Memory LED flash to indicate tach pulses are entering the DataMite The flash rate increases as you blip the throttle and engine RPM increases The Engine RPM signal looks good Note that it takes about 10 engine firings to get the LED to either light or go out Therefore the flash rate may be slower than you expect To check out the front wheel RPM sensor press and release the yellow Record button once holding it down for about half a second Now you see the Record LED flash twice then remain off for about a second This new flash pattern repeats The 2 flashes show the Dat
248. og Single Test Help inertiag 1 Corr Tq Corr HP 2400 3200 4000 4800 5600 6400 7200 RPM da le eeel elele bedeli ehFvewjsescad fe E ER ell Lelee pelele Fine scaes Dyno RPM is shown here but the same effect will be seen for Front Wheel RPM Dyno RPM after program edit outs Noise spikes w DataMite Analyzer 2 0 INERTIA8 CFG Ed Back File Format View GraphType AddTest HistoryLog Single Test Help inertiaS 1 Corr Tg Corr HP Se E e ie Lanna gt i 3 saan ee n Ceres 2 E eee See E ere ey Sere eee raii E EE ee eee Saar Sie oad eee eae ee ie ee eee Se eee ee re ee ee ee ae eee eee TERA S TR ae ee eee eee E ee Tp cote rae se j program edit outs noise spike ae 2400 3200 4000 4800 5600 6400 7200 RPM 74 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 51 Example of Not Editing Out Noise Spikes Very Well Original Data with Noise Spikes w DataMite Analyzer 2 0 RAW ORIG CFG Back File Format View GraphType AddTest HistoryLog Single Test Help lal Bl aa eee edo d eis pejal i el ruvien ser scaes 0 all Engine RPM 1 1Ch2 RPM 35 0 Time sec Data After Editing Out 32 Noise Spikes many Noise Spikes remain too many for accurate torque and HP calculations w DataMite Analyzer 2 0 RAW CFG Back File Format View GraphType AddTest HistoryLog Single Test Help lal Bl aa es Velo edo
249. ogram Options Performance Trends will provide you an va Unlock Form unlocking code number Type in the unlocking Code ito Extend emo 3392352712 code number and click on OK If you typed in Compila Ha danei 942897 the number correctly you will be given a l l Registered Hame Joe Smith message that the program is permanently Cancel unlocked to either the Basic or Pro mode The Registered Code 14666 program will only run on this one computer Enter Unlocking Code tt YJ Help If you want to run the program on another computer you must install it obtain the computer hardware number and registered code number as shown in Figure 1 1 and call Performance Trends for a new Unlocking Code for that computer There may be a charge for additional computers Click on Help for more info on how vou use this screen to unlock this program You may need to transfer the program to another computer like when you buy a new computer If so install the program on the new computer It will run for 10 days During that 10 days call when you can have your old computer up and running Go into the DataMite program click on File then Transfer Program to Another Computer Performance Trends will ask for some numbers from this screen and give you a code which will permanently turn the program Off on this old computer Then give Performance Trends the information for the new computer and they will give you a new unlocking code free C Performance Trends In
250. on 3 5 where you can change the test name change the folder you are saving it to or add a new folder name Open from Floppy CD Drive Save to Floppy CD Drive The Open command provides a simple 1 click command to open a standard Windows File Open menu displaying the contents of the disk in the Floppy or CD Drive The Save command provides a simple click command to save the current test file to the disk in the Floppy or CD Drive to the same name as 1s currently being used IMPORTANT Saving a file to a CD drive is only possible if your computer has a writable CD drive and the CD has been formatted correctly using the software for the writable CD drive These commands provide a convenient method for copying files from one computer to another The drive letter A or B that the program defaults to can be changed in the Preferences menu Section 2 2 Advanced Users This command copies all 3 files which make up a test file the CFG DAT and LAP file See Section 3 5 Data Libraries Search For find Runs Pro Version Only This option simply explains how to use the Filter find option in the Open from all saved tests command After a brief explanation you will be presented with the same screen as if you had clicked on Open from all saved tests 18 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Print Windows This Main Screen Select this option to print the summary data s
251. on Opener Wisonsor Season Opener Wisonsor Season Opener Wisonsor Season Opener Yisonson Season Opener Wisonson Season Opener Wisonsor Season Opener Yisonsor Season Opener Wisonson 0 0 0 YW standard loop road WAM standard loop road Feature Feature Feature Feature Feature Feature Feature Feature Feature Feature Feature Feature Feature Feature Tat time run Tat time run Tat time run The Sequence is the number of the file as downloaded from the DataMite For example 165 is the 165 test ever downloaded to this program since you first installed the program This number is permanent and can not be changed like the Run in the f 45t column hese columns are much the same as the History Log but the rows are in Any time you open a past test it is added to the top of the History Log The History Log is what is used to pick which tests you want to include in Graph and Report comparisons of several tests 123 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 124 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 3 10 Track Map amp Friction Circle Pro Version Only These 2 features are available by clicking on File at the top of the Main Screen then choosing either as shown in Figure 3 50 Figure 3 50 Selecting Track Map or Friction Circle pa Road Race amp Circle Track Datahite v3 2 Performanc
252. on asphalt is one which most evenly loads all 4 tires e Tires generally can produce slightly more accelerating and decelerating traction than cornering traction Figure 3 55 Simple Tire Test Typical Front Back Test acceleration braking 500 Ibs of Traction N vertical force Force applied to tire Ta Side Load Test cornering Friction Coefficient 400 Ibs of max cornering force produced by tire gt Vertical Load The Coefficient of Friction rating is useful because if a car has 4 tires with a Coefficient of Friction of 8 it means that it can theoretically brake at a G rate of 8 Gs can corner at 8 Gs and if it is 4 wheel drive can accelerate at 8 Gs Knowing this we can analyze how well a vehicle is using its available traction using friction circle theory To simplify things for explanation assume a tire can produce 1 0 G of front back traction and 1 0 G of cornering traction However seldom is a car doing purely corning or braking or accelerating It typically is doing some combination of braking or accelerating while it 1s also cornering Friction Circle Theory would say that this tire can produce a traction vector of total length of 1 0G in any direction See Figure 3 56 You will see that these vector lengths drawn if all possible directions around the tire end up being a circle with a radius of 1 0 G If this was a stickier tire with a friction coefficient of 1 25 then this Friction Circle wo
253. on before the new Segment spacing is applied to your data 128 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Friction Circle and Friction Circle Theory A friction circle is a method to analyzing how effectively you are using the available traction friction from the vehicle s tires Large tire companies test tires for the available traction the tire can produce These tests are conducted with various vertical loads applied to the tire simulating vehicle weight pressing the tire onto the pavement and measuring the traction the tire can provide forward for acceleration backward for braking and sideways for cornering The resulting traction 1s measured in a number called Coefficient of Friction Ifa tire can provide say 400 lbs of sideways traction when it 1s loaded with 500 Ibs of vertical load it is given a Coefficient of Friction of 400 500 or 8 Tests are run at many different vertical loads with the results graphed as shown in Figure 3 55 This figure shows 2 very important points e As the vertical load goes up the traction force goes up but at a slower rate This is also shown by the Friction Coefficient curves going down as the Vertical Load goes up That means the more load you apply to the tire the worse its overall traction rating becomes That is why go karts handle like they are on rails but 2500 lb Late Models don t It 1s also why the best suspension setup
254. on or Menu Command to display History Log XI From the Graph Screen 2 additional columns are displayed 1 Click in the Graph column to add a Yes or remove a Yes Tests marked Yes to graph are graphed if you select Graph Tests Marked Yes Click in the Std iw Test Histor eee l Graph Title Graph Tests Marked Yes Graph Curent TesVUnly Clear eras History Print Help Test File and Path Graph Std Graph Tite Laps Graph Laps Save Run TestDate Type ot Run Position Lap Time column to change Sexamplesmrlate model example ctg e late model example 5 12 08 13 2003 Circle Track Laps the Std Graph Lexamplesrriap timer try 08 chg lap timer try 08 4 O5 2e 2004 Circle Track Lape i Vexamplesrrt shock trayvell chg ty shock travel 5 08 13 2003 Circle Track Laps Title Alternate Vexamplesrr formnula vee new formula vee new 5 08 14 2003 Road Race Laps titles are also Vexamplesrrlate model example ctg es late model 5 08713 2003 Circle Track Laps i Vexamplesrrformula vee watking formula vee 4 09 14 2004 Road Race Laps Poss b e by 5 5 Back Filg nat yey Graph Type Add Test History Log Single Test Help A Vexamplesrr ty shock travel ty shock travel 08 13 2003 Circle Track Laps clicki ng on Vexamplesrrstry shock travel plus ty shock travel 08 13 2003 Circle Track Laps Form at then Edit 3 Click in Graph calumn to select or de select tests for Graphing Slide Button right for more History into Legend Titles Click
255. one test over another on the graph as shown in figure 3 24 Figure 3 24 Showing Options to Shift Data from 1 File Over Another File Example of Graph before Time Aligning Example of Graph after Time Aligning Ea DataMite Analyzer 2 0 YAM 925 CFG DataMite Analyzer 2 0 YAM 925 CFG x Back File Format View GraphType AddTest HistoryLog Single Test Help Back File Format View GraphType AddTest HistoryLog Single Test Help lel Bl l es elo Lede dete belol z t ruvewfserscsed eo i Walla eeel edo befol Ne h Fiene sca Cor q Corr HP vs Time yam100 0003 all Corr Me Corr a vs mime yarn 00 0003 ll 1 Digeaaeseledsiccece eee sesso oossece cece E saeco Cece esses eso ase Corr TA 20 Corr TA at Corr HP ee i i i l am 950 all am 950 all 17 5 eae Corr Ta Corr HP Corr HP 0 15 0 125 10 0 ES 5 0 oe _ NO L Click here to shift the selected test aans f left or right advance or delay E EN 50 T5 10 0 12 5 15 0 17 5 20 0 Time sec 6 0 7 5 10 0 125 15 0 17 5 20 0 Time sec The test you are shifting is identified by printing the name and outline in bright pink w D atakite Analyzer v2 0 TYAH 925 CFG Back File Format iew Graph Type Add Test History Log Single Test Help lel l lA eese ee ee C Orr Lisi Cor cae S Tuna EIE ve Seated yami 0 0003 all l Corr T 1 2 The number of seconds each test has been shifted is displayed here la
256. or MPH distance acceleration rate and tire slip unless you have an accelerometer e Rear Wheel RPM which is used for tire slip and clutch or converter slip e Driveshaft RPM which is used for tire slip and clutch or converter slip e Other RPM which could be some RPM on an engine pulley like water pump or supercharger RPM 41 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions e Analog Converter for sensors like thermocouples for temperature pressures shock travel etc e Not Being Used Your choice here will determine what other inputs on this screen are made available Magnets If you have specified an RPM type of Sensor click on the down arrow button to choose the number or magnets on the shaft or wheel Be sure to read the Notes on RPM Data concerning the Engine RPM calibration on the previous page Unlike Engine RPM where you may not be sure of the number of cylinder firings per engine revolution the Magnets you pick should be the same as what are actually mounted If not or the recorded data is noisy you have some other problem with your setup See Appendix 3 Troubleshooting Or Sensor Type If you have specified an Analog Converter type of Sensor click on the down arrow button to choose the type of sensor For most the program will know the calibration simply by your choice However if you choose Custom user supplies specs then th
257. or on the buttons at the top of the Figure 1 5 Graph from Options Selected in Figure 1 4 cca a We eels x Back File Format View Graph Type Add Test HistoryLog Single Test Help command The Help command at ARAA leee DEERORXNRONAER this screen and most screens provide a good background on N E E a gerne what the various options are For q Click on now just click on Back at the pe 0 Help for an upper left to return to the Main MPH 10 overview Screen of your options for this screen A Test File is actually made up of 3 files 1 The DAT file data file which is the data recorded by Click on the DataMite i i Back to 2 The CFG file configuration 3 3 return to file which is the DataMite E aa vy a the Main and vehicle settings engine l Screen specs test comments etc This is the file the program actually looks for when you open a test or save a test etc 7 D Time sec For that reason you will see a C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 1 Introduction CFG after TTE es Figure 1 6 Test Conditions Menu Pro version like in the w Track Race Conditions The Type square brackets Back Help setting is what determines if the Type of Test Hace Summary at the top of program analyzes the main screen Type Cicle Track Laps x Track Length ft 2640 1 2 Mile the data as Roa
258. ore information The process of checking for noise spikes happens automatically when you start a New Test get data from DataMite or download data If Figu 2 49 Graph Specs to Graph spikes are found you can select to NOT have them corrected This is Noise Spikes 4 channel DataMite useful to determine the source of the noise spikes Although accuracy improves by editing the spikes out it is best to eliminate spikes at the Engine RPM source if you can Chni it Chnl 3 Chni 4 Engine Accel RPH sec To see Noise Spikes graph the raw data not calculated data like Dyno wheel RPH torque clutch slip etc vs Time with Filtering set to None See Figure Caled gear ratio 2 49 for typical Graph Specs to show Noise Spikes Clutch converter slip Other Graph 5 If you selected to have the spikes edited out when the data is Se V RETS downloaded it is unlikely any more spikes will be found again This Time or RPM Graph edit command is most useful if you did NOT edit out the spikes when What to Graph All Data the data file was first downloaded Note Noise spikes are different than the Jumpy or noisy data that filtering is designed to fix Noisy data is noisy or jumpy throughout Hotes the data file Noise spikes occur here and there and jump out from e T ae 4 types max the rest of the relatively smooth data Figure 2 50 illustrates the l a difference between noisy data and noise spikes Chrl 3 Chal 4
259. ort See Starting Time Distance or RPM above The smaller this number the longer and more detailed the report To report RPM data at every 250 RPM say at 2500 2750 3000 etc enter 250 for the RPM increment Note on data reporting Let s say you specify reporting data at 250 RPM increments If your report includes 4500 RPM then all data within that 250 RPM increment from 4375 4625 RPM is averaged together to make the number you see reported at 4500 Use MM SS SS Time For Time reports select whether to Use MM SS SS time formatting If you select Yes then 122 333 seconds will be displayed as 2 02 33 minutes and seconds Include Averages otart Average At Stop Average At Select Yes for Include Averages to enable the Start and Stop Averages specs Enter the RPM Distance or Time range you want for data averaging in the report In the report you will see an asterisks at the times or RPMs in this Average range and averages on the bottom row of the report for the data in the rows with these asterisks 80 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Report Types Pick Individual Items This report will include columns of data you have selected in the Report What section of the Reports menu They will be reported following the other specifications you have set in the Reports menu The Data Types are defined in Table 3 1 Figure 3 3 shows a report for the settings in the Rep
260. ort Menu shown in Figure 3 2 Table 3 1 Data Types for Reports Data Type Report Definition Column Name Engine RPM Engine RPM Engine speed in revolutions per minute as recorded by channel 1 on the DataMite Individual User These are the individual raw data channels which the DataMite or DataMite II is Channels Specified recording These are listed in the DataMite Specs calibration table as shown in Name section 2 5 The names for these channels are what you have entered into the Calibration Table Driven Wheel Driven RPM RPM of the driven wheel front wheel on a rear wheel drive car Because this RPM is from an unpowered wheel there should be little or no tire slip Therefore this RPM is very useful for calculating things like MPH distance traveled acceleration rate etc If you have an accelerometer set to Front Acceleration then Acceleration Gs can be used to determine things usually calculated by Driven RPM Usually Driven RPM is more accurate than an Accelerometer however some tracks events do not allow front wheel RPM to be measured Note for Calculations based on Driven RPM If the front wheels leave the ground at the start of the run the program then looks for when they touch down Driven RPM jumps up and fills in what it should have been if the tires had stayed on the ground This is what the program uses for calculations which depend on Driven RPM However what is graphed for Driven RPM is the actual recorded dat
261. ou click on File then Open from the Vehicle menu See Figure 3 32 Figure 3 32 Engine File Options Pro version only Current Vehicle File Name A Road Race amp Circle Track Databite v3 2 a A a File Ed PEATATI o i Click on File in the Vehicle menu to Open a set of saved Details Back File Hetp specs or to save the current set of specs in just that screen Bi2 Runs 5P Ve This allows you to build libraries of Vehicles for easily LP Open Example Vehicle creating new tests in the future Open Saved Vehicle New blanks out the current specs and comments G ave Wehicle Open Example opens a library of example specs Seite alee provided by Performance Trends Open Saved opens a library of specs you have saved Windows Printer Setup i Save saves the current specs to the same name as Print these specs are currently called Print Blank Worksheet Save As saves the current specs to a new name that you will enter l Arnon amine Save a Test File Before you discuss saving a test file it is important for you to understand how the program opens and uses test files When you open a test from the Test Library you are only using a copy of the test The original test file is kept in the library As you make changes to the test they are only made to this copy The original file is not changed If you want to delete your changes you can simply open a fresh unchanged copy of the original test file from the Library If you want to
262. p 1 Lap Lap 3 Lap 5 t Click on Cancel to shrink Run Log to single column as shown to left ae timer try 0S examples lap timer try 07 Sexamplesnrlap timer try 06 examples lap timer try 06 Vexamplesmrlap timer try 06 Vexamplesmrlap timer try 05 Vexamplesmrlap timg Vexamplesnrlap tyfer try 06 VexamplesmrlapAimer try 05 Leem a timer try O4 Vexamplesr lap timer try 04 Lexample tr y Mes timer try U 03 Delety Ope Close This Pop Up Menu examplesrr slap timer try L examples late model examples late model examples late model unk unk ida qunk junk Ose Sunk unk Ose unk unk O31 micke love wiavinitial short Amickey love wuwinitial short Ymickep love wainitial short a a E a different order and probably contain different tests Click on or click and drag to highlight 1 to several rows then Right Click on 05 227 2004 057 2172004 0572172004 0572172004 057 2172004 Season Opener Wisonson Season Opener Wisonsor Season Opener Yisonsor Season Opener Wisonson Season Opener Wisonsan them for this Pop Up menu 5 01 prm 4 48 pr 4 48 pr 4 48 prm 4 45 pr 4 19 pr 307 pm 3207 prm 307 pm 4 38 prm 4 35 prm 4 35 pm B20 pr 0572172004 057 2172004 0572172004 0572172004 057 2172004 0572172004 06 13 2003 061372003 06 13 2003 05 12 2004 05 127 2004 06 12 2004 057 0772004 11 53 am 04 22 2004 11 53am 04 22 2004 OV standard loop road Season Opener Wisonson Seas
263. p white various styles Windows Print Options of dashed and solid lines Using Dot Matrix Printer Not Using Dot Matrix Printer Click here change the printer 2 f or printer driver page Exit a orientation etc Select between these 2 options for your printer type If you are getting a break in the border around a printed graph try the other option The Options sometimes called Advanced button displays a screen currently HP Laseret Il on LPT1 for selecting various O Specific Printer printing and color HP LaserJet Ill on LPT1 E options Try changing _ _ these settings to correct Orientation Paper certain print problems hy Portrait Size Letter 3 1 2 x 11 in EJ O Landscape Source Upper Tay E 96 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output Figure 3 18 Adding Information to a Graph Printout Most of these options have no effect on the graph on the screen only the graph that is printed Click on these s to change which Data Set s test file s comments and title you are working with w Printed Graph Comments Click here to change the Test Comments comments which appear on the Main Screen 4 Changes to Data Set 1 s arapa Mie Test Comment comments the current test are Test Summary new converter 0737 2 new permanent Changes to other Test Summaries are created by the starter new flexplate tes 7 psi Dat
264. p when closure 1s made Note The cable from the control panel and the DataMite module can NOT be lengthened However the panel can be removed from its enclosure and mounted directly in a cutout in some type of panel This is best done with screws can use those provided with the plastic enclosure or pop rivets 5 Determine Cable Routing It is recommended you do not lengthen or shorten the DataMite harness unless you solder and shrink tube all connections and are familiar with good electronic cabling practices Therefore be sure all wiring reaches the wheels sensors ignition power and ground This may effect where you mount the DataMite module Excess wiring can be coiled in a location by the DataMite away from the engine s ignition system 6 Install Wiring Harness With the harness NOT hooked up to the DataMite module string the connections and RPM sensors to the intended locations You may have to change the standard connectors supplied with the harness The instructions which come with the harnesses must be followed as they are the most detailed and up to date Important The power to the DataMite must be clean If you are using the car s battery connect to the battery with separate wires Do not connect to the same switch that controls power to the ignition system Engine RPM Inductive Pickup Wrap the Blue or Purple wire from the inductive pickup around the engine s spark plug wire You may need to adjust the number
265. pe Aki Test Hiiti Liaj ukpis Tiii Hak aE BEERE EI es ees es Zooming in on one of these dips shows it is occurring for over half Steer Throttle F Brake psi vs Time Se nannaa i m jy a a second At 100 samples per Na 3 7 Pl o prew second that is about 50 data 1200 points showing this definite trend 100 0 Dea enc These dips are real ib ly hi y M Ap AN i qe i Steer Throttle F aya ea A Brake All Data ee a ee nee Filtering None i In contrast this artificially generated Daakia Anakna vl Monte Cara 01 0706 Sack Fie Fomai Van GiahiTipe AddTea Hirlap Mule Tes Hak aaa noise dip has sharp corners dE else el ee ell deed KN F B accel Gs L R accel Gs vs Time returns quickly to near its original value and is quite short in time Since we calibrated the steering sensor to show positive numbers when turned left these 2 occasions are times when the steering wheel was actually turned right Since these are not single data points but several points show this smooth trend this is real data F B Accel Gs and L R Accel Gs All Data Filtering None w Daoladite Analyzer vid Monte Carlo 01 078 Deck Fie Fams aahi Typ Add Test Hato Log Multiple Tei Hele FS EEEE OS CS Gs F B accel Gs L R accel Gs vs Time earn eae F B Accel Gs and L R Accel Gs All Data Filtering Medium i i ad sakr 153 C Performance Tren
266. perly understanding and using the data If confusing results are obtained take a minute to Plot the Raw not calculated data and see if that looks correct See Appendix 3 on Troubleshooting If the Raw data looks OK double check all your data input like Vehicle Specs DataMite Setup Specs etc Refer back to this manual especially Appendix 3 Troubleshooting and Example 4 1 on testing procedure Ask someone else skilled and experienced in the particular area Give the retailer or Performance Trends Inc s Tech Help Line a call for an explanation Remember computer programs are written by people so it s always possible there may be an error in the calculations Your phone call may help us correct it Please also read the Warranty and Warning at the beginning of this manual and on the diskette envelope IMPORTANT The Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer program will ask for vehicle specs and measurements and engine specs The Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite Analyzer program is NOT checking for safe limits of the vehicle or engine design You must have your vehicle design checked by a qualified engineer to determine its safe operating range C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 1 Introduction 1 4 Getting Started Installation You must install the Road Race amp Circle Figure 1 1a Installation Wizard iA Performance Trends Installation Wizard Track DataMite Anal
267. permanent hardcopy by clicking on Print in the menu bar or the Printer icon The menu of options shown in Figure 3 28 will appear Check the options you want to use for the printout by clicking on any or all of the Option boxes All options and buttons are discussed in this section Figure 3 28 Printer Button and Print Menu Command Options Report Screen A HEREHERE v3 2 Performance Tre Click on Print or the Printer button Print Report Types File History Log M shown hidden here for the Printout i Print Pesults CilF Options menu shown to the right Windows Printer Setup This options lets you choose the rogram Printer Setup printer or printer driver being used by Windows and also page orientation w Print Reports Options Test Results Report Options Check this one box to Include Track Conditi Log Book Catagories to Print enable choosing which Log Book Categories to Print Leave unchecked to omit printing any Log Book info Pro version Only a mclude Log Book Entries Main Log Book Summary Include Test Comments Suspension Summary Request Report Comment General Engine Specs include Test Summary Engine Fuel Metering Include DataMite Specs Engine Mech Checks include Vehicle Specs Engine Other Checks Larger Fonts print size aR kamternarnece Check or uncheck these Converter Records options then click on this Print R port Using These Specs User Defined Records ee a oe Tip To
268. phically produce the same readings test produce a reading which is close accuracy and repeatability are after test but the reading may to the true Slip reading which is a shown in Figure A 1 1 not be the true Slip reading other accurate data logger Think of the data logger as an testers would get archer which is trying to hit the bulls eye or the converter s true Slip through the traps Let s say the true converter slip was 8 but one data logger always comes up with values between 4 5 and 5 slip This data logger is not very accurate but is very repeatable only a 0 5 slip spread in the results Another data logger comes up with measurements which vary from 5 to 11 Slip which average out to the true 8 Slip This data logger with the 6 spread in data is not nearly as repeatable as the first but is more accurate Ideally you want both a repeatable and accurate data logger but this is not always possible When are accurate measurements and repeatable measurements most desirable e Ifyou very accurately want to determine if a modification for example changing the intake manifold has improved the performance the repeatable data logger is the one to use e Ifyou want data logger numbers to use in a magazine article for other people to compare their data logger with you are better off with the accurate data logger e Ifyou want Slip numbers to use for certifying the torque converter for example selling a convert
269. ping in the assembly of this User s Manual Paul was the dyno development engineer for the 1969 1970 Boss 302 Trans Am program Table of Contents Chapter 1 Introduction 1 1 1 Overview of Features 1 1 2 Before You Start 2 1 3 A Word of Caution 3 1 4 Getting Started Installation 4 1 5 Example to Get You Going T Chapter 2 Definitions 11 2 0 Basic Program Operation 11 2 1 Main Screen test summary 15 2 2 Preferences 23 2 3 Track Conds 2 2 4 Log Book Pro version only 31 2 5 DataMite Specs 37 2 6 Vehicle Specs 49 2 Current Readings 53 2 8 Calculation Menus 59 2 9 New Test Screen get data from DataMite 67 2 10 Edit Test File Options 11 Chapter 3 Output Tf 3 1 Reports 19 3 2 ASCII Data Files Pro version only 89 3 3 Graphs 91 3 4 Printer Output 107 3 5 Data Libraries 109 3 6 Filter Test Files Pro version only 113 3 7 History Log Pro version only 115 3 8 Send Data Pro version only 119 3 9 Run Log Pro version only 123 3 10 Track Map amp Friction Circle Pro version only 125 Table of Contents cont Chapter 4 Examples Example 4 1 Installing the DataMite on a Vehicle and Recording a Test Session Example 4 2 Analyzing Data Example 4 3 Measure Tq and HP From Acceleration Appendix 1 Appendix 2 Appendix 3 Appendix 4 Appendix 5 Index Accuracy and Assumptions Hardware Installation and Operation Troubleshooting Data Recording Backing Up Data Calibrating an Analog Sensor 135 137 1
270. pter 3 Output 122 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Chapter 3 Output 3 9 Run Log Pro Version Only The Run Log is similar to the History Log described in Section 3 7 except Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer e The Run Log is a chronological list of the tests in the order you have downloaded them from your DataMite e The History Log is a chronological list of the tests in the order you have opened them for graphing making reports etc These are intended to be tests you are most recently interested in even if you actually downloaded them several years ago The only way to add a test to the top of this list is to download a new test from your DataMite You can not change the order of the tests However you can delete tests from the Run Log by clicking on a test to highlight it or clicking and dragging the mouse down to highlight several tests then right clicking on this these highlighted tests See Figure 3 49 You can then select to delete these tests from the Run Log or open this test If more than one test has been highlighted only the first test will be opened Figure 3 49 Run Log and Options Click on the Details button to expand the Run Log as shown to the right A Drao Race C Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite 3 2 Performance Trends late model example CFG File Edit Graph Report Track Conds LogBook DataMite Vehicle Preferences Help Send 3 a Fi 6 p 4 J 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 Cancel La
271. puter hardware number These are available by clicking on File in the upper left hand corner of the Main Screen then clicking on Unlocking Program Options A screen will appear as shown in Figure 2 7 See Section 1 2 for more information on how to unlock the program Edit The Edit command lets you cut out portions of a test to save separately to different files Redetermine Lap Times and Edit Out Noise Spikes The Edit options are discussed in detail 1s Section 2 10 page 71 19 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Graph The Graph command lets you graph several different types of data from the current test either by itself or with data from other tests for comparisons The Graph options are discussed in detail is Section 3 3 page 91 Report The Report command lets you create reports of several different types of data from the current test The Report options are discussed in detail 1s Section 3 1 page 79 Test Conds The Test Conds command opens up the Test Conditions menu There you tell the program what type of test you ran and the weather conditions which are used for the correction factor In the Pro version you can also specify what type of corrections you want to make and have a place to record some race conditions like Lap Time Avg MPH etc Log Book Pro version only The Log Book command opens up the Log Book menu There you can describe in detail the run you
272. quency Channel is engine RPM wired to an MSD ignition module Tach Out pin e Frequency Channel 2 is recording front wheel RPM with 4 magnets epoxied to the inside edge of the front wheel e Frequency Channel 3 is recording rear wheel RPM with 4 magnets epoxied to the inside edge of the rear wheel e Analog Channel 1 is recording steering position with a 5 linear position sensor 137 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples asa ene ee eee eee ee eee eee ee ee ee ee eee eee Se Analog Channel 2 is recording throttle position with a 2 8 string potentiometer Analog Channel 3 is recording brake pressure with Performance Trends standard 500 PSI pressure sensor Analog Channels 5 8 are recording shock suspension motion with 5 linear position sensors Analog Channel 17 is recording F B long Accel This is the Front to Back acceleration or longitudinal acceleration of the vehicle from accelerating and braking This is from the internal accelerometers mounted in the DataMite box and by mounting the DataMite box as we described in Step 1 e Analog Channel 18 is recording L R lat Accel This is the Left to Right acceleration or lateral acceleration of the vehicle from turning left and right This is from the internal accelerometers mounted in the DataMite box and by mounting the DataMite box as we described in Step 1 e Timer Channel 1 is hooked up to an infra red lap timer supplied
273. r Exit Prograrn Ctrl rere 107 Tacr 400 161 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Another type of Summary Report is the Lap Segment Analysis The program will automatically break up your laps into sections called Segments based on accelerations and decelerations You can alter edit these choices yourself manually as described in Section 3 10 Track Map and Friction Circle We manually altered the segments to produce the segments shown in Figure 4 28 into accels out of turns straights and decels into turns Figure 4 29 Segment Time Analysis Report Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite 3 2 Performance Trends Monte Carlo OI CFG B Back Print Report Types File History Log Single Test Multiple Tests Correlation HelpiF1 Type Circle Track Laps z307 pm 08 3 2003 Time Event Season Opener Comments Trk Ler 2640 Dnsky Altitude 2565 MPH 19 87 Wisconsin Lap Summary of 5 ol a ee Air Temp 82 a Pasitiar 2 Run 12 x x Lap 3 is fastest for 4 of the 6 segments ers er Now we can make a Report where the Type is Segment Times Analysis where you picked Lap Summary Avg Max Min in Figure 4 25 You will notice that all report specs have become disabled because they are not needed to build this very standard type of report This report is shown in Figure 4 29 above It shows a Best lap time being 19 753 seconds This ti
274. r RPM 41 42 Pick Individual Items 79 81 82 piston 60 Preferences 5 8 12 16 17 18 20 23 68 91 108 114 115 148 150 Print 19 46 87 107 108 114 116 131 197 Print List of All Files Fitting These Conditions 114 Printed Graph Width of Page 26 Printer 5 26 77 96 107 108 127 Printer Fonts 26 108 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Pro Version 5 1 2 5 7 9 11 12 13 15 16 18 19 20 24 25 26 27 31 52 56 68 77 82 84 86 89 92 94 95 100 107 108 110 113 115 119 123 125 139 147 148 150 159 175 Program Title Comments 25 Quality Data 150 Range 55 80 Reaction Time 31 Record 1 144 145 170 171 172 180 184 186 191 192 193 Recording Segments DataMite II 40 140 Redetermine Beg End of Runs 72 registered 3 2 5 19 Registered Owner 3 5 Relative Humidity 28 62 63 Remove Test 94 Repeatability 177 Report 20 27 28 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 89 92 107 108 117 123 150 160 162 Report Type 81 Reports Comparison 83 94 Road tq HP 1 2 3 4 5 7 9 11 12 19 24 27 68 72 77 81 82 84 86 87 89 107 109 110 112 113 126 139 140 144 145 148 169 173 178 183 199 RPM 1 8 17 20 23 24 40 41 42 44 49 53 54 56 61 73 79 80 81 92 94 105 119 137 140 150 151 159 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 178 179 180 1
275. r the near future Remember that the Master DataMite specs will be used for the next test you download from the DataMite Print Click on File then Print to print this screen Figure 2 25 Comparing DataMite Configurations Box vs Program DataMite II Options DataMite Analyzer DataMite Il box has these differences with this configuration Compare to DataMite II DataMite Il Analog Channel 3 is enabled DataMite I Analog Channel 16 t disabled This option compares the current DataMite configuration on this screen to that loaded in the DataMite II box You will get a response as shown in Figure 2 25 Save to DataMite II This option saves the current DataMite configuration on this screen as the Master DataMite specs and then loads this configuration into the DataMite II box Force a Reconfiguration of the DataMite II This option forces the program to rebuild the DataMite II s configuration from a known good configuration This is typically only used if the DataMite is acting strangely like not accepting a normal reconfiguration or not allowing a comparison between the program and the DataMite II box Current Readings Click Current Readings to display the screen showing current readings for most sensors This screen can be very useful for troubleshooting problems with signals or for watching the signals if a passenger is present in the car See Section 2 7 for more details 46 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Cir
276. rack DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions you through some critical steps to preparing to download data from the DataMite You can select to keep certain data from the previous test like test comments engine specs etc Keeping data can save you considerable time since you don t have to type in information which may be the same as the current test The New Test command is discussed in detail in Section 2 9 Open from all saved tests This option presents the Open Test File menu discussed in Section 3 5 Data Libraries From there you have several options to open a previously saved test file from any place in the Test Library or from most any place on the computer including the floppy disk drive Open from History Log Pro version only This option presents the History Log a chronological list of test files you have been working with as discussed in Section 3 7 From there you can review a summary of the last 25 to 100 tests and pick one to open This method can make it easier to find a file you have just worked with lately say in the last couple of weeks Save Select Save if you want to save the current test and any recent changes to the same name as you are currently working with This is the file name shown in square bracket at the top of the Main Screen Save As Select Save As if you want to save the current test and any recent changes to a new name or new folder You will be presented with the menu discussed in Secti
277. re Trans Gear Calculato Brochure Fuel Inj Calculato Click here to start If you have some problems or error messages DRE installing this program during the start up of the Installation Wizard E Leica peers pep e e e epa you can possibly bypass these problems by running the Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite installation directly This is done by clicking on Start then Run then Browse In the Browse window you will look for your CD rom drive the drive with the Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite CD Double click on it to display its contents which should included a yellow folder called Programs Double click on Programs to display its contents which includes the individual product installation programs including RoadRaceDataMite exe Click on this file to highlight it then click on Open then click on OK when returned to the Run screen Figure 1 16 Bypassing the Installation Wizard 3 Find the Express ae ne EXE M a Prog rams folder on Browse the CD Rom drive E Programs t e E D FuelE conomyCalculator exe D Tror w98 exe 9 FuellnjectorCalculator exe c WS pring ere o LapSegmentT imer exe ra PFA 32 exe 4 Find the Recycle Bin 4 Sa eee Road Race Data M ite exe PE A 9 RaceClutch exe file and Open it o ACC exe Internet ts Q RoadRacingD ataMite xe Explorer w95 o SS pring ee i o EngineAnalyzer s2 exe Es SuspAnzr exe Files of type Programs Cancel ee Open ASETUP
278. re calibrated much the same as a steering travel sensor For example To calibrate a throttle position sensor With the throttle closed type in 0 and click on the Read button for the Ist Value Then open the throttle fully type in 90 degrees or possibly 85 degrees would be more exact and click on the Read button for the 2nd Value Click on Keep Specs and you re done 205 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies To calibrate a pressure sensor With zero pressure on the system crack a line fitting to let all pressure bleed off type in 0 and click on the Read button for the Ist Value Then Tee in a good pressure gauge to the same source as the pressure sensor and run the system to produce some fairly high pressure Read the pressure off the gauge and type the reading in Then click on the Read button for the 2nd Value Click on Keep Specs and you re done Zero is usually a good choice for the Ist Value You want the 2nd Value to always be fairly high at least 65 of the full range or higher For a 200 PSI pressure gauge this would be 65 x 200 or at least 130 PSI For a 6 shock travel sensor with the static position at about half travel 3 inches it should be at least 65 x 3 or at least 1 95 The DataMite program has built in sensor calibrations for several standard sensors like MSI Pressure Sensors Thermocouples RTD type temperature sensors accelerometers etc However for t
279. rect sensor plugged into the correct spot in the harness Disconnect sensors one at a time to ensure you get a response on the Current Readings screen for the appropriate channel Note If you run the engine it is recommended you use screen only if you have protected your computer s serial port with Performance Trends optical isolation system Although unlikely it is possible for stray high voltage ignitions signals to pass back through the DataMite and destroy your computer s serial port Click on Close back to close the Current Readings screen and return to the DataMite screen Then click on Back to close the DataMite Specs menu You will probably be asked if you want to keep these changes for the current test Late Model Example Since they were not the DataMite specs for that test answer No Now when you start a New Test and download data from the DataMite these Master DataMite specs you created and saved will be the ones used for determining what channel is recording what Recording a Test Session or Race You have now done the preliminary work which checks that the DataMite seems to be working well and have setup the software s Master DataMite specs to correctly match your DataMite These initial settings and checks are only done for your first installation Now you can actually start recording vehicle data The first tests you run will be basically for practice Do not expect them to be exactly correct because you will forge
280. red es Rear Wheel RPM 4 Magnets Frequency 3 yellow Yes Front RPM Front Wheel RPM 4 Magnets Frequency 4 Glue Frequency 5 green 6 Analog 1 fed Steer Steering 2 5 3 5 Sy 0 1 Steer 7o lAnalog 2 yellow Throttle Cstm 0 3 5 0 90 Throttle channels Used set to Yes and Segments determine the approximate recording time for each segment Analog 3 blue F Brake Cstm 5 4 5 Sv 0 500 F Brake 9 Analog 4 green 10 Analog 5 red LF Shock LF Shock 2 5 3 Sy 5 5 LF Shock 11 Analog 6 yellow RF Shock RF Shock 2 5 3 5w 5 5 AF Shock 12 Analog t blue LA Shock LA Shock 2 5 3 5v 0 1 LA Shock 13 Analog 8 green RA Shock RRA Shock 2 5 3 5v 0 1 RA Shock Iip __ _ Help Click on most anything in the Channel Settings grid ta Click on the down arrow Button to select the change it For Used you will toggle between Yes and Humber of recording segments for the D ataMite No For Qata Name and Sensor and Calibration you I s meron Note that the higher the number of Will be presented with new screens to change the segments the shorter the recording time for each curent settings segment p42 38 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Type Is the type of DataMite you are using either a 3 Channel very old 4 Channel or the DataMite II 30 Channel system You choice here will affect how the Channel Setting
281. red the manire Read Com Port 3 download any of the program will warn you and ask Run 12 Geason Ope other segments you for it at that time The program will fill in the Test Time and Date based on the computer s current time and date This can be changed later by clicking on the Test Time Date at the Main Screen which have been Download this segment Segment 2 pease recorded Segment 2 is last one recorded D ensity Alt 2 a Run Data i Click here to stop Download this Segment el the downloading process and abort starting a New Test ahs 0 in a a om ono a om The program will then ask which Click here to download of the 8 Memory Segments should the recorded data be downloaded as shown in Figure 4 14 The program always defaults to the last memory segment which was recorded in this case Segment 2 Figure 4 15 Messages After Download DataMite Data If Noise Spikes had been found you would have gotten a message like this stating that the program has found what it believes is bad data points You can elect to have the program edit them out now recommended for beginners or Not edit them now so Message stating that you can try to investigate the source of the problem Message to data looks clean acknowledge data was free of what appears Edit Dut Noise Spikes read from the DataMite to be bad data points r4 Mose Spikes have been found in this data You can have the progr
282. report above and then you clicked on the Show Correlation in Report The program would check the correlation between all reported items and Lap Time to look for a correlation relationship It would then show the results in a report as shown below Figure 3 7 Typical Correlation Report and Graph If you see a high correlation in the report Corelaton ioe you can select to graph that particular data Ie OU Sey ae type and see the correlation in more detail Correlation Results for late model Date 16 39 65 27 2004 Correlation RPH max ioj x RPH min aug max min Throttle avg 279 Throttle max 462 Throttle min 292 F Brake aug 445 F Brake max 666 F Brake min 567 F B accel aug 185 F B accel max 227 F B accel min 543 LZR accel avg 888 LZR accel max 482 LZR accel min Data showing a high correlation with certain data types may be indicating that data type can have an effect on lap times Since you want shorter lap times a Positive correlation number indicates that when that particular Data Type Decreases the lap times get quicker A Negative 2ra Ard Ar 2ra 2860 28082 204 256 correlation number indicates that when that particular Time vs Throttle avg 4 This correlation graph is saying that when the average throttle opening in higher the lap times are shorter This particular case may seem obvious But if it had said that when the Max F Brake is lower the lap times are shorter
283. res 2 50 and 2 51 on pages 74 and 75 for examples of noisy data versus noise spikes See Section 2 10 for the process to Edit Out Noise Spikes If an occasional noise spike appears in your data this is normal 1 30 per test Simply use the program s Edit feature to get rid of them Filtering is designed to help noisy data See pages 93 and 94 However if the problem is severe or if it is possible to eliminate either the noise or noise spikes the following suggestions may help For engine RPM this Figure A3 3 Inductive Pickup Adjustments for Signal Strength can be caused by e Electrical noise from ignition system See Noise Sources described below e Point ignition systems can cause problems at high speed where the points can bounce which looks like additional spark firings The engine will not run poorly since Typical Installation For Stronger Signal For Weaker Signal the first b e a Tie Wrap Inductive Wrap Inductive Pickup Move the Inductive PE Pickup Wire to Wire Around Spark Plug Pickup Wire a Few correctly This l problem is Spark Plug Wire Wire Several Times Inches Away from Spark Plug Wire identified when 193 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies nn ECCT CT _____ e RPM looks correct at relatively low RPM 1000 3000 RPM e At higher RPM the computer reads RPM too high say the tachometer says 5000 but the computer reads 6000 This pr
284. ries of switch openings and closings How close these changes come together determines the RPM See Figure A5 1 Figure A5 1 Examples of Various Types of Sensor Signals Analog for example throttle angle Switch digital RPM frequency This time Full Open Throttle determines 3 4 Throttle the RPM 1 2 rN Closed Throttle Sk 1 4 Throttle J Switch Sensors and RPM Sensors do not require much calibration Tell the program if either high or low voltage is opened or closed or On or Off and the switch channel is calibrated Just tell the program how many pulses you get on revolution of a shaft and the RPM channels are calibrated These 2 types of channels are not usually in error just some It is usually very obvious if there is a calibration error like specifying the wrong number of magnets on the dyno inertia wheel Analog signals are more complicated In the example above the close throttle position could occur at 48 volts and the full open throttle could occur at 4 73 volts Or the close throttle position could occur at 3 21 volts Figure A5 2 Illustration of an Analog Sensor Calibration and the full open throttle could occur at 1 76 volts Just about any 2 combinations of Absorber Dyno Load conditions could happen If you don t tell the 2nd Value computer the correct combination the data may x 4 4 volts 28 Ibs be off just a little bit or be completely wrong The process of telling the program these 2 combinations is call
285. rows of data and is used by the program to identify a row of data for messages Seconds Is the time for this row of data in seconds The increment of the Seconds can be selected in the Preferences Menu Section 2 2 Engine RPM Figure 2 6 File Options at Main Screen Vehicle MPH E l l File Edit Graph Repot Track Conds LogBook This is the engine RPM and vehicle speed in MPH for the corresponding times These numbers are averaged for all the time data ee as ane sida which is closer to this time than the time above or below it For Open from all saved tests Chri 0 example if the times are 2 0 2 5 3 0 etc the RPM and MPH numbers Open from History Log given at 2 5 seconds RPM are for all times from 2 25 to 2 75 seconds Save Che Save As Cr Open from Flopp CO Drive Ms Orive Save to FlopowlO Drive My Drive 2 1 5 Main Screen Commands Make Track Map The next section discusses some of the commands available at the top Friction Circle of the Main Screen Most will not be discussed here in detail as they Search For find Runs are discussed in other sections of this manual Print this Main Screen Ctrl F Print Other Screens File see Figure 2 6 for File Options windows Printer Setup Unlock Program Options New get data from DataMite Transter Program to Another Computer Exit Program Ctrl Click on File then New to start a new run This process will walk C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle T
286. s e You have changed the Test Use the Edit command to Cut Beginning or End of Data Then Type from Custom to Accel to erase parts of the data file which may include warm up driving Wiese T E E caacrea in the pits or a spin out which can confuse the Lap Analysis e i OE Ie i However try to keep together as many consecutive laps which are e You have changed the nearly corect but may be caution flag laps etc DataMite or Vehicle Setup although many times changes to these specs will not affect the Runs found 12 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Edit Out Noise Spikes Noise spikes are simply bad data points the DataMite has picked up as shown in Figure 2 46 These can be caused by Electrical noise especially from the ignition wires Weak or unusual engine ignition signals Dirty pulsing unsteady power to the DataMite Bad or intermittent ground Bad connections in the wiring Excessive vibration in a sensor but this usually looks more like simple noise Or the every popular Stuff happens If these bad data points are left in the data set it reduces the accuracy of any analysis This is especially true for doing the Test Type of Accel to Meas Tq HP if the noise spikes occur in the Accelerometer or Front Wheel RPM One rather small spike can completely distort the entire torque and HP curve See Troubleshooting Appendix 3 for m
287. s 3 07 pm 0871342003 Show Correlation in Graph i Comments Trk Len 2640 Dnsty Altitude 2565 Show Comelation in Report report shown in Figure 4 27 Lap Summary of 5 Ar Temp 82 144 24 138 52 126 34 143 61 131 44 Average Maximum and Minimum values Lap Times shown here for each lap are shown in 3 separate columns for each Data Type selected Figure 4 27 shows a Correlation Report for the Lap Summary report shown in Figure 4 26 All that it points out is a VERY HIGH correlation between Average Throttle opening and Some correlation between average slip To get a graph of say Average Throttle click on that column to highlight it and then click on Correlation Show Correlation in Graph You will get the graph shown in Figure 4 27 It does show a strong relationship between Average Throttle opening and lap times As the Average Throttle opening increases the lap times come down Now this may be information you already know that if you can keep on the throttle more your lap times will increase It does prove the point that the Correlation feature can quickly find relationships in the Lap Time data 160 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Figure 4 27 Correlation Report and Correlation Graph File Edit Search Help Correlation Results for Monte Carlo 61 CFE Date 89 64 6 278 727064 Correlation UERY HIGH Throttle aug none Throttle min w Corel mmi
288. s Transmission Save or Save As to Total Weight with Driver Type Manl Saginaw 4 Spd 2 lines save these vehicle Final Drive Ratio Cte Clutch Conyerter Clutch PANE your choosing Rear Tire Radius in Efficiency 37 Typical Manual Print or Windows Front Tire Radius in Ist Gear 3 11 4th Gear ao fais E Drive Layout Rear Wheel Drive 2nd Gear Aerodynamics 3rd Gear 1 47 Type Good Late Model good downfoi Engine Specs Drag Coefficient Engine Size cubic inches 357 2 Frontal Area sq ft Primary Gear Reduction Yehicle Comments Help spe lee Doe Ale aue T weight of the vehicle with the driwer in pounds p Vehicle Specs Total Weight with Driver Ibs The weight of the vehicle with the driver in pounds 49 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Final Drive Ratio The ratio of the final drive gears or chain ratio or both Click on the Clc button to calculate from of gear teeth Rear Tire Radius in Distance from the ground to the center of the Rear wheel tire in inches Click on Cle button to calculate from tire size specs Front Tire Radius in Distance from the ground to the center of the Front wheel tire in inches Click on Cle button to calculate from tire size specs Drive Layout Click on down arrow button to pick the location of the driving tires or axle Motorcycle With Pri GR means Primary Gear Reduction betwe
289. s grid is displayed and how you can specify various channel s Differences between DataMite and DataMite II are further discusses at the end of this section and in Appendix 3 One major difference between the DataMite and DataMite II 1s the DataMite II box needs information from the DataMite program on your computer to work correctly This is information like sample rate segments which channels are being used etc When you first enter the DataMite Specs screen the program asks the question l i ain ii Pion P This is to help ensure Figure 2 20B Checking DataMite Il Configuration when the program s configuration matches the Entering the DataMite Specs Screen DataMite II box s configuration Check DataMite II Box Configuration x In addition when you make changes in this DataMite screen the program will ask if you want these changes saved sent to the DataMite II box when you exit this screen IF you answer Yes you must hook up the DataMite I bos to your computer You can force these changes to be saved to the DataMite box by clicking on File then Save as Master DataMite Specs at the top of the DataMite screen 2 Do pou want the program to see if the configuration in the DataMite Il Box matches the E program s configuration Com Port Click on the down arrow button to select computer s Com serial port you are using to talk to the DataMite This spec is used to hold the last Com port the computer used to tal
290. s in the Test Library Some tests are examples provided by Performance Trends As you run tests yourself and save the results you will add many more tests to the library These saved Figure 2 2 Opening a Test File files are useful for making comparisons 8 p Open Test File in the future and can be used as test patterns or templates for new tests 5 Tests in Library Chosen File saving you considerable time by not 69 GT0O CFG having to type in specs which match a sarees past test GRAND AM CFG JADAGSTA CFG Figure 2 2 shows that the Test Library is divided into sections called Folders in Figure 2 2 to help organize a large Tip Single click on a Test name to choose it for number of tests For example all tests possible Opening or Deleting A preview of that for the company ABC Engines could be Test will be given in this frame Double click ona Test name to immediately Open it without a saved under a section name of ABC preview ENG All 4 cylinder Ford tests could be saved under a section name of 4CY L FORD This will save considerable time Pollen on i i List All Files by File Name E e ev and confusion when trying to locate a 0 eens gas ene different Folder particular test in the future To look in ee ule ae Ne Hee ee name to display all f C List by Run Date include File Name the tests saved different sections click on the Folder under that Folder Files Mot Filtered all iles listed name from t
291. shown below DataMite II Recording Segments In Figure 4 6 you see it being only 1 min 40 seconds or 100 seconds But since this is for testing only not a complete 50 lap feature race this is sufficient time When you are finished with the DataMite specs click on File then Save as Master DataMite Specs to save these changes 140 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Figure 4 5 DataMite Specs Menu When finished changing these specs click on File then Save as Master DataMite Specs to save these T w Data Mite Specs Back file DataMlite Options urent Reading Type Open Master Datakyte specs T Save As Master YataMite Specs D ala r D ataMite Print Fa Click here to switch between Yes and blank Be sure there is a Yes for all channels you are using Troubleshoot Help eather Statio ecording Segments Appr x Record time segment 1 min 40 sec Set Segments here to Channel Settings give enough Recording A Channel ON Used Dgtaflame Sensor and Calibration Time for your needs n Engine RPM Yes fpr 6 Cylinder 4 Stroke Frequency 2 red cial Frequency 3 melon 4 Frequency 4 blue Frequency 5 green E Analog 1 red Yes 7o Analog 2 yellow Yes E Analog 3 blue Yes 3 Analog 4 green Yes Rear APM Rear Wheel RPM 4 Magnets Front APM Front Wheel RPMN4 Magnets Click here to set the
292. sion going shorter is a positive number e In the case of shock travel data being sent to Suspension Analyzer you calibrate for actual change in length of the shock sensor itself The Suspension Analyzer will figure out the motion ratio automatically 5 Save the Calibration In Figure A5 6 C you will note the calibration shown at the top of Steering 467 6 79 0 90 Steer This is the information the program will use to figure out how much steering travel 1s produced from a certain sensor signal Click on the Keep Specs to keep this calibration and load it into the DataMite Specs Sensor and Calibration column for this channel 6 Correction Factor Figure A 5 7 Diagram of Correction Factor You may have noticed an input called Correction which became enabled after all calibration inputs were entered The Correction factor is a convenient way to index the calibration Inches Standard calibration to match a certain value at a certain signal This is most often Travel 0 5 volts 0 8 inches used to re zero a sensor which may have drifted slightly Slope of line Another use is to zero out the shock travel sensors at static calibration ride height WA stays the same Figure A 5 7 shows a standard 8 shock travel sensor which produces a 0 5 volt output when the sensor goes through 0 8 inches of travel At 0 travel the signal is 0 volts However when the sensor is installed on the car the installe
293. son is constantly jumping around If you always make the check at the same place same elevation like your home or shop and the difference is varying high by 1 than low by 2 etc you may want to have the barometer or altimeter checked out e Ifyou find that you are making many adjustments to your weather station you are probably doing something wrong A barometer or altimeter which reads low but consistently reads low is better for correcting torque and HP to see trends than one you are trying to keep accurate by constantly adjusting it Performance Trends sells electronic weather stations to help eliminate any confusion save time and improve accuracy 29 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Race Summary Track Length ft Click on the down arrow button to select the length of the track or type in most any number of feet for the track If you type in the feet you can add a name for the track also like Watkins Glen As you enter new distances these are added to the list here and you can pick them in the future Picking from a list if you ve already entered a distance is best as it is likely to keep your analysis consistent for example every time you run a Watkins Glen you would be using the same distance in feet for analysis Fastest Lap Time Enter the time for the fastest lap and the program will calculate the average Lap MPH for that fastest lap This entr
294. source Noise spikes can also cause problems when the program tries to find the beginning and end of the dyno run Note that editing out noise spikes and having the program find the circle track laps can also be done at anytime in the future by clicking on Edit at the top of the Main Screen See Section 2 10 Editing Tests Figure 4 15 also shows the program asking to update the Fastest Lap time with the one it found from its initial analysis of the lap timer data Analyzing Data The Main Screen should now look like Figure 4 16 with a graph of the individual laps on the right side and a table of engine RPM and MPH numbers on the left side The specs which determine the RPM increment for the data table or how much filtering smoothing should be done to the data on this Main Screen are in the Preferences menu See Section 2 2 Preferences The results on the Main Screen are not designed for detailed analysis but just to give a summary of the run and to show how some critical data looks Detailed Graph and Report analysis is discussed in the upcoming sections Graphing to Check Data Quality You ve heard the saying a picture is worth a thousand words well a graph is worth a thousand numbers Graphs are generally the best and quickest way to analyze data because your eye can quickly spot trends see data points which look out of line etc To make a graph click on Graph at the top of the Main Screen Set the Type to Pick
295. ssume you only have the std channels 17 and 18 and you want to measure front to rear acceleration longitudinal and side to side acceleration lateral You should mount the box flat in the car with to cover plate facing up If the connectors on the DataMite II box are toward the front of the car then channel 17 would be for measuring front to rear acceleration longitudinal and channel 18 would measure side to side acceleration lateral This would be a standard configuration for a circle track or road racing car which would want to measure friction circle and handling type of data For drag racing you could mount the box on the passenger right side door with the cover facing the driver and the connectors down Then the channel 18 would be for measuring front to rear acceleration longitudinal and channel 17 would measure top to bottom acceleration vertical Vertical acceleration 1s useful for measuring the tilt attitude of the car The standard mount for the push button control panel is to attach the supplied high grip Velcro strip to the mounting location Peel the backing from this strip and press it firmly onto a clean dry oil free surface Do not touch the adhesive surface The surface should be smooth flat and away from heat 65 85 degrees Control Panel is optional for the 4 channel DataMite Then simply press the control panel enclosure with its own mating Velcro strip into this mounted Velcro You should hear an audible sna
296. sy RPM data For doing acceleration tests it ts critical that the magnets be evenly spaced for accurate torque and HP results Occasionally racers just use 1 magnet on the wheels or driveshaft to avoid this spacing issue 1 magnet is always evenly spaced However with only magnet the DataMite s RPM measurements are slower and more erratic to record the exact start of the drag run from a standing start You must fabricate your own brackets to allow adjustment of the sensors from 050 to 200 from the Figure A2 2 DataMite I Box Mounting magnets See Figure A2 1 B Tips for brackets e The brackets must be sturdy either thick metal or very short e They should keep the sensor reasonable square with the face of the magnet e They should keep the sensor away from heat either exhaust or brake heat Channel 17 Accelerometer e To avoid vibration problems see Figure A3 3 in Appendix 3 Troubleshooting Channel 18 Accelerometer Channel 19 Accelerometer from bottom to top of box 4 Select DataMite Mounting Locations Figure A2 3 Typical DataMite Il Box Mounting A good place to mount the DataMite module and control panel would on a metal plate away from the engine Metal is preferred because it can absorb some of the electrical noise emitted by the engine s ignition system Keeping the DataMite box away from the engine also reduces the likelihood of electrical noise problems Also keep it out of sunlight to keep it cooler
297. t segment spacing Note that what you are Animate File Segments Lapi Save this Segment Layout l Open a Saved Segment Layout Delete a Saved Segment Layout saving is just the spacing and not some measure of straightaways braking etc These segments will likely only make sense on data recorded on this exact same track Pririt Print Setup Hame for Segment Settings Under what name should these curent Segment Settings be saved Cancel naway Michigan If you clicked on ig Track Map Open or Delete Animate File you can then select SSS from alist of saved Mew Hampshire June 2002 Segments Just click on one to open it If you clicked on Delete you will be asked if If you clicked on Print Setup you d be presented with this standard Windows Printer Setup screen Print Setup Properties Status Default printer Ready Type HP Laseret IIIF Where LPT1 Comment you want it deleted l Faper Orientation SIZE Letter o1 28 17 in Source Upper tray Close Saved List ose Saved Lis G Portrait C Landscape Cancel Click here to close this list without picking a Segment File Use Settings From New Hampshire June 20037 AN Use the Segments saved under the name New Hampshire June 2003 Answer Yes and the current Segment settings will be overwritten by these saved Segment settings If you clicked on Open you will be asked this questi
298. t the Main Screen Important When you start a New Test the DataMite Specs will be from the current Master DataMite Specs which should match your current DataMite setup This will be the same no matter what previous test you are starting from 68 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 69 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 70 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 2 10 Edit Test File Options Figure 2 45 Edit Options at Main Screen Test File you will Edit Click on Edit at the top of the Main Screen for 3 very important options for editing the DataMite s test data as shown in Figure 2 45 For all 3 is Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite 3 2 Performance Trends formula yee watkins glenn CFG of these Edit commands you will File Edt Graph Report Track Conds LogBook DataMite Vehicle Preferences Help Send edit the Current Test which is the Use Engine APM channel 1 test which is named in the square i brackets at the top of the Main Redetermine Beg End of Runs Use Frequency Channel 2 Screen Edit Out Nose Spikes Use Frequency Channel 3 Use Frequency Channel 4 e Watkins Glenn toad coarse Delete Beginning or End of File Figure 2 45 also shows that you can choose which 1 channel is used to represent the data
299. t to do something etc The DataMite program is actually smart enough to find the individual laps in your recorded data without a lap timer beacon This method is fairly accurate but the lap to lap break point will be at some time of the program s choosing and not yours Also if one of the laps is very different that the rest like you spun out the lap times and lap break points will not be accurate We will be using an infrared beacon as shown in Figure 4 2 With the beacon you will be able to determine exactly where the lap times will be started from This is done by placing the Infrared Transmitter at the desired Lap Start point on the track Many racers use a camera tripod for mounting the transmitter It actually has female threads in the bottom to do this Note that if other racers are using an infrared beacon you may trip off their beacon as well The Performance Trends system has a 10 second hold off time before it triggers off another beacon So if there are 2 beacons close together on the track that both happen to trip the lap timer the system will trigger off the first one encountered your beacon or some other racers This is generally not a problem if you understand what is happening A white jumper wire can be cut in the Lap Time Converter black box to increase this hold off time to 30 seconds This means the total lap time must be much longer than 30 seconds and this is typically used only for road racing You do not ha
300. t you know you still can have confidence in the data because it looked so good with Filtering set to None Figure 4 18 shows the basic accel decel nature of circle track laps Each accel and each decel are quite similar and a pair of 2 accels and decels is a circle track lap You will also notice that we artificially drew in some noise spikes just to show what you would be looking for if there were problems in the data Figure 4 17 Graph Menu Specs for Figure 4 18 RPM Graph of All Data Graph in Figure 4 18 Click on Graph Type to get x Fig 4 17 s screen Engine RPH channel i Datahibe Anerer wa Mante Carle 0 JPG Rear RPH Back Fie Foot W GiaphTppe Adv Tet Hittoyplog Multiole Tests Hap Front RPM Oe FE es Ee Engine RPM Rear RPM RPM Front RPM RPM vs Time 1500 0 ir HRM RPM monte caro 01 all ign APM xf 1 ror REH RPM i i i i i i i x i i i i i i a i i ou N E a n a eee ge eee eee ai aeaa T abr atl tea oon sing le eee sigh a i i iff iff i a i Histogram RPM Increment io Hotes Data Selected to Graph 8 types masi Engine RPM channel Rear RPM Front APM These 3 noise spikes have been added artificially to show what they look like in data Make Graph Help Cancel Print You can also graph the raw shock travel accelerometer and steering data to check the data quality as done with the RPM data Figure 4 19 shows all 4 shock travel sensors This data is much more confusin
301. taMite Analyzer folder directory the folder which contains the DIM RR EXE program file See Section 3 5 for more details on files and file names 89 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 90 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output 3 3 Graphs Note Also check Preferences Section 2 2 for several Preferences which pertain to graph line colors printing options etc Graphs are obtained by clicking on the Graph menu command at the top of the Main Screen Figure 3 11 shows a typical graph and a description of some of the basic graph screen items Figure 3 11 Primary Graph Screen Items Command buttons Some commands can only be done through these buttons some of these buttons just provide a graphical button for performing action of some menu items Menu bar provides for several graph commands and options Graph Title which can be changed by clicking on Format then Edit Titles Legend Pro version Name of current Test File containing all recorded data vehicle specs etc Graph Legend which describes the data graphed This includes Name of the Test Results file the particular Run graphed Type of Data w DataMite inalyzer v3 7 late model example CFG El Ble fy Sees Iie elo dale fed ay raven sescaed 7 Engine RPM Rear RPM RPM Steer Throttle vs Time Ate model example 1 ee a gt Engi
302. taMite box on a solid part of the car which is not prone to vibration Floorboards and body sheet metal are typically not a good choice The frame or roll cage seem to work well Use the rubber mounting pads to dampen out higher frequency vibration Since we are using the 2 built in accelerometers it is important to mount the box in the correct orientation so the accelerometers measure correctly We have chosen to mount it on a special platform attached to the roll cage on the passenger side of the car The box is mounted flat with the printed top facing up as pictured in Figure 4 1 with the connectors pointing toward the front of the car 2 Power to the DataMite comes from the car s battery through a toggle switch mounted on the dash for the driver The ground for the DataMite goes back to the battery s negative post The push button control panel is also mounted on the dash with the Velcro provided 3 Determine what sensors will be used and how to route the wiring DO NOT route sensor wires close to engine ignition components Note that most position or travel sensors can be destroyed if they are forced beyond their measurement range Be sure to check that the motion of the sensor is limited by the vehicle and not the sensor For example if your shock has 8 inches of travel use a 9 shock travel sensor and be sure that the sensor s limit is not encountered before the shock s travel limit The sensors used for this car include e Fre
303. tain codes to give to Performance Trends to permanently unlock the program take out of the 10 day demo mode See Section 1 4 e Get HELP to explain these options by clicking on Help e Quit the program by clicking on File then Exit Other Graph Properties Type Pick Individual Channels Time RPM Distance Time Mfhatto Graph just Lap 1 Filtering smoothing Mone Bea nse E Histogram Starting RPM o Histogram Ending RPM 1g00 All these options are explained in detail in Chapters 2 and 3 Notes Data Selected to Graph 6 types maxi Engine APM channel In the Main Screen s blue title bar you will notice the name of the current o eii test is contained in square brackets The program has several examples of Oe i Vehicle speed in MPH tests saved in the Test Library s Example folder right from the factory To get started let s try a couple of Menu commands Click on the Graph menu command to open up the graph options menu shown in Figure 1 4 Make Graph Help Candel Print The graph settings shown in Figure 1 4 are for some recorded and calculated MPH calculated from front wheel RPM circle track data vs time Select to graph vs time on X axis here Click on the Make Graph button to produce the graph shown in Figure 1 5 At the graph screen you have several other options available for changing the graph These options are available by clicking on the commands in the menu bar A
304. ted up by one If you manually change the Run at this New Test screen or in the Log Book Screen that will be the Run that the next test downloaded will have its number based on For example say the last run downloaded from the DataMite box was Run 245 and you called this test Monte Carlo 0 cfg The Run for a new test would be 246 If you change the Run for Monte Carlo 0 to Run 1 like at the start of a particular event to Run 1 in the Log Book then the next Run would be 2 DataMite Can Specs Type 31 Channel DataMite II Vehicle See Specs See Specs Note Vehicle File Name you just created Vehicle File Mont Calo Veh Wt 2600 Ibs Fink Front Tire Radius 13 6 Trans Manual Log Book keep most non changing Track Cond Just dried up oil leak Comer Banking 10 Winning Driver Joe Johnson Winning inputs Car Red 2002 Lefthander Track Conds cop Specs Track Ler 26401 ft Onety Altitude 2565 ft Air Temp 82 deg F Wind 10 MPH Actual Results Lap Time 20 1 Position 2 Keep All Inputs even those likely to change with each run Test Comments Keep this bos checked to use comments below forthe New Test Note that you car erase and change these comments here Super Late Model 1 2 Mile Flat Track Asphalt 2003 Lefthander Monte Carlo Once a New Testis started you can easily erase or modify any of the specs listed above Any specs not selected to Keep will be mostly blank when you start
305. ten Be very careful when overwriting files as you may overwrite a new test file with data from an old test file of the same name Before restoring test files it is good practice to back up all test files first Then if you make a mistake and overwrite test files you didn t mean to you have your backup copies to restore the test files from Figure A 4 3 Windows Explorer Warnings when Overwriting Test Files Overwriting a Test File Confirm File Replace is This folder already contains a file named Headnurn ptr B Would you like to replace the existing file E 657 bptes moditied on Wednesday May 19 1999 3 28 45 PM with this ane a 2 11KB modified on Tuesday August 31 1999 1 09 24 PM 200 Overwriting an Entire Folder several files Be very careful selecting this option as several files may be overwritten at once Confirm Folder Replace This folder already contains a folder named Combo If the files tn the existing folder have the same name as files in the folder you are moving they will be replaced Do you still want to move the folder Tes to All Ho Cancel C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Appendix 5 Calibrating an Analog sensor An analog sensor 1s one that records a signal that can gradually and continually change In contrast a switch signal is either On or Off not 95 open then 94 open etc An RPM signal is a se
306. ter like from a TV or radio station weather report If the elevation is below sea level very unlikely enter a negative feet for this reading Altimeter The altitude in feet above sea level from an altimeter instrument The program assumes the altimeter is corrected to 29 92 This means on a standard 29 92 barometric pressure 60 deg day the altimeter would read 0 feet at sea level If the altimeter is reading feet below sea level enter a negative feet for this reading Notes on Weather Readings and Weather Stations Some Road and Circle Track racers will use weather stations a collection of temperature humidity and barometric pressure measuring devices When using these instruments here are some things to keep in mind e Unless you are very close to sea level an actual observed or uncorrected barometer will usually read less than a TV or radio weather report barometer For elevations less than 5000 feet an uncorrected barometer should read approximately 0 1 Mercury less for each 100 feet of elevation above sea level For example if your barometer instrument is at 850 feet elevation and the closest weather station reports 30 46 barometric pressure your barometer should read approximately 85 850 100 x 1 less or 30 46 85 29 61 It is useful to keep records of information like this what your actual barometer reads versus what this simple calculation says it should approximately read to see if the compari
307. ter which laps you want to graph w Test History Kik Tests Marked Yes Graph Comey ae cay junk048 junkO4 junk046 junk045 junkO44 junk043 a 3 2003 a Track Laps 06 28 2004 Custom no 06 28 2004 Custom no 06 28 2004 Custom no 06 28 2004 Custom no br 2e 266 Euston frm Enter 1 3 and click on 06 23 2004 Custom no examplesrrvortech mods cfg vortech mods 05 25 2000 Meas Tq HP from i OK to request graphing examplesrr tg hp2 cfg tq hp2 04 13 2002 Meas Tq HP from Click in Graph column to select or de select tests for Graphing Slide button right for more History info laps 1 and 3 b eh et et Cf t pery w DataMite Analyzer v3 2 monte carlo 01_CFG Back File Format View GraphType AddTest Histor Log Single Test Help shows color Sella eeel lee ele ayruviewfsescsiey codes for the monte crio O1 1 Data Types Steer x 1f0 graphed for enag the 2 different F B accef Gs x 100 laps L R accel Gs x 100 Tire Slipfx 10 x Figure 4 32 Overlay Graph of Laps 1 and 3 Legend Steer elde F Brake psi F B accel Gs L R accel Gs Tire iets de vs Time monte carlo O1 3 Steer x 100 Throttle F Brake psi F B accel Gs x 100 L R accel Gs x 100 Tire Slip x 10 Lap 3 had Steer eee a actually turning Tire Slip f iiai i Mg 4 right for a small is higher Yl aad 3 amount of time on Lap 3 i a AINAT A AAA Anat toward the end of mi 3 FUN Ye the lap Time sec 16
308. that not only do the levels of torque and HP match very well but the RPMs where the peaks occur match very well also By making changes in Vehicle Weight aerodynamics specs etc in the Vehicle Specs menu you can shift the torque and HP numbers up or down However the RPMs where the peaks occur can not be changed by doing this You make two more runs down load them and call them TQ HP2 and TQ HP3 Figure 4 45 shows a graph of these multiple runs The graph shows the resulting plot which shows the resulting curves all agree quite closely When you make a modification in the future any one of these runs will make a good baseline to check for performance improvement Now assume that you make some improvements to your 4 6L like heads Vortech cams etc To check how these modifications have changed performance you run another single acceleration to measure torque and HP Figure 4 45 shows 174 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples the huge improvement you have gained Since both the torque and HP peak now occur at a much higher RPM you will have to move your shift points to a higher RPM also Figure 4 45 Overlay of the 3 Baseline Runs with Modified 4 6L Vortech Run w DataMite Analyzer v3 2 Yortech Mods CFG Back File Format View Graph Type AddTest Histor Log Single Test Help el ees elo Led ode pelos tf Faven seas BOO Corr Tq Corr HP vs RPM I I I
309. the preceding example Section 1 5 s example is somewhat more basic than Example 4 1 so it may be a better place to start if Example 4 1 looks complicated The results shown in these examples may be somewhat different than what you obtain with your particular version of the program That is due to minor upgrades in the calculations in later versions 135 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples 136 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Example 4 1 Installing the DataMite ona Vehicle and Recording a Test Session Suggested Background Reading e Section 1 5 Example to Get You Going e Most all of Sections 2 and 3 Definitions of Inputs and Outputs e Appendix 2 Hardware Installation and Operation e Appendix 5 Calibrating an Analog Sensor This example demonstrates the basic steps to installing a 30 channel DataMite on a circle track car setting up the program s specs for this vehicle and recording a circle track run This example will be very thorough so all possible steps are presented You may decide to omit some steps DataMite amp Sensor Installation Example 4 1 will be fairly long covering the entire process of getting and analyzing data We will assume you have installed Figure 4 1 30 Channel DataMite II a 30 channel DataMite II as outlined in Appendix 2 Three Si critical steps include 1 Mount the Da
310. the New Test Track and Event Pro version only is a description of the track or event You can type in most any name you want or click on the down arrow button at the right of the name to pick from a list of previous Track and Event descriptions you have already entered If possible it is best to use a name from the list of your previous entries Then it is easier to find tests because the names are more consistent between different test files Run Description Pro version only is much like Track and Event above It is a description of the run like Feature Race test and tune etc You can type in most any name you want or click on the down arrow button at the right of the name to pick from a list of previous Track and Event descriptions you have already entered If possible it is best to use a name from the list of your previous entries Then it is easier to find tests because the names are more consistent between different test files Folder Name for New Test is the folder in the DIMDATA folder where the test will be saved Folders are a way to group similar tests together You could start a new folder for each event or a folder for each car if you use the DataMite on more than car or a folder for each type of event or track like Test and Tune Dover and Rockingham You can come up with most any way you want to organize your tests The program may not be using the name folder for spec but whatever word you have assi
311. the Steering Sensor Channel This procedure assumes you have installed the steering sensor following the instructions with the sensor for wiring and mechanical hookup Turn on the DataMite or DataMite II and let the system warm up 2 Pick the Analog Channel from the DataMite Specs Screen Click on the channel with the steering sensor installed as shown in Figure A5 5 This will open the Calibration Screen shown in Figure A5 6 Figure As 5 Open DataMite Specs Menu Click here to open DataMite Specs menu iS Databite Data Analyzer v2 0 Performance Trends YAM 1000_CFG File Edit Graph Repot TestConds Engine CataMite Dyno Preferences Help Click on r the cell w Data Mite Specs inthis Test E Back Fie Current Readings Help Z Pat aea 4 Channel D ataMite Com Port 2 E r the row 2 il for the Channel Settings channel 7 DataName erso and aipin OOOO i Data Name Sensor and Calibration with the MW J Engine RPM Yeg EngRPM 1 Cylinder 2 steering travel Frequency Yeg Chnl 2 Other RPM 1 Magnet Frequency Yes Chril 3 Analog Y4 Thermocouple 4 Frequency Chril 4 Mot E Eng eed Sensor installed Iip nen Help Click on most anything in the Channel Settings grid ta Click on the down arrow button to select the change it For Used pou will toggle between es and type of DataMite you are using fou choice No For Data Name and Sensor and Calibration you here will affect which specs are enabled or Will be pr
312. the cause of this error and try again answer Yes below Ff the connected and On problem persists disconnect power or turn power off to the Datablite This will reset it without loosing any data so you can try again Ir this doesn t work you will have to press the Clear Memory button on the DataMite This resets the DataMite but you WILL loose your data Are vou Ready to Try Again 192 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Appendicies Only Some Data Recorded This would be situations where the DataMite starts a run recording data then during the run it stops recording If both LEDs start flashing on the control panel the DataMite has become confused and has locked up much as your computer can lock up This is usually caused by electrical noise from the engine a noisy unsteady power source bad wiring connections or a bad or intermittent ground Turn the Power Off then On to reboot the DataMite On earlier DataMite systems vibration of the control panel could actually false push the Record button stopping recording Try mounting the control panel away from vibration Also current DataMites have a built in delay time in the buttons which means you must press and hold the button down for a half second or so This is also to prevent false button pushes from vibration RPM Data Recorded but Looks Bad RPM Data Noisy or Jumpy See Figu
313. the program does not try Corr torque HP etc to correct for driveline and inertia losses This is estimated to be similar to what a chassis dyno would measure Brake Specific BSFC Is the amount of fuel consumed for the amount of HP the engine is producing Fuel and is a measure of an engine s fuel efficiency You need to be measuring fuel Consumption flow and HP to have this value calculated Shock Velocity Shock Vel Is the shock velocity if you have specified that shock travel sensors are present as one of the individual channels Figure 3 3 Pick Individual Items Report from settings in Figure 3 2 ie Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite v3 2 Performance Trends late model example CFG a Back Frnt Report hypes File History Log Single Test Multiple Tests HelpiF1 Type Circle Track Laps 3 07 pm 08 13 2003 Time 90 00 Event Season O pener Comments Trk Len 2640 Drsty Altitude 3906 MPH 20 00 isonson 4 Aun 1 of 5 Air Temp 82 Position O Aun 12 ii GE 1177 OF 43 10 DG A 18 07 73 6676 1216 a2 43 49 DG A 23 OF 1 000 6918 1266 on 43 49 D6 40 2F 01 44 1 500 7176 1306 OF 42 78 D6 32 15 34 83 2 000 7211 1330 18 27 91 9 94 5B 19 1 74 2 500 6831 1294 E 77 03 15 24 30 61 3 000 6504 1229 101 16 03 44 DG 91 3 500 6146 T57 Click here for 105 99 11 36 29 79 4 000 5801 1084 96 92 21 34 3g FF 4 500 5490 1022 Report Options 65 06 0 jE 0 1 14 5 000 5336 5976 13 05 TR 3 50 5 500 5358 976 menu A Slid
314. tion changes in the program settings you can have the program find these laps again Do this by clicking on Edit at the top of the Main Screen and select Redetermine Beginning or End of Run See Section 2 10 page 71 2 1 2 Race and Vehicle Conds Run Pro version only Track amp Event Pro version only Run Description Pro version only Describes the run track and event based on settings in the Log Book menu Click on this item to display the Log Book menu where this data is contained Density Altitude or Dry Density Altitude Is the effective altitude factor based on the Weather Specs entered in the Test Conds menu Click on this item to display the Test Conditions menu where this data is contained You can select either std or Dry Density Altitude in the Preferences section Run Time and Date This records the time and date at the time you downloaded the test from the DataMite When a new test race session is started with the New Test command click on File then click on New Test at the Main Screen the computer s current time and date are saved as the test time and date The test time and date can also be changed by clicking on it here at the Main Screen Track Length Is the length of the race track in feet Click on this item to display the Test Conditions menu where this data is contained Finish Position Is your finishing position as entered into the Test Conditions screen Click on this item to display the Test Condit
315. to show which channel is being checked L lt DataMite Performance Trends 248 473 9230 Clear Memory LED flashes as signal comes into DataMite When engine running and on Channel 1 LED should flash For RPM Setup Mode andido back sensors LED lights as LED On Memory Full to Recording Mode magnet passes sensor or O Flash Nearly Full O brightens or dims with analog sensors Push Clear Memory button to bring out of 170 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples DataMite Software Setup Figure 4 41 shows how the 4 channel DataMite is set up for this particular vehicle Figure 4 41 DataMite Settings for This Vehicle w Data Mite Specs Help Com Back File Curent Readings Troubleshoot 4 Channel DataMite eather Station fone Use On Screen Control Panel No Channel Settings if Channel lved DataNane Semorand alban TR Engine RPM E EngRPM 2 Cylinder 4 Stroke Frequency 2 es Chl 2 Front heel RPM 4 magnets Frequency 3 Yez Chnl 3 Rear Wheel APM 4 magnets Frequency 4 Yes Chril 4 Analog Std 0 70 PSI eee Tip Click on most anything in the Channel Settings grid to Help Click on the down arrow button to select the Although this is an 8 cylinder 4 stroke engine it s distributerless ignition givesa tach signal of 1 pulse every revolution just as a 2 cylinder 4 stroke engine l would fire This pressure sensor and
316. troubleshooting the DataMite setup with the car in the shop For example you could wiggle connections and watch to see if a pressure reading jumps around indicating faulty wiring IMPORTANT Do Not use this screen while driving the car unless you have a passenger dedicated to only watch this computer screen Click on the Options menu item to open a menu where you can select which channels to view on the gauges and the range of the gauges For example if you want to see Engine RPM you would probably pick a range like 0 2400 RPM However if you were to watch Engine RPM you would probably pick a range like 0 12000 RPM because Engine RPM would go much higher than 2400 RPM See Figure 2 32 IMPORTANT It is strongly recommended that you purchase Performance Trends Optical Isolation box if you use this screen while running an engine This will prevent voltage spikes from the engine passing back through the DataMite to your computer possibly damaging the computer Click on Options to either select to e Change the update rate of this screen e Change what is displayed on the circular gauges e Change what is displayed on the Bar Gauge Settings DataMite II only e Change the scale of the Exhaust Temp Scale DataMite II only e Change the Color Warning Settings e Change the Analog Filtering smoothing Figure 2 31 Change Update Rate Change the update rate of this screen anosa Pa GES Enter the new update Click on Options then
317. ually the best case For a realistic Cd add 03 to 05 to the Figure 2 28 Estimate of Frontal Area sq ft advertised Cd Frontal Area sq ft Vehicle Height The frontal area is the area in square feet the vehicle s silhouette occupies when viewed from the front Use the formula in Fig 2 28 to estimate frontal area Frontal areas are in the range of 5 sq ft for a motorcycle to 20 sq ft for a small passenger car to 30 sq ft or more for a full size pick up truck Also see Section 2 8 6 for calculating Frontal Area sq ft by clicking on the l Clc button Track Width Frontal Area sq ft Vehicle Height in X Track Width 144 51 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 29 Picking a Type of Example Transmission Transmission Load Example Transmission Type Transmission Preview Click on down arrow button to pick a type of transmission Select Name Mant Saginaw 4 Spd no lines one of the User Defined types and you can enter most any specs Clutch Converter Clutch in this section If you select one of the pre programmed Bua aes ors Manual example transmissions these example specs are loaded However Ceata am if you change any of these pre programmed specs the Type of Gear 3 1 35 the Transmission 1s converted to a User Defined type Gear 4 1 Do vou want these transmission specs loaded Clutch Converter Click on
318. ulated from the other based on your weather station weather inputs above instrument See Section 2 3 Track Conditions are also important records of the run and contain things like length of track your fastest lap time either recorded by a stop watch or from the Lap Summary report option in the DataMite software your finishing position etc Click on the Track Conds button in the New Test screen so you can enter your finishing position of 2 After you get your new results the program will automatically update the Fastest Lap Time currently shown as 20 1 seconds in Figure 4 12 with the one the program finds in its initial Find Beg End of Laps analysis See Figure 4 15 Log Book Specs Pro version only can be filled out now or after you download data from the DataMite However it will save you considerable time and produce more reliable records to check the appropriate box on the New Test Screen The keep most non changing inputs is usually the best choice as this keeps things like Engine specs and part descriptions clutch or converter specs suspension specs but not things like Winning Driver Winning Car shock travel etc See Section 2 4 for more details There are six critical specs listed separately at the top Most of these must be filled out before you can start the new test The program usually fills them in with default values based on the current test 1 File Name for New Test is the file name the program wi
319. uld have a radius of 1 25 G Now if the 4 tires are the same then the Friction Circle for the entire vehicle with a perfect suspension setup would have a Friction Circle radius the same as the individual tires The DataMite II has accelerometers built in and ones can be added to the 4 channel DataMite so the program can build graphs of Front to Back longitudinal and Sideways lateral accelerations By graphing these sets of numbers on a circular graph you can start to see a real Friction Circle produced by the car See Figure 3 57 129 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Figure 3 56 Friction Circle Theory for Tire with Friction Coefficient of 1 0 G Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Figure 3 57 Typical Friction Circle Accelerating on straightaway where the max Gs are limited by available engine power This car is capable of 1 5 Gs cornering left This is quite high for normal tires and is probably being improved by track banking If 1 5 Gs of cornering was possible without banking or aerodynamic downforce then the vehicle should also be capable of at least 1 5 Gs of braking and somewhat less for accelerating since this car is rear wheel drive and has traction only available from the rear tires Since we do NOT see anything close to 1 5 Gs anywhere else and since 1 5 Gs is not even listed in Table 3 5 we must conclude that the high cornering Gs are from banking and or aerodynamic downforce w Friction C
320. ures Click on Help for more into on how you use this screen to unlock this program are working in demo mode Sometime during those 10 days you should call Performance Trends to obtain an Unlocking Code This Unlocking Code will be for either the Basic version or the Pro Version whichever you have purchased Before you call Performance Trends you should get your disk serial number registered name and code number and computer hardware number These are available by clicking on file in the upper left hand corner of the Main Screen then clicking on Unlocking Program Options A screen will appear as shown in Figure 1 2 Performance Trends will provide you with an unlocking code number Type in the unlocking code number and click on OK If you typed in a number correctly you will be given a message that the program 1s permanently unlocked to either the Basic or Pro mode The program will only run on this one computer If you want to run the program on another computer you must install it obtain the computer hardware number and registered code number as shown in Figure 1 2 and call Performance Trends for a new Unlocking Code for that computer There may be a charge for additional computers Also See Section 1 2 Important In the 10 day Demo mode all features work as in the working version Therefore you do not need to immediately unlock it before you use it Then even after 10 days you can still call for an unlock code Its just t
321. ursor arrow buttons here C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Conclusions e The installation of the DataMite hardware is critical and is covered in Appendix 2 e Program settings especially the DataMite settings are critical for accurate data These DataMite specs are saved in Master DataMite file so each new test starts with the current settings for these critical specs e Recording a race or test session is outlined as 6 basic steps e Once atest is performed the data is downloaded to your computer from the DataMite by clicking on File then New get data from DataMite commands at the Main Screen e You should check the raw recorded data for noise spikes and general data quality e Once you are confident the raw data is good you can better trust other calculated results are good also e Results can be quickly and thoroughly analyzed with graphs and the many graph features 157 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples 158 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Example 4 2 Analyzing Data Sometimes you may want to just see how the car is running if the engine RPM looks like it should what the tire slip is throughout the run how much a shock is compressing in a turn etc This was outlined in Example 4 1 Other times you want to make more detailed ana
322. ustration of Filtering 79 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 3 Output For reports filtering is not as critical as for graphs Let s say you specify reporting data at 250 RPM increments If your report includes 4500 RPM then all data within that 250 RPM increment from 4375 4625 RPM is averaged together to make the number you see reported at 4500 This averaging process is much the same as filtering Range of Data Starting Time Distance or RPM Is the first or lowest time distance or RPM for the report If you have selected a Time or Distance Report If you have selected All Data for What to Report then this is the time after the start of first data the DataMite recorded If you have selected Just Lap 1 for What to Report then this is the time after the start of what the program saw as being the start of the first lap If you have selected an RPM Report Your only choice for What to Report is one of the power runs This is the lowest RPM or starting RPM for the report To be sure that all data is reported for a particular run enter 0 for Starting RPM or Time and a number much larger than possible for the Ending RPM or Time something like 30000 Ending Time Distance or RPM Is the last time or highest distance or RPM for the report See Starting Time Distance or RPM above Time Distance or RPM Increment Is the step size between report times distances or RPMs for the rep
323. ut of the Test File Library in the future for comparison or modification The Open window is explained below Figure 3 31 Test Library Options Click on File then Open from all saved tests to display Test Library shown here Click on File then Save or Save As to save current test and specs to the Test Library Total Tests in Library under this Folder Ea Road Race amp Circle T Fil Edit Graph Heport rm t ska ie gt hd tH k DataMite v e g napis Track Conk erae EUAN Name of chosen Test Log Book DataMite Vehicle Preferences Help end currently highlighted EE Lap 3 in Test List Details Open Test File Click and drag slide bar to view all Tests in list 13 Tests in Library CT L4P5 CFG Formula Yee New Hampshire CFG Formula Yee Watkins Glenn CFG formula vee watkins glenn 1 CFG Preview of Test chosen Air Temp 62 e lap timer try 08 CF G 5 late model example 0I CEG alae alts Single click on a Test 19 Late Model Exarmple CFG el H 10 piz aie ae to choose it for 14 late model example01 CFG ees ale preview Double click AUADARACE CFL try shock travel Plus 0 1 CFG Try Shock Travell Plus 1 CFG Try Shock Travel CFG Super Late Model 1 2 Mile Flat Track Asphalt 2003 Leftthander Monte Carlo _ to immediately open it Tests can be saved under various categories folders to help you organ
324. utoscale New Graph Pro version only Choose Yes for Always Autoscale New Graph and each time you do a new graph the graph is autoscaled program picks the scales to show all data This is usually the best for beginners Choose No and any manual scales you have set will be maintained for each new graph until you quit the program Printer Fonts Choose which basic type of font to use for printouts You may not get your choice if your printer does not support that particular font Printed Graph Width of Page Due to the endless combinations of computers Windows setups and printers some printed graphs may not fill the page some may extend off the page to the right This option lets you expand greater than 100 or shrink less than 100 the printed graph to better fit the page 26 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 2 9 Track Conds The Track Conds let you record weather conditions and a summary of the race results In the Pro version these race results are also linked to info you enter in the Log Book and the actual DataMite recorded data can be fine tuned based on these results for better accuracy Figure 2 9 Track Conds Menu Pro version Data Type is critical to how the DataMite data is divided up into runs which can have a large impact on the final results These specs are mostly recorded for information only In Pro version data can be adjusted
325. ve to time the pushing of the Record button with the actual start and end of a particular lap or the race The program works fine if it sees some data before and after the actual race session Therefore start recording during pre race or pre test warm up laps and stop recording on the way back to the pits See Figure 4 9 144 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Circle Track Road Race Recording Procedure outlined in Figure 4 9 1 In the pits power up the DataMite II with the main power toggle switch The LED on the control panel will start to blink at second intervals indicating the DataMite II is in standby mode ready for recording 2 Start the engine and drive on to the track Do your warm up laps Some time before the Green Flag or before your testing session start the DataMite II recording data by pressing the Record button This will light steady the Record LED by the yellow button 4 The race or test session starts and you do not need to think about the DataMite data logger You may want to watch lap times on the Lap Timer dash display 5 After you are finished racing or testing and slowed to a safe speed press the Red button to turn Off the Record LED This stops the DataMite from recording any more data Recording may stop automatically if you have selected the number of recording segments to give too little time for recording the entire race For example in th
326. vide data into laps on the Engine menu command and includes a Runbaa S SSS eee comments section ont Seconds Engine Vehicle Pe to Keep notes 95 a F m about this test N 4 3 This Summary Graph shows Engine RPM and MPH for this lap If you click ona graph line as pointed out here that data point will be displayed and highlighted in the Test Data grid shine ioe as bea eo er ane oo ad pee E J cn 1 DD al 0 an F bd co fa m 4 P T cm om Ean D DO io Mi 4 Click on slide bar and slide up or down to display all results The Filtering smoothing and time increments unless lap is very long of the graph is selectable in the Preferences Menu Section 2 2 6 The Run Log shown here empty because the program is brand new keeps a chronological list of the runs you have download from the DataMite box Click on the Details button at the top for more information to be displayed 2 1 1 Tabs A test you download from the DataMite usually is for several laps probably 10 or more You move to view different laps of this test by clicking on the Tabs at the top of the screen The DataMite software will automatically find the beginning and end 15 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions of each lap when you download the test If you do not think this was done correctly or you have made some configura
327. what makes a fast lap Is there something they are doing different on the fast laps than the et a Report Data xij Basic Report Specs j i ype Lap sia wgthlax Min A slow laps Then they can learn from the fast laps and make all laps fast The DataMite software has several useful reports to do just that Click on Report at Choose a Lap top of the Main Screen to obtain the Summary screen of Figure 4 25 Choose the Lap Type This Summary Avg Max Min as the type of disables most report and choose Throttle F Brake Tire Report Specs Slip and L R Accel as the Data Types i nee ma Choose the Data See the resulting report in Figure 4 26 es LR accel fy pee OineUae You see lap times in the 2 column from eet nine Report trom the left with 19 87 being the fastest and ooo del 20 09 being the slowest What you would want to look for is what Data Type seems to be related to Lap Time This can be Make Report Help Cancel Print somewhat time consuming and confusing Open Edit Save These Settings but the DataMite program has some To obtain comparison reports of 2 or more files click on History Log or convenient features to do this Multiple Tests at the top of the upcoming Report Screen automatically called Correlation Click on Correlation then B Back Print Report Types File History Log Single Test Multiple Tests Correlation Help F1 Show Correlation in Report for Type Circle Track Lap
328. which you are working with on Add New Test the Main Screen Corr Tq Corr l e Last test results graphed These are the test results which you previously included in the graph for comparison This allows you a way to easily refer back to one particular test for comparison e Add Test ets you pick any test from the Test Library to compare to the Current test results This test now becomes the Last test results graphed In the Basic version you can only compare 1 additional test to the Current Test If an additional test is graphed for comparison the Add Test command changes to Remove Test You must first click on Remove Test before the Add Test command reappears so you can add a different test Graphs Comparing More Than 1 Test Pro Version There are 3 basic types of tests which can be graphed in the Pro version e Current test results These are the test results of the test file which you are working with on the Main Screen e Tests marked in the History Log These are the test results which you previously graphed started new opened etc which you have marked Yes to graph in the History Log see Section 3 7 e Add Test ets you pick any test from the Test Library to add to the top of the History Log and mark as a test you want to graph Since it is at the top of the History Log it should definitely be included in the next graph In the Pro version you can compare data from up to 6 tests as long as there is room for the
329. ws 08 gt 4 Flat Air Dam width of vehicle 2 8 Flat Air Dam width of vehicle 00 10 1 Flat Spoiler width of vehicle 3 _2 Flat Spoiler width of vehicle 00 05 Notes concerning Table 2 3 and 2 4 1 Change the vehicle s attitude from the production attitude 4 degrees where a negative angle of attack is when the front is lowered and the rear is raised 2 For this table an air dam is defined as a flat plate the full width of the vehicle projecting vertically down directly below front bumper based on typical 1970s or earlier design say a 1974 Nova Most modern designs integrate air dams for optimum Cd therefore adding an air dam to a modern vehicle will likely show an increase in Cd but perhaps a reduction in Cl 3 For this table a spoiler is defined as a flat plate extending the full width of the vehicle at the top rear edge of the rear deck trunk lid angled back 20 degrees from vertical e Cl is the lift coefficient Assume that the lift coefficient was changed on the end of the car where the modification took place For example if you added a 4 Flat Air Dam to the front subtract 05 from the current Front Lift Coefficient and leave the Rear Lift Coefficient unchanged For changing the Angle of Attack make the change to both the front and rear Lift Coefficients e Table 2 4 shows typical effects from modifications Individual vehicle s can differ considerable e Advertised Cds are us
330. y Chosen File Monte Carlo 01 CFG Grand Am 1 CFG aoa Preview shows shale am pie Engine AutaT s0432 details of the asians a eae ae Type of Run Circle Track Laps run you are Monte Carlo 1 CFG AT Temp 2 Dain ae currently Air Densty 2565 i l l Monte Carlo 2 CFG D Air Dnisty 2568 i tion highlighting wind MPH 10 q Time 3 07 prm Date 087 1372003 Asphalt 2003 Letthander Monte Carlo Example of DataMite I Circle Track data using its built in accelerometers and optional lap timer beacon to do Wack Mapping and tiction ciete analysis and divide data into laps to open this Click on Open test file Folders thraused Tip Click on a ic List All Files by F e Mame TOMKFRAUS different Folder List by File Hafe include Run Date Ursern name to display all List by Rug ate include File Name i the tests saved Click on the Files Nof Filtered all files listed eerie folder here fear 2U02 which 3 i i Delet Add Open _ Filter find Advanced zoan Delete Add contains the Cancel Help Delete Right click in list above for more Folder Options test run to be 16 15 S60 17 opened 17 oR AF 14 159 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Summary Reports Figure 4 25 Making Reports Click on Report for this screen File Edit Graph Hepor ack are ies Book DataMite Vehicle Preferences Help Send What most racers want to know is
331. y is for information only No entry is required Position Enter the number for your finishing position You may want to come up with your own number for a DNF did not finish like 999 This entry is for information only No entry is required Lap MPH Typically this number is calculated from the Track Length and Fastest Lap Time described above However if you enter the average Lap MPH for a lap the Fastest Lap Time above will be calculated from that and the Track Length Corner Tail Wind Side Wind Corner Head Wind Wind Conditions N Sf Wind Speed MPH Enter the wind speed during the race in MPH This entry Tail woe Wahicle Direction Head Wind is for information only No entry is required Figure 2 9B Wind Direction Choose a direction for the wind speed during the race This entry 1s for information only No entry is required 30 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 2 4 Log Book Pro version only The Log Book lets you record additional data for each run data not recorded by the DataMite recorder like fastest Lap Time and Lap Distance which you can record in the Track Conds screen Track and Event Name finish position tire pressures suspension settings engine specs and checks and much more Since most all these entries are for your information only not used by the DataMite software for calculations you need to enter only the information you ar
332. y the full width of the vehicle Help Cancel Print For example for a truck with a roll bar behind the cab measure to the top 64 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions S ee a of the roll bar but not to the top of one of the spot lights mounted on the bar However if so many lights are mounted on the bar that they are nearly continuous for the full width of the vehicle it may be more accurate to then measure to the top of the spot lights 2 8 Primary Gear Reduction Figure 2 43 Calc Pri Gear Reduction w Calc Pri Gear Reduction This calculation is available from the Vehicle Specs menu and allows you to calculate the Primary Gear Reduction between the Engine and Calc Pri Gear Reduction Clutch This is typically only used in some motorcycles Inputs Teeth Engine Gear Teeth Engine Gear e e tt Teeth Clutch Gear Use Calc Yalue Help Cancel Print Is the number of gear teeth on the gear on the engine crankshaft Teeth Clutch Gear Is the number of gear teeth on the gear on the clutch input shaft 65 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 66 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 2 Definitions 2 9 New Test Menu get data from DataMite The New Test command is available by cli
333. you are using for each channel where you have a sensor hooked up If there is not already a yes there then click in the Used column in the row you need to switch a blank to a Yes For DataName you can change it to something you think is more descriptive or simply leave them at their default names of Eng RPM Chn 2 etc The Sensor and Calibration descriptions are very important Review what is outlined in Figure 4 5 and 4 6 Appendix 5 and in Section 2 5 Other critical settings in the DataMite Specs are the DataMite II Rate samples second and the DataMite II Recording Segments The Rate determines how many times a second each sensor is sampled and saved The higher the sampling rate the more detail you can see in the results For example to see shock travel over some small bump in the track you may need to record at 100 samples per second or at 01 second intervals To see the suspension move from vehicle dive and roll 10 to 25 samples per second are probably fast enough Because we are looking for detail in this test session we have chosen 100 samples per second The Recording Segments is how many of different sections is the DataMite II s memory broken into The more segments the smaller the memory segment sizes and the shorter the recording time The higher the sampling Rate the higher the Recording Segments the more channels being Used the less recording time you have An estimate of the amount of recording time is
334. yzer from the CD to a h d d b fi t ll T d th Engine Performance Programs Drag Racing Tools Data Logger Programs ar rive betore 1 Bis run 0 do i IS Install This Program YView Install This Progam Yiew Install This Program Yiew generally you can simply put the CD In the Engine Analyzer Brochure Drag Racing Analyzer Brochure Dyno DataMite Brochure CD drive and close the door The installation Engine Analyzer Plus Brochure Drag Race Analyzer Pro Brochure Drag Race DataMite Brochure program should start automatically bringing Engine Analyzer Pro Brochure 4 Link Calculator Brochure Road Race DatgMite Brochure up the Performance Trends Installation Engine Building Tools Practice Tree Brochure DataMite Systerd Sp Y Brochure Wizard This A can install most any Install This Program Circle Track Road Race Tools Upcoming P foducts of our products in Demo mode including the Comp Ratio Calculator Brochure Install This Program View hatal Tha Prapa Wows Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite you just Cam Analyzer Brochure Roll Center Calculator Brochure Circle Tra k Log Book Brochure purchased Select click on the button for Port Flow Analyzer Brochure Circle Track Analyzer Brochure Inert Calculator Brochure Road Race amp Circle Track DataMite and the Swirl Meter Brochure Suspension Analyzer Brochure Yalve Loil Spring Tester Brochure installation will begin Tumble Fixture Brochu
335. ze the data This sensor was mounted between the frame and a location on the center link joining tie rods on both sides This calibration was done by first selecting Signal Based on as 0 5 Volts Then the steering wheel was placed straight ahead O was entered for the engineering units then the Read button for the 1 Value volts was clicked on a voltage of 2 5 volts was read Then the steering wheel was turned turn to the left 1 was entered for 2 value engineering units and the 2 Value volts was clicked on which read 3 5 volts You will then see the Calib displayed at the top Click on Keep Specs to keep this calibration for Steer Note that the Data Name of Steer can be most anything you want and this channel will appear on graphs and reports as Steer A correction has never been entered but could be by simply placing the steering wheel straight ahead clicking on the Read button then telling the program that the Signal should read 0 at that time 142 C Performance Trends Inc 2004 Road Race Circle Track DataMite Analyzer Chapter 4 Examples Figure 4 Lap Timer Sensor amp Calibration Click on Timer 1 s Sensor and Calibration to BA xil display this Details Back File CataMite ll Options Current Readings Troubleshoot Help ij Timer Specs xX screen Here you 320 Runs i fFype 31 Channel DataMite ll Com eather Station None Settings simply select
336. zer v2 0 SWOO2 CFG Ed Back File Format View GraphType AddTest History Log Multiple Tests Help Back File FormatNyiew GraphType AddTest History Log Multiple Tests Help fel Bee eT Ee bo ed bel 2 tJ ruven fserscaey feel Bl ON es ei Le oe pelke rutview set scales dddd12 all Engine RPN Dyno RPM vs Time sw002_all 7000 Engine RPM 0 Engine RPM re RPM RPM 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 15 0 Time sec i 15 0 Time sec If the inductive pickup signal is too strong you wrap the spark plug wire too many times you may not be able to record Engine RPM at high RPM Engine RPM may drop in half or all the way to 0 RPM RPM Data Looks OK but Too High or Too Low If engine RPM looks like it is exactly half a high one third as high three times too high etc as it should be read the definitions for Cylinders and Engine Type on page 41 The DataMite s microprocessor is constantly trying to make sure Engine RPM is clean and free from errors If engine RPM is changing VERY rapidly for example on engine start up from 0 RPM then it flares up to 3000 RPM the DataMite may not think this is possible and can jump into a half RPM mode or third RPM mode by mistake Usually the DataMite will recover from this by itself if you run normal RPMs for a while a few seconds With Inductive Pickup signals if the inductive pickup signal is too strong you wrap the spark plug wire too many times you may not be

Circle Track/Road Race DataMite v3.2

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents